City Council and Concurrent Authorities
June 3, 2025

8.1 General
The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to minimize inconvenience to the general public throughout all work under this Contract. No driveways or private roads shall be blocked without notifying the property owner and access must be restored during all non-working hours. Safe access must be maintained for pedestrian traffic throughout the work area at all times.

At least one lane of traffic in each direction must be kept open at all times unless prior approval is provided by the City and any affected agency. No roads shall be blocked or made inaccessible, due to the Contractor's work, without prior written approval of the City and the affected agencies.

The Contractor shall not block or obstruct fire lanes at any time.

8.2 Haul Routes
Prior to the pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit for approval the proposed route(s) for all construction traffic on the project. This shall include any designated routes, if any, shown on the Contract Drawings. Upon approval, the Contractor shall strictly adhere to that route(s) only, unless written permission is obtained to change the route(s).

EXHIBIT 2
792
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
01500-8

8.3 Traffic Control
Traffic control shall be in accordance with the California Department of Transportation Traffic Manual. The Contractor shall submit for approval, by the City and any other applicable agency, its traffic control plans prior to work on public streets.

Traffic control shall include signs, warning lights, reflectors, barriers, and other necessary safety devices and measures, including sufficient flaggers to direct vehicular traffic through the construction areas.

No material or equipment shall be stored/parked where it will interfere with the free and safe passage of public traffic, and at the end of each day's work, and at other times when construction operations are suspended for any reason, the Contractor shall remove all equipment and other obstructions from the public right-of-way.

Should the Contractor appear to be negligent in furnishing warning and protective measures, as above provided, the Construction Manager may direct attention to the existence of a hazard, and the necessary warning and protective measures shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at its expense.

9.0 PROJECT OFFICE
The Contractor shall maintain on the project site a suitable office or other protected area in which shall be kept project copies of the Contract Documents, project progress records, project schedule, shop drawings, and other relevant documents which shall be accessible to the City and Construction Manager during normal working hours.

10.0 CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY RULES
The Contractor shall execute and abide by all terms and conditions of the City's "Contractor's Safety Rules," a copy of which is included at the end of this section. The Contractor shall post "Contractor's Safety Rules" on the job site for the entire construction period for this Project. *** END OF SECTION ***
EXHIBIT 2
793
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
01500-13

CITY OF STOCKTON

DEPARTMENT OF MUNICIPAL UTILITIES

CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY RULES

THESE SAFETY RULES ARE TO INFORM YOU OF CERTAIN SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS

THAT MUST BE FOLLOWED WHILE WORKING AT THE REGIONAL WASTEWATER CONTROL

FACILITY MAIN PLANT, TERTIARY PLANT, PUMP STATIONS OR OTHER MUNICIPAL UTILITIES DEPARTMENT SITES.

1. DRINK ONLY BOTTLED WATER. DO NOT DRINK FROM ANY FAUCET, PIPELINE OR HOSE

WHILE WORKING AT THE MAIN PLANT, TERTIARY PLANT, OR SMITH CANAL PUMP STATION.

2. STRICT ADHERENCE TO CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURES OUTLINED BY CALOSHA TITLE 8 ARTICLE 108 MUST BE FOLLOWED.

3. WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY BEFORE EATING OR DRINKING.

4. WORK ONLY IN CONTRACTED AREAS. DO NOT WANDER THROUGH THE SITE.

5. OBSERVE THE 15 M.P.H. SPEED LIMIT ON THE MAIN PLANT AND TERTIARY SITES.

OBSERVE ALL STOP SIGNS.

6. CHECK WITH THE CONTRACT MANAGER BEFORE BEGINNING ANY CONTRACTED WORK

TO REVIEW ANY SPECIAL HAZARDS OR SAFE PRACTICE PROCEDURES FOR THE AREA YOU ARE WORKING IN.

7. IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO ADVISE YOUR WORK CREWS AND SUBCONTRACTORS

REGARDING HAZARDS AND SAFE PRACTICE MEASURES REQUIRED WHILE DOING ANY WORK AT MUNICIPAL UTILITIES DEPARTMENT FACILITIES. POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS ARE STORED AND USED AT MANY M.U.D. SITES.

8. THE ABOVE RULES DO NOT EXEMPT ANY CONTRACTOR OR SUB-CONTRACTOR FROM ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS.

THE ACKNOWLEDGMENT BELOW MUST BE SIGNED AND RETURNED TO THE CONTRACT MANAGER. THANK YOU FOR YOUR COOPERATION.

I UNDERSTAND AND AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE RULES WHILE ON ANY MUNICIPAL UTILITIES DEPARTMENT SITE.
____________________________________ _________________________

CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE DATE
____________________________________

COMPANY NAME
EXHIBIT 2
794
Materials and Equipment
01600-1
SECTION 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

1.0 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work. When considered necessary by the Construction Manager, materials shall be placed on platforms or other hard, clean surfaces, and covered when directed.

Materials shall be stored so as to facilitate inspection. Storage areas shall be suitably fenced, if necessary to protect the public or the material.

Unless otherwise designated in the General Requirements, locations and arrangements for storage sites for materials and equipment outside the limits of work shall be selected and maintained by the Contractor at its expense. Full compensation for furnishing such storage sites as may be necessary or required by the Contractor shall be considered as included in the price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The City shall be specifically exempted in any agreement from any liability incurred from the use of private property for construction purposes.

Use of portions of the City's area at the site for materials and equipment storage shall be permitted only upon the approval of the Construction Manager.

2.0 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
The storage and handling of potential pollution causing and hazardous materials, including but not necessarily limited to, gasoline, oil and paint shall be in accordance with all local, state and federal requirements. All hazardous materials shall be stored and handled in strict accordance with the Material Safety Data Sheets for the products. Material Safety Data Sheets shall be submitted to the Construction Manager prior to the delivery of materials to the project. Hazardous materials shall be removed and legally disposed as soon as no longer needed for project work. All spills of potential pollution causing and hazardous materials shall be contained, cleaned-up, removed and legally disposed, and remediated completely at no additional cost to the City.

3.0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS

3.1 General
In preparing these Specifications, the Design Consultant has named those products which to its knowledge meet the Specifications and are equivalent in construction, functional efficiency, and durability.

Wherever catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names preceded by "similar and equal" or followed by the designation "or equal" are used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thing, installation, or service mentioned in these Specifications, they are used to establish the standards of quality and utility required.

The first-named manufacturer is the basis for the project design and the use of alternative-named or unnamed manufacturer's products proposed by the Contractor may require modifications in the project design and construction. Where only one product has been named by brand, it is the only EXHIBIT 2
795
Materials and Equipment
01600-2
brand, trade name, or manufactured product known to the Design Consultant that meets these Specifications.

Wherever catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names not preceded by designation "similar and equal" nor followed by the designation "or equal", are used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thing, installation, or service mentioned in these Specifications, to ensure compatibility with existing facilities, no substitutions will be allowed. Reference Paragraph 00100-19.0, Substitutions During Bidding.

3.2 Substitutions
Substitutions which are equal in quality and utility to those specified will be permitted, subject to the following provisions. For this purpose, the Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 3400, no later than thirty five (35) days after the Notice to Proceed, a typewritten list containing a description of each proposed substitute item or material. Sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature, calculations, or other detailed information as will demonstrate to the Design Consultant that the proposed substitute is equal in quality and utility to the material specified shall be appended to this list. The Design Consultant will favorably review in writing such proposed substitutions as are, in its opinion, equal in quality to the items or materials specified. In the event that a substitute is favorably reviewed, fifty percent (50%) of all savings shall be credited to the City.

Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for review in the manner described above and within the time prescribed shall be sufficient cause for rejection by the Construction Manager of any substitutions otherwise proposed.

3.3 Modifications and Costs
If named alternatives or substitutions are proposed by the Contractor and favorably reviewed by the Design Consultant, the Contractor is responsible for providing, at no additional cost to the City, any electrical, mechanical, structural, or other related changes or testing that may be required to accommodate or provide the particular material or equipment the Contractor desires to use. Any deviation from the Specifications or the Drawings resulting from the type of material or equipment to be used shall not be the basis for any "extra charges" above and in excess of the original bid price of the work.

In addition the Contractor is responsible for all additional costs to the City, and its agents and representatives, for evaluation of data submitted by the Contractor for alternative named or substitutions and any redesign necessary. The City shall deduct said costs from the Contract monies due the Contractor.
*** END OF SECTION ***

EXHIBIT 2
796
Materials and Equipment
01600-3
EXHIBIT 2
797
System Testing
01660-1
SECTION 01660 - SYSTEM TESTING
The Contractor shall test the facilities as specified in the City of Stockton Standard Plans and Specifications.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for conducting the tests, including but not limited to, personnel, power, water equipment, and chemicals. The Contractor shall provide the required minimum notice to the Construction Manager of its readiness and intent prior to each test. *** END OF SECTION ***

EXHIBIT 2
798
System Testing
01660-2
EXHIBIT 2
799
Training
01670-1
SECTION 01670 - TRAINING

1.0 GENERAL
Conduct an instruction program for City's operation and maintenance personnel. Provide training for the purpose of familiarizing the City's personnel with the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment. Training shall include both classroom instruction and "hands-on" instruction held at the equipment.

Additional specific requirements for each type of equipment and/or system are identified in the Specification sections covering the various project equipment and/or systems.

2.0 INSTRUCTORS
Training for an individual component within a system shall be performed by the manufacturer’s factory-certified personnel. Training provided by the system fabricator, packager, integrator, or supplier shall be in addition to the component training.

Training instructors shall be trained and familiar with giving both classroom and hands-on field training.

3.0 SCHEDULING
Conduct training after the equipment has been installed, tested, and adjusted, and prior to City acceptance for beneficial occupancy or substantial completion of the respective equipment item, unless required earlier in the progress of the work the Specification section covering that equipment or system. Training shall be a prerequisite for acceptance.

Schedule instruction periods acceptable to the City, and provide formal written notice of the proposed instruction period at least fourteen (14) days prior to commencement of the instruction period. The City will review and comment on the proposed training schedule to accommodate scheduling of its shift personnel and ongoing or forecasted workload. The duration of the training sessions may vary from one hour up through multiple days, and should be based upon the complexity of the equipment involved and the training required.

For operation and routine maintenance instruction, three separate but identical training sessions for each respective equipment item or system shall be required (on different days or sets of days for multiple day sessions) to accommodate the scheduling of City’s shift personnel and City’s workload. For detailed maintenance and overhaul training, and for detailed troubleshooting, repair, and programming instruction for electrical and instrumentation equipment, two separate but identical training sessions (on different days or sets of days for multiple day sessions) shall be required for each respective equipment item or system.

4.0 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Instruction programs shall include basic system operation theory, troubleshooting, routine maintenance and repair, "hands-on" operation of equipment, and rebuild/overhaul procedures.

Provide copies of all training material (graphs, diagrams, cut-a ways, charts, descriptions, EXHIBIT 2
800
Training
01670-2
instructions, etc.) used in the training sessions for the use of City's personnel in attendance and for insertion into the O&M manuals. All training material shall become the property of the City.

Instructors shall prepare a typed agenda for each training session and submit to City with the proposed training schedule twenty-one (21) days prior to the proposed commencement of the training period. City will review and comment on the adequacy of the proposed training and training schedule. Instructors shall obtain City approval of each training session agenda prior to the start of its respective session.

Training sessions, and their respective agendas, shall be organized into topic groupings to allow City to coordinate personnel attendance with the topics being taught. For example, operators do not need to attend overhaul training. Agenda shall also include a statement of the intended audience, list of major training topics, goals and objectives for each major training topic, and motivational statements (i.e. why is this important).

Training sessions shall cover the information required in the Operation and Maintenance manuals submitted in accordance with Section 01300 and the following topics, as applicable:
a. Operation, including theory of operation, start-up procedures, shutdown procedures, instrumentation and controls
b. Lubrication, including changing of major fluids
c. Operation safety
d. Emergency situation response
e. Troubleshooting
f. Preventive maintenance procedures
g. Optimizing life of equipment components
h. Maintenance, including adjustment and/or removal and replacement of wear components
i. Overhaul and repair, including takedown procedures, disassembly and assembly j. Programming
k. Record keeping
Training for overhaul and repair on mechanical equipment, and for troubleshooting, repair, and programming on electrical, instrumentation, and control equipment shall provide sufficient detail, duration, and quality to result in factory certification for City staff receiving such training, where factory certification is available. This training shall include an examination to determine the competency of the participating students. All tests shall be scored by the instructor and results submitted to the City. Certificates shall be issued by the manufacturer to those students demonstrating a level of competency acceptable to the manufacturer. The manufacturer/instructor shall anticipate training City staff to this level of detail as follows:

Mechanical Equipment Two separate sessions with four City maintenance staff in each session (separate days)
Electrical, Instrumentation and control Two separate sessions with four City maintenance staff in each session (separate days)

5.0 LOCATION
All training shall be conducted at City facilities, except that training for factory certification in troubleshooting, repair, and programming of electrical, instrumentation, and control equipment may occur at the manufacturer's facility, at the manufacturer's option. Should the manufacturer choose to conduct this factory certification training at its facilities, the Contractor shall arrange for and pay EXHIBIT 2
801
Training
01670-3
all costs for travel, lodging, meals, and other associated expenses for City staff to travel to and from, and receive training at, the manufacturer's facility, at no additional cost to the City.

6.0 RECORDING OF TRAINING SESSIONS
Contractor shall record in color using DVD format, every session of the instruction program for each respective equipment item or system. Recording shall be performed by a person experienced in the operation of video recording equipment. Care shall be taken to properly place the camera, and provide adequate lighting and sound systems to ensure good video and audio quality. The final submitted DVD shall be subject to City approval and acceptance.

For video recording of "hands-on" training at the equipment, ambient noise shall be considered too loud to obtain satisfactory sound quality. For "hands-on" training sessions at the equipment, the recording shall be done without sound and the instructor shall dub a detailed narrative onto the recording by a means that will provide sound quality satisfactory to the City. Contractor shall propose a dubbing methodology to the City for approval prior to the first "hands-on" training session.

Contractor is not required to video record factory certification training that occurs at the manufacturer's facilities, but shall record any such training that occurs at City facilities.

Label each DVD identifying the session and respective equipment item or system. Multiple sessions of the same instruction program may be contained on the same DVD, but only one equipment item or system shall be recorded on the same DVD. The original and one copy of each DVD shall be submitted to the City within seven days following completion of each respective instruction program and any post-session dubbing. Responsibility for coordinating and providing all equipment, including video recorder and microphones, necessary to satisfactorily record each session, including all associated costs, shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
*** END OF SECTION ***

EXHIBIT 2
802
Training
01670-4
EXHIBIT 2
803
Contract Closeout
01700-1
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

1.0 INSTRUCTION MANUALS
All Instruction Manuals shall be submitted to, and approval by the Construction Manager obtained, prior to seventy-five (75) percent of the work being completed, or prior to the City taking beneficial occupancy of any equipment or facility, whichever occurs first. Incomplete or unacceptable Instruction Manuals as determined by the Construction Manager shall constitute justification for withholding all or any portion of progress payments.

2.0 EQUIPMENT START-UP
After all acceptance tests have been completed by the Contractor and City, but prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall recheck all equipment for proper alignment, adjustment, and calibration, check oil levels, re-lubricate all bearing and wearing points, and in general assure that all equipment is in proper condition for regular continuous operation.

3.0 FINAL CLEANING

3.1 Final Clean Up
Before final inspection of the Work, the Contractor shall clean the construction area, material sites, adjacent property and streets, and all ground occupied by the Contractor in connection with the Work of all rubbish, excess materials, form lumber, etc. All parts of the Work shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.

3.2 Final Building Clean-Up
On all building projects and wherever else applicable, besides general broom cleaning, the following special cleaning shall be performed at completion of the Work:
a. Putty stains and paint shall be removed from glass; glass shall be washed and polished, inside and outside. Care shall be exercised so as not to scratch glass. b. Marks, stains, fingerprints, and other soil and dirt shall be removed from painted, decorated, or stained work.
c. Waxed woodwork shall be cleaned and polished.
d. Hardware shall be cleaned and polished of all traces; this shall include removal of stains, dust, dirt, paints, and blemishes.
e. Spots, soil, paint, plaster, and concrete shall be removed from tile; tile work shall be washed afterwards.
f. Fixtures and equipment shall be cleaned, and stains, paint, dirt, and dust shall be removed.

EXHIBIT 2
804
Contract Closeout
01700-2
g. Temporary floor protections shall be removed; floors shall be cleaned, waxed, and buffed.
h. Dust, cobwebs, and traces of insects and dirt shall be removed.

4.0 PROJECT COMPLETION

4.1 Substantial Completion
Substantial Completion is the date upon which written acceptance by the Owner has occurred stating that the construction of facilities is sufficiently completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, such that specific facilities can be utilized for the purpose for which they are intended, and the Owner thereupon takes beneficial occupancy of each facility.

4.2 Final Completion
Final Completion is the date upon which written acceptance by the Owner has occurred stating that the Construction of all remaining Work as required by the Contract Documents, has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The following items as they pertain to all remaining Work of the Project are included in the requirements which shall be completed prior to Final Completion being certified:
a. Removal and disposal of all non-salvageable materials, and clean-up of the project area. b. Correction of all work deficiencies and/or non-compliance items. The punch list for the entire Contract shall be resolved to the Owner's satisfaction prior to Final Completion. c. Written certification by the Contractor stating that all the above items have been accomplished and a request that the Owner accept the project as having attained "Final Completion.”
A. Submit following Closeout Submittals upon Substantial Completion or upon completion of the Work and at least 7 days prior to submitting Application for Final Payment:

1. Evidence of Compliance with Requirements of Governing Authorities.

2. Project Record Documents

3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

4. Warranties and Bonds.

5. Keys and Keying Schedule.

6. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens and/or Stop Payment Notices as outlined in Conditions of the Contract.

7. Release of claims as outlined in Conditions of the Contract.

8. Survey Record Documents as specified in Section 01722.

9. Certificate of Final Completion.

EXHIBIT 2
805
Contract Closeout
01700-3

4.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain at Project site, available to the City and Construction Manager, 1 copy of the Contract Documents, shop drawings, and other submittals in good order:

1. Mark and record field changes and detailed information contained in submittals and change orders.

2. Record actual depths, horizontal and vertical location of underground pipes, duct banks, and other buried utilities. Reference dimensions to permanent surface features.

3. Identify specific details of pipe connections, location of existing buried features located during excavation, and the final locations of piping, equipment, electrical conduits, manholes, and pull boxes.

4. Identify location of spare conduits including beginning, ending, and routing through pull boxes and manholes. Record spare conductors, including number and size, within spare conduits and filled conduits.

5. Provide schedules, lists, layout drawings, and wiring diagrams.

6. Make annotations with erasable colored pencil conforming to the following color code:

Additions: Red
Deletions: Green
Comments Blue
Dimensions: Graphite
B. Maintain documents separate from those used for construction:

1. Label documents "RECORD DOCUMENTS."
C. Keep documents current:

1. Record required information at the time the material and equipment is installed and before permanently concealing.

D. Deliver record documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor.

E. During progress meetings, record documents will be reviewed to ascertain that changes have been recorded.

5.0 GUARANTEE
The Contractor shall guarantee that the equipment, materials and workmanship furnished under this Contract, including all work and materials provided by subcontractors or manufacturers of packaged equipment components, will be as specified and will be free from defects for a one-year guarantee period, starting from the date of Substantial Completion of the Work, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by law or required by special provisions elsewhere in the Contract Documents and except as otherwise noted herein. In addition, the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design. The Contractor also agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless from liability of any kind arising from damage due to said defects. The Contractor shall execute and submit a completed Warranty Form prior to the Substantial Completion date or the final acceptance of the project or within five (5) days of the occupancy or use of a portion of the Work, whichever is applicable.

EXHIBIT 2
806
Contract Closeout
01700-4
If a specific item (or items) of equipment or material cannot be utilized by the City at Substantial Completion because the Work is incomplete or defective, the guarantee for that item (or items) shall begin when the City is provided beneficial use. Beneficial use for any such items shall be provided prior to Final Completion.

In the event warranty work involves repair or replacement of parts, machine work, or any other work which affects the equipment or materials installed under this Contract, the Contractor's guarantee on such items and work shall be extended for a period of one year from the date of installation of said replacement items, or the performance of said repair or replacement work.

Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the Contractor by the City, the Contractor shall promptly make all needed adjustments, repairs or replacements arising out of defects, failure or abnormalities which, in the judgment of the City, become necessary during such period. The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools and supplies required for correction of defects, failure or abnormalities shall be paid by the Contractor and its Surety. If, within ten (10) days, unless specified otherwise by the City, after the City gives the Contractor notice of a defect, failure, or abnormality of the Work, the Contractor neglects to make the necessary repair or adjustments, the City may make the repair or adjustments or order the Work to be done by a third party, with the cost of the Work to be paid by the Contractor and its Surety. In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the City, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by the City, without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor and its Surety.

The City and the Contractor agree that guarantee period on the parts of the work possessed and used by the City in accordance with Paragraph 00700-3.5, City's Right to Use or Occupy, shall commence on the date that the City takes possession of such work and so notifies the Contractor in writing. The City and Contractor further agree that such possession and use of the work shall not be deemed as Substantial Completion or acceptance of any other part of the Work.

Prior to the expiration of the guarantee period, the City reserves the right to hold a meeting and require the attendance of the Contractor. The purpose of the meeting is to review warranties, bonds and maintenance requirements and determine required repair or replacement of defective items.

For the purpose of this Section, acceptance of the Work or a portion of the Work by the City, shall not extinguish any covenant or agreement on the part of the Contractor to be performed or fulfilled under this Contract which has not, in fact, been performed or fulfilled at the time of such acceptance. All covenants and agreements shall continue to be binding on the Contractor until they have been fulfilled. *** END OF SECTION ***
EXHIBIT 2
807

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION TITLE PAGE
26 01 26 Electrical Instrumentation Operations and Maintenance Data 1 - 6 26 05 00 Electrical 7 - 29
26 05 01 Supporting Devices 30 - 32
26 05 02 Nameplates 33 - 35
26 05 26 Grounding 36 - 39
26 22 26 Motor Starters 40 - 42
26 24 16 Panelboard 43 - 45
26 24 19 Motor Control Center 46 - 52
26 27 00 Conduits 53 - 65
26 27 26 Wiring Devices 66 - 70
EXHIBIT 2
808
Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation – Operations and Maintenance Data City of Stockton 26 01 26 - 1
SECTION 26 01 26

ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner’s operation and maintenance of products furnished under the Contract.

B. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent Sections of Specifications for products furnished under the Contract.

C. Instruct Owner’s personnel in the maintenance of products furnished under the Contract and in the operation of equipment and systems.

D. Product data for equipment provided by Owner is not a part of this Contract.

E. Quantity of O&M manuals required is specified in Section 01300.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. Related requirements specified in Division 26 00 00.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preparation of data shall be done by Contractor’s personnel:

1. Trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of the described products and authorized by the original equipment manufacturer to provide materials for the specified equipment.

2. Completely familiar with requirements of this Section.

3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data to operating personnel.

4. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required Drawings.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner’s personnel.

B. Format:

1. Size: 8½-inch by 11-inch. (except drawings)

2. Text:
a. Manufacturer’s printed data properly edited for project. Cross out all data that does not apply to the equipment to be furnished. b. All documents shall be machine typed, hand written documents are not acceptable. All documents shall be legible and original size, documents

809
Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation – Operations and Maintenance Data City of Stockton 26 01 26 - 2
that cannot be read or have been reduced will be returned for correction.

3. Drawings:
a. Provide in separate reinforced punched binder to allow drawings to be easily removed.
b. For 11-inch by 17-inch shop Drawings provide in an 11½-inch by 17½- inch folder. Do not fold. 11”x17” drawing shall not be reduced for O&M manuals.
c. Drawings larger than 11-inch by 17-inch to be placed in an 8½-inch by 11-inch envelopes bound in text.
d. Suitably identified on Drawing binder.
e. Referenced clearly with index of drawings by title and drawing numbers.

4. Binders: Commercial quality, permanent, all white in color, three-ring, durable, cleanable plastic covers with inserts, insertable full height and width, front, back, and spine, with full-page sheet lifters, as manufactured by “K&M Company, Torrance, California 90503, 2-inch with pocket D-Ring View Binders,”“Manufacturer No. 79792.” Model VS11-20, Wilson Jones D-Ring Binders, or approved equal. All binders shall be 2-inch size.

5. Folder: Commercial quality, permanent. Two-hole “Sandwich” type.

6. Indexing: The manuals shall be fully indexed by use of “Avery Side Tab Legal Index Exhibit Dividers LGT5S1-25,” “Avery Number AVY11370”, Wilson Jones Commercial Indexes with pre-printed tabs, or approved equal.

7. Cover and Spine:
a. The cover sheet format inserted in the front of the view binder shall be as stated above herein.
b. The spine format inserted in the spine of the view binder shall list:

1. Volume X of X.

2. Operation and Maintenance Manual.

3. Supplier Name.

4. Project Name.

5. Binder Contents.

8. Numbering: Number all pages within the O&M manual. The number shall be located ½-inch from the bottom, centered on each page. The system used within each tabbed section shall be the tab section-page number sequentially numbered (i.e., 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, and so on).

9. All of these sets of O & M manuals, shall be made up of "original" (no copies or reproductions) documents. No photo or fax copies are allowed of standard published manuals available from manufacturers.

C. Review:

1. Submittals that are not fully indexed and tabbed with sequentially numbered pages shall be returned without review.

810
Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation – Operations and Maintenance Data City of Stockton 26 01 26 - 3

2. The Engineer has allowed for up to and including two (2) reviews of each submittal. The Engineer shall be reimbursed for all reviews after the first two reviews by the Owner and the Owner will deduct the amount of the reimbursement from the Contractor’s Contract. The Engineer’s reimbursement shall be on a time and expense basis and the current billing rate of the Engineer. The Engineer shall be the sole source for determining the suitability of any submittal.

D. O&M manual shall be properly completed, submitted, and approved prior to the personnel training.

1.05 CONTENT OF MANUALS
A. Product of Data:

1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.

2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific project or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Cross-out references to inapplicable information.

B. Drawings:

1. Supplement product data with Drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. Include individual parts list with exploded views for all equipment. b. Control and flow diagrams.

2. Coordinate Drawings with information in project Contract documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation.

3. Do not use project Contract documents as maintenance drawings.

4. “As Constructed” set of submittal drawings for all items in the electrical system as specified in Section 26 05 03 - Electrical Submittal and Drawing Requirements.

5. The Contractor shall include in his bid price an additional 80 hours of as-built documentation changes to be designated during testing and start-up by the Engineer or Owner. All hours not used shall be credited back to the Owner at rate listed on Bid Schedule.

C. Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:

1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.

2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.

D. Provide the index and information layout in the operation and maintenance manual for

811
Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation – Operations and Maintenance Data City of Stockton 26 01 26 - 4
each unit of equipment, and system, including electrical, and electronic items as follows:

1. Cover sheet including the following:
a. Volume __ of __.
b. Operation and Maintenance Manual.
c. Project title.
d. Owner project number.
e. Manufacturer:
i. Manufacturer’s name.
ii. Full address.
f. Date.

2. Document Index: Neatly typewritten document index for each volume, arranged as indicated in Appendix “A”. Master Table of Contents shall be placed in Volume 1 itemizing all of the information included in the O&Ms and the corresponding volume location of that information.

3. Equipment Record or Instrument Data Sheet:
a. Equipment record or Instrument Data Sheet as specified in Section 26 05

03. b. A complete list of items supplied, including serial numbers, ranges, options, and other pertinent data necessary for ordering replacement parts.
c. Name and location of nearest parts supplier for all equipment.

4. Warranty:
a. Provide copy of warranty as specified in Section 26 05 00. Include procedures in the event of failure.
b. Provide copy of substantial completion with corresponding warranty duties.

5. Theory of Operation.

6. Description. Provide description of units and components parts function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
a. Include general descriptive bulletins, brochures, or catalog sheets to describe the equipment.
b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests.

7. Operating Instructions: Complete, detailed, written English description of the sequence of operating sequence for all control system (including PLC) and operations in all modes. The description shall be specifically prepared for this work, and shall be fully referenced to control diagrams and system components:
a. Recommended step-by-step startup, adjustment, calibration and break-in operating instructions.

812
Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation – Operations and Maintenance Data City of Stockton 26 01 26 - 5
b. Routine and normal operating instructions. Include summer and winter operating instructions as applicable. Also include special operating instructions.
c. Recommended step-by-step regulation, control, stopping, and shut-down instructions.
d. No photocopies are allowed of standard published manuals available from manufacturers.
e. Recommended step-by-step Emergency Instructions.
f. Current and desired control settings. Set points shall be documented in O&M manual prior to final acceptance.

8. Maintenance Instructions:
a. Lubrication schedule and list of lubrication required. b. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. Preventative maintenance to include routine operation, alignment, adjusting and checking. Include illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. Preventative maintenance procedure and schedule for all equipment over a five-year cycle.
c. Corrective maintenance to include disassembly, repair, overhaul and reassembly.
d. Schematic diagrams of all electronic devices shall be included. A complete parts list with stock numbers shall be provided on the components that make up the assembly.
e. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. f. No photocopies are allowed of standard published manuals available from manufacturers.
g. Include Maintenance Program data entry forms.
h. Original manuals (no copies) shall be provided for all instruments and PLC components.

9. Shipping and Installation:
a. Receiving and handling.
b. Long-term storage and short-term storage.
c. Complete step-by-step installation instructions of all components.

10. Safety Procedures:
a. Manufacturer’s safety procedures for operating and maintaining all equipment and materials used.

11. List of recommended spare parts:
a. Original manufacturer’s parts list with manufacturer’s current prices.

Include complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replaceable parts.
b. Predicted life of parts subject to warranty.

813
Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation – Operations and Maintenance Data City of Stockton 26 01 26 - 6
c. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
d. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.

12. Test Data:
a. Include all completed and signed test data and forms from factory and field testing.

13. Troubleshooting instructions.

14. Equipment catalogue sheets and submittals.
a. Include copy of all approved submittals supplied under Section 26 05 03.

15. Drawings:
a.All Electrical & Instrumentation Drawings to include:
1) As-built set of all required Drawings per Section 26 05 03 for the project.
2) As-built drawings shall be signed and stamped by a registered Electrical Engineer in the State of California.

16. Complete software ladder logic printouts.

17. Record of all settings or parameters for all programmable devices.

18. At the end of the project these manuals shall be updated to show “as-built” or “asinstalled” conditions.

19. Provide to the Owner two sets of CDs containing all AutoCAD as-built electrical and instrumentation drawings prepared for this project, and software ladder logic programs. Software disks shall contain the ladder logic program with all support files. These disks shall be the property of the Owner, for its use on this and future projects.
2 PART 2 MATERIALS

NOT USED

END OF SECTION

814

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 1
SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall install, ready for use, the electrical system as specified in Division 26 00 00 and shown on the Contract Drawings. This document describes the function and operation of the system and particular components, but does not necessarily describe all necessary devices. All components and devices shall be furnished and installed as required to provide a complete operable and reliable system for accomplishing the functions and meeting the performance set forth hereinafter.

B. Contractor’s bid shall include first or second named or second named as indicated on the Drawings or in these Specifications. Where Drawings or Specifications call for a particular manufacturer “or equal”, the Contractor must prepare his base bid using the first or second named equipment.

Contractor shall bear the full responsibility for including in his bid any equipment, which is later found to be unacceptable or NOT equal to the equipment specified.

C. Furnish all required labor, materials, project equipment, tools, construction equipment, safety equipment, transportation, test equipment, incidentals, and services to provide a complete and operational electrical system as shown on the Drawings, included in these Specifications, or required for fully operating facilities. Use Device Indexes and Contract Drawings typical installation details for mounting detail requirements to be provided for equipment listed.

D. Examine the Specification and Drawings for mechanical equipment and provide all starters, circuit breakers, switches, pushbuttons and appurtenances which are not specified to be with the mechanical equipment. Erect all electrical equipment not definitely stated to be erected by others, furnish and install conduit, wire, cable, and make connections required to place all equipment in complete operation.

E. Contract Elementary Drawings do not show all electrical interfaces, lockouts, etc. required for motor control. These Drawings show general layout and have made provisions for interlocks, solenoid valve control, etc. and are only typical. Contractor is responsible for examining the Contract Series Drawings for all motor control interfaces, temperature switches, solenoid valves, float switches and device lockout, requirements. The Contractor’s submitted elementary diagrams shall show all motor controls and interlocks for the specific piece of equipment. Provide a separate set of elementary diagrams for each similar group of equipment. It is within the Contractor’s scope of work to submit elementary diagrams that not only show the MCC bucket wiring, but also include the field interlocks, motor heaters, protective devices, valve controls, etc. The Contractor’s Elementary submittal Drawings shall also show field terminal block numbers for each of the field interlocks and valve controls.

F. The major areas in the Division scope of work are shown on the drawings and as designated on the Division 26 00 00 plans, which include both the furnishing and installation of are:

1. Motor Control Centers including motor starters.

2. Processor Logic Controllers (PLC) and Operator Interface (OI) hardware for controlling the pumps, aerators, drives, etc. and other miscellaneous devices. The Contractor is to

815

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 2
provide all configuration, programming and setup of the PLCs.

3. Conduits, and the field interconnection wiring between the equipment, pumps, MCCs, control panels, panelboards, field devices, etc.

4. All necessary miscellaneous shut off, sample, and calibration valves to sensors.

5. Trenching, backfilling, compaction, and resurfacing for all new underground conduit routes.

6. Building electrical devices, lights, and receptacles.

7. Grounding system and equipment grounding.

8. Installation of primary devices, equipment and instruments, are not completely detailed on Contract drawing plan sheets. Use Device Indexes and Contract Drawings installation details for installation and mounting requirements.

9. Conduits, wiring, and terminations of all wiring associated with panels and equipment supplied under all other Divisions.

10. Removal and disposal of excess materials from excavation, pavement removal and demolition work.

G. Provide all necessary hardware, conduit, wiring, fittings, and devices to connect the electrical equipment provided under other Sections. The following shall be done by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner:

1. Provide additional devices, wiring, conduits, relays, and isolators to complete interfaces of the electrical and instrumentation system.

2. Changing normally open contacts to normally closed contacts or vise versa.

3. Adding additional relays to provide more contacts as necessary to carry out work specified.

4. Other work implied by the Contract documents.

H. The following Specifications incorporate specific equipment and devices that are preferred by the Owner because of their serviceability, because of the local availability of labor, parts and materials, or because of the ability of the Owner to umbrella the equipment under existing maintenance Contracts; however, favorable alternatives proposed in writing during the submittal process will be reviewed by the Owner as whether it is acceptable as an approved equal.

I. All electrical equipment and materials, including installation and testing, shall conform to the applicable codes and standards listed in this and other Sections. All electrical work shall conform with the National Electrical Code (NEC) 2013 issue. Nothing on the Drawings nor in the Specifications shall be construed to permit work or materials not conforming to these codes and standards.

J. Contractors which propose to bid on this project are encouraged to attend the pre-bid job walk to accomplish the following:

816

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 3

1. Thoroughly examine existing conditions before submitting his bid proposal to perform any work. He shall compare site conditions with data given on the plans or in these Specifications. No allowance shall be made for any additional costs incurred by the Contractor due to his failure to have examined the site or to have failed to report any discrepancies to the Owner prior to bid.

2. Verify all measurements and conditions and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the Drawings and measurements at the site.

K. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to be fully familiar with the existing conditions and local requirements and regulations. New MCCs and generators are to be installed in areas with limited space. MCC and generator footprints were developed based on best available information.

Contractor is responsible for any additional conduits, wires, construction costs, engineering design requirements, etc to accommodate MCCs and generators that are larger than that shown on Contract Documents.

L. Any major deviations in location and conduit routing that the Contractor makes without the express written review or direction of the Engineer, shall be considered to have been made at the Contractor’s sole responsibility. Such deviations made by the Contractor shall be reflected on the Contractor supplied “Record Drawings” and Conduit Schedule. The Contractor will reimburse the Electrical Engineer and the Owner and then will deduct an amount equal of reimbursement from the Contractor’s contract for all engineering, drafting, and clerical expenses associated with updating the Record Drawings and Conduit Schedule due to any major unauthorized changes.

M. The term “Engineer” used throughout this Division 16 is the “El Dorado Irrigation District” Engineer or their designated Engineer representative.” The term “Owner” in Division 16 is the Delhi Irrigation District. When “Contractor” is listed in these documents without further definition such as “Contractor”, it is to mean the “Prime or General Contractor.”

1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All electrical/instrumentation equipment and materials, including installation and testing, shall conform to the following applicable codes and standards:

1. ANSI - American National Standards Institute, Inc.

2. EIA - Electronics Industries Association.

3. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories.

4. FM - Factory Mutual.

5. GO128 - General Order No. 128, Rules for Construction of Underground Electrical Supply and Communication Systems, PublicUtilities Commission of the State of California.

6. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.

7. ICEA - Insulated Power Cable Engineers' Association.

8. ISA - International Society for Measurements & Control (ISA) Standards (formerly Instrument Society of America).

9. JIC - Joint Industrial Council.

10. NEC - National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition.

11. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association.

12. NETA - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems, International Electrical

817

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 4
Testing Association.

13. NESC - National Electrical Safety Code.

14. NFPA - National Fire Protection Agency.

15. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act Standards.

16. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.

B. The revisions of these codes and standards in effect on the date of issuance of the Contract Documents shall apply.

C. Codes and standards referenced shall be considered minimum acceptable work.

D. In instances where two or more codes are at variance, the most restrictive requirements shall apply.

E. Nothing on the Drawings nor in the Specifications shall be construed to permit work or materials not conforming to the preceding codes and standards.

F. All work shall also be performed in accordance with the District, State, County or District standards, and local Utility codes.

G. The Contractor shall furnish without extra charge any additional material and labor which may be required for compliance with these codes and standards, even though the work is not explicitly mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the Contract E-Series Drawings.

H. Amperage listed on the single-line Drawings for motors are per NEC Table 430-150 and may not necessarily match that of the equipment supplied. It is the electrical system supplier and Contractor’s responsibility to furnish equipment sized for the motors supplied for this project at no additional cost.

1.03 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A. It is the intent of this Division that the complete responsibility for management and installation of the electrical and instrumentation required for this project be by the Contractor. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, supervision and coordination of work performed by the System Supplier. Uncertified electricians shall not perform electrical work for which certification is required.

B. Contractor shall submit the proposed Electrical Sub-Contractor and System Supplier with bid documents that will be used on this project.

C. If the Contractor, General Contractor and System supplier listed in bid documents are deemed not qualified by Owner, they will have their bid rejected at the Owner’s sole discretion and the next qualified bidder selected.

D. The Electrical Contractor shall meet the following minimum qualifications:

1. Has a current C-10 Contractor’s License.

2. Has regularly engaged in similar electrical construction for the municipal water and wastewater industry.

3. Has performed work of similar or greater complexity on at least five previous projects.

818

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 5

4. Has all persons performing work as electricians certified by the California Apprenticeship Council per California Labor Code Section 3099.

1.04 SYSTEM SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS
A. General:

1. All switchboard, panels, MCCs, PLC hardware, and PLC programming shall be supplied by one system supplier. All panels and instrumentation listed for Division 16 in all Division 16 appendix Indexes shall be supplied by the same System Supplier. This includes, but not limited to, all work necessary to select, furnish, supervise installation, calibrate, program, and place into operation all transmitters, instruments, controllers, alarm equipment, monitoring equipment, and accessories as specified herein. The system supplier shall not subcontract any portions of the equipment provisioning with the exception of fire and security alarm systems without written approval of Owner.

2. The system supplier shall have an on-staff project engineer with prior experience on similar sized projects. This project engineer shall coordinate the technical aspects of this project and prepare the submittals and drawings. This project engineer’s name, address, and phone number shall be provided within the first week after notice to proceed. The system supplier project engineer shall attend all coordination meetings and be on-site when requested by the Owner’s Resident Engineer.

B. System Suppliers

1. System Suppliers shall submit the information listed herein two weeks prior to bid, and if approved by the Owner, will be listed in a Contract addendum prior to bid.

2. The System Supplier shall submit prove they meet the following minimum qualifications:
a. Has regularly engaged in similar instrumentation systems for the Municipal Water and Wastewater industry.
b. Has successfully performed work of similar or greater complexity on at least five previous projects under one company name which is the present company name.
c. Has been actively engaged in the type of PLC control system, and instrumentation work specified in this Division for a minimum of five years.
d. Has a permanent, fully staffed, and equipped service facility in operation at least six (6) months prior to bid date within 150 miles of project site.

Service facility shall be under same company name as System Supplier and same company shall be staffed with personnel and equipment required to maintain, repair and calibrate the instrumentation system. Subletting warranty to third party is not acceptable.

3. Non pre-qualified System Suppliers shall submit the following detailed information to the Owner for determination of pre-qualification:

819

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 6
a. Company history.
b. List of five (5) completed projects of similar size and nature for wastewater treatment plants.
i. Provide completion dates of projects.
ii. References of Owner Representative in charge of project, including contact name and telephone number.
c. List of projects in progress.
i. Description of scope of projects.
ii. Dollar amount of projects.

4. Additional information for clarification as requested by the Owner in writing shall be provided by the System Supplier asking for the qualification or qualification will automatically be denied.

5. System Supplier providing financial statements lacking detail or stating that detailed financial records are proprietary will be disqualified as a qualified System Supplier and is grounds alone for disqualification.

6. Any qualification package deemed incomplete or lacking sufficient information to determine qualification will result in System Supplier not being qualified.

7. No reason will be released on why a System Supplier was not qualified.

1.05 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Drawings and Specifications are intended to be descriptive of the type of electrical system to be provided; any minor details missing in either shall not relieve the Contractor from the obligations there-under to install in correct detail any and all materials necessary for a complete operational system at no additional cost.

B. The Contract Drawings are generally diagrammatic; exact locations of electrical products shall be verified in the field with the Owner’s Resident Engineer. Except where special details on Drawings are used to illustrate the method of installation of a particular piece or type of equipment or materials, the requirements or descriptions in this Section shall take precedence in the event of conflict.

C. The Contract Electrical elementary, elevation and one-line diagrams are the basis of the electrical system to be provided and are for reference only. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to adjust and make minor revisions to the diagrams as necessary for operational system at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional isolators, relays, wiring, terminal blocks, etc, shall be provided for an operation system at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Location at facilities of new equipment, inserts, anchors, panels, pull boxes, conduits, stub-ups, and fittings for the electrical system are to be determined by the Contractor and Engineer at time of installation. Contractor shall make minor adjustments to locations of electrical equipment required by conditions and coordination with other trades at no additional cost. Minor adjustments are defined as those adjustments required due to equipment size changes or variations between different equipment suppliers.

820

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 7
E. The Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule, wire fill, and number of conduits are based on the best information available. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to modify the conduit schedule based upon Shop Drawings for the actual equipment. Such modifications in conduit sizes and numbers of conductors shall be at no additional cost to the Owner and shall be approved by Owner, if such changes are the direct result of the equipment selected by the Contractor. A copy of the Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule and Electrical plans showing conduit routing shall be updated weekly by the Contractor. Progress payments will be withheld if during monthly checks it is found that the contractor fails to maintain the Conduit Schedule updates.

F. Electrical & instrumentation, conduit & wire lengths shown on circuit Drawings are approximate and do not show changes in elevation or vertical risers. The Contractor is responsible for determining actual lengths for bidding and installation purposes.

G. All equipment shall be installed and located so that it can be readily accessed for operation and maintenance. The Engineer reserves the right to require minor changes in location of equipment, without incurring any additional costs. These minor changes are changes which would provide adequate clearance and work areas in front of and around equipment.

H. Where conduits are shown as "home runs" on the Contract Drawings or stated to be furnished, but not explicitly shown as part of the scope of work, the Contractor shall provide all fittings, boxes, wiring, etc., as required for completion of the raceway system in compliance with the NEC and the applicable Specifications in this Section.

I. No changes from the Contract Drawings or Specifications shall be made without written approval of the Engineer. Should there be a need to deviate from the Contract documents, submit written details and reasons for all changes to the Engineer for review within thirty days after the award of the contract.

J. The resolution of conflicting interpretation of the Contract documents shall be as determined by the Engineer.

K. The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of neatly and accurately marked set of Record Documents, consisting of spreadsheets, specifications and full size Electrical (E-Series). These documents are to be used specifically for recording the as built locations and layout of all electrical and instrumentation equipment, routing of raceways, junction and pull boxes, and other diagram or document changes. These Record documents shall be kept up-to-date during the progress of the job, with all "change orders", submittal modifications, and construction changes shown and stamped with “As-Built” at end of job. These Record documents shall not be used for daily construction use and shall not contain any mark-ups that are unrelated to as-built corrections.

1. The following lists the record documents that shall be as-built by Contractor:
a. E-Series Drawings.
b. Panelboard schedules.
c. Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule.
d. Lighting Schedule.

3. Record documents shall be kept current weekly with all "change orders", submittal modifications, and construction changes shown. Record Documents shall be subject to the inspection by the Engineer at all times, progress payments or portions thereof may be withheld if Record Documents are not accurate or current.

821

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 8

4. When documents are changed, they shall be marked with erasable colored pencils using the following coloring scheme:
a. Additions - red.
b. Deletions - green.
c. Comments - blue.
d. Dimensions - black.

5. Show the following on the Electrical (E-Series) Record Contract Drawings by dimension from readily obtained base lines:
a. Exact location, type and function of electrical and instrumentation equipment and devices.
b. Precise routing and locations of underground conduits, duct banks, vaults, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc. that make-up the raceway system. c. Show the dimensions, location and routing of electrical work which will become permanently concealed.
d. Show complete routing and sizing of any significant revisions to the systems shown.

6. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer one set of record full-size Electrical Record Contract Drawings and spreadsheets neatly marked accurately showing the information required above.

1.06 SUBMITTAL AND DRAWING REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide electrical and instrumentation submittals per Section 260503 - Electrical and Instrumentation Submittal Requirements and Submittals.

1.07 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall coordinate the electrical work with the other trades, code authorities, utilities, and the Engineer, with due regard to their work, towards promotion of rapid completion of the project. If any cooperative work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision of such, or failure to make proper provisions, then the Contractor shall bear expense of such changes as necessary to be made in the work of others.

B. The Contractor shall examine the architectural, mechanical, structural, electrical, and instrumentation equipment provided under other Sections of this Contract in order to determine the exact routing and final terminations for all conduits and cables. The exact locations and routing of cables and conduits shall be governed by structural conditions, physical interferences, and the physical location of wire terminations on equipment.

Conduits shall be stubbed up as close as possible to equipment terminals.

C. Manufacturer's directions and instructions shall be followed in all cases when they have more restrictive requirements than that shown on the Contract Drawings or have stipulations in order to meet warranty requirements.

822

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 9

1.08 SUPERVISION
A. The Contractor shall schedule all activities, manage all technical aspects of the project, coordinate submittal and Drawings, and attend all project meetings associated with this Section.

B. The Contractor shall supervise all work in this Section, including the Contractor’s general construction work, and System Supplier’s work, from the beginning to completion and final acceptance.

C. The Contractor shall supervise and coordinate all work in this Section to insure that each phase of the project, submittal, delivery, installation, and acceptance testing, warranty, etc., is completed within the allowable scheduled time frames.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, preparing, completing, and furnishing all paper work for this Section including that of the Contractor and the System Supplier, which shall include transmittals, submittal, forms, documents, manuals, instructions, and procedures.

E. Electrical Construction Supervision:

1. Prior to the start of any project site installation, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with an expected manpower schedule as well as a list of applicable job site supervision personnel, their scheduled job site appearance, and the expected duration of their presence on the job site. Include in this manpower schedule the calculation of average manhour per month for the duration of electrical labor phase.

2. When the Electrical Labor exceeds an average of 2,000 man-hours/month the Contractor shall have an office clerk on site for the duration of the construction work to order, follow up and receive materials, handle construction payroll, maintain the Construction Documents, and handle or assist the working foreman/superintendent with responsibility not directly related to the installation of the electrical equipment.

3. The Contractor shall have a dedicated Project Manager in addition to the Office Clerk described above, on site for the duration of the construction work. The Project Manager shall have complete authority and responsibility for carrying out all aspects of the Contract with the Owner.

4. The Contractor shall provide a foreman for each six (6) installation labor electricians. A Job Site Superintendent shall be provided at the discretion of the Contractor unless the project falls behind schedule. If the project falls behind schedule, the Owner can direct the Contractor to provide a non-working Superintendent who must remain with the project a minimum of the next two (2) project schedule deadlines.

1.09 INSPECTIONS
A. All work or materials covered by the Contract documents shall be subject to inspection at any and all times by the Engineer. If any material does not conform to the Contract documents, or does not have an "approved" or "approved as noted" submittal status; then the Contractor shall, within three days after being notified by the Engineer, remove the unacceptable material from the premises; and if said material has been installed, the entire expense of removing and replacing same, including any

823

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 10
cutting and patching that may be necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor.

B. Work shall not be closed in or covered over before inspection and approval by the Owner’s Resident Engineer. All costs associated with uncovering and making repairs where noninspected work has been performed shall be borne by the Contractor.

C. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and provide assistance for the inspection of the electrical system under this Contract. The Contractor shall remove covers, provide access, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will be necessary to determine the quality and adequacy of the work.

D. Before request for final inspection is made, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner in writing, a statement that the Contractor has made his own thorough inspection of the entire project enumerating punch list items not complete and that the installation and testing is complete and in conformance with the requirements of this Division.

E. The Owner may arrange for a facility inspection by Cal-OSHA Consultation Service at any time.

The Contractor shall make the necessary corrections to bring all work in conformance with CalOSHA requirements, all at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. Contractor will be Responsible for any Additional Cost for Overtime, Weekend Overtime or Differential Time, Expenses for Inspection of Defective Work that has to be Reinspected.

1.10 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and pay the costs thereof for temporary services required during construction of the project, such as temporary electrical power and telephone service. Upon completion of the project, remove all temporary services, equipment, material, and wiring from the site as the property of the Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection for all equipment and materials during shipment, storage, and construction. Equipment and materials shall be completely covered with two layers of plastic and set on cribbing six inches above grade so that they are protected from weather, wind, dust, water, or construction operations. Equipment shall not be stored outdoors without the approval of the Owner. Where equipment is stored or installed in moist areas, such as unheated buildings, provide an acceptable means to prevent moisture damage, such as a uniformly distributed heat source to prevent condensation.

C. The elevation of the project site is approximately 870 feet above sea level. All equipment shall be de-rated as recommended by the manufacturer or in accordance with ANSI C37.30.

D. The normal, unconditioned ambient temperature range of the job site will vary between10° to 110 °F. All equipment shall be rated to operate at continuous full load under these temperature ranges.

Any additional provisions for cooling or heating shall be provided to meet these requirements at no additional cost.

1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals covering instructions and maintenance on each type of equipment shall be furnished per Section 26 01 26 - Electrical and Instrumentation Operations and Maintenance Data.

824

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 11
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 QUALITY
A. It is the intent of the Contract Specifications and Drawings to secure the highest quality in all materials and equipment in order to facilitate operation and maintenance of the facility. All equipment and materials shall be new and the products of reputable suppliers have adequate experience in the manufacture of these particular items. For uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each type of product. Provide the manufacturer’s latest design that conforms to these Specifications.

B. All equipment shall be designed for the service intended and shall be of rugged construction, of ample strength for all stresses which may occur during fabrication, transportation, erection, and continuous or intermittent operation. All equipment shall be adequately stayed, braced, and anchored, and shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Appearance and safety, as well as utility, shall be given consideration in the design of details. All components and devices installed shall be standard items of industrial grade, unless otherwise noted, and shall be of sturdy and durable construction suitable for long, trouble-free service. Light duty, fragile, and competitive grade devices of doubtful durability shall not be used.

C. Products that are specified by manufacturer, trade name, or catalog number, establish a standard of quality and do not prohibit the use of approved equal of other manufacturers. However, all provided products specified or not, must be favorably reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to installation.

D. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) listing is required for all substituted equipment when such a listing is available for the first named equipment.

E. When required by the Contract Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit equipment or material samples for test or evaluation. The samples shall be furnished with information as to their source and prepared in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and testing, with all freight and charges prepaid. All samples shall be submitted before shipment of the equipment or material to the job site and in ample time to permit the making of proper tests, analyses, examinations, rejections, and resubmissions before incorporated into the work.

F. It is the System Supplier’s responsibility to visit jobsite to collect and document existing equipment MCC device part numbers in order for all similar called out new equipment to match existing.

2.02 COMPONENTS
A. SWITCHES AND LIGHTS
B. Relays and Timers:

1. General: Relays and timers shall be provided with N.O. or N.C. contacts as shown on the Contract Drawings. All spare contacts shown shall be provided. A minimum of two isolated form C contacts, shall be provided on each timer or relay. Contacts shall be rated 10 amps minimum at 120 VAC, 60 Hz unless otherwise stated. Supply power or

825

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 12
coil voltage shall be 120 VAC unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings or when relay is utilized in 24VDC control circuits. Relays and timers shall be designed for continuous duty. All relays shall be UL listed. The following is a summary of abbreviations associated with relays and timers:
a. CR- control relay
b. ISR - intrinsic safe relay
c. PFR - power fail relay
d. TR - time delay relay
e. TDOE - time delay on energization
f. TDOD - time delay on dropout

2. Control relays (CR) shall be plug-in type with clear see-through sealed or enclosed housing to exclude dust. Contact material shall be silver cadmium oxide. Relay shall be rated for 110% of rated voltage and have a frequency response of 1800 operations per hour. Sockets for plug-in relays shall be standard industrial 8 or 11 blade type with barrier pressure screw terminals. Provide relay energized neon lamp or LED (inside relay case). Provide IDEC type RH, Potter and Brumfield, or approved equal.

3. Intrinsic safe relay (ISR) shall be Warrick Series 17AIEO to operate from 120VAC power with direct mode of operation operate. ISR shall be solid state, FM approved for use in Class I, Division I atmospheres with internal surge suppression. Contact rating shall be 8A and have both N.O. and N.C. contacts. Secondary voltage shall be 13VAC. ISR shall have latch and un-latch inputs for use with a two float control system for differential level control. Sensitivity shall be 10,000 ohms. ISR shall be rated for Class 1, Division 2 sewage wetwell and equalization tank applications.

4. The power fail monitor (PFR) shall continuously monitor the three phases for power loss, over/under voltage, phase loss, phase unbalance and phase reversal. The power fail monitor shall have a drop-out voltage adjustment and status indicating LEDs. Monitor shall have adjustable delay-on-make and delay-on-break timers. Fault delay shall be adjustable from 1 to 15 seconds. Monitor shall have 32 character LCD display with green back light, and 5 buttons. All adjustable timers shall be made through the display and buttons. All parameters shall be stored in permanent non-volatile memory. Power fail monitor shall be 3 phase multiple function Watsco EAC8002 series Linebacker Phase Protector, to match District standard unit. All parameters shall be recorded on data sheets.

5. Time delay relays (TR) shall be solid state plug-in relays with a timer adjustable over eight (8) multi-time range 1 second to 10 minutes and from 1 minute to 10 hours unless other ranges are indicated or required. Provide LED timer energized indicator lamps. Timer shall have +/- 0.25% repeat accuracy. Sockets for plug-in timers shall be standard industrial type blade 8 or 11 pin with barriered pressure screw terminals. Time delay relays shall be IDEC RTE, Potter and Brumfield, or approved equal.

6. Provide and install all moisture or temperature protection relays when required for equipment or motor/pump warranty conditions including any additional conduits for low voltage signal wiring. Submitted drawings shall include the wiring and terminations for all of these relays.

C. Circuit Breakers:

826

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 13

1. Circuit breakers shall be of the indicating type, providing ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions of the operating handle. Circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quickbreak, with a thermal-magnetic (TM) action, except when protecting motor feeders where motor circuit protector (MCP) breakers with adjustable magnetic trip shall be used.

Circuit breakers shall be the bolted on type. The use of tandem or dual circuit breakers in a normal single-pole space to provide the number of poles or spaces specified are not acceptable. All multiple-pole circuit breakers shall be designed so that an overload on one pole automatically causes all poles to open. Circuit breakers and motor circuit protectors shall be manufactured by GE, Cutler-Hammer, ITE, or approved equal.

2. Breakers shall be sized and have a minimum interrupting capacity as shown on Drawings and as required for the supplied equipment.

3. Breakers requiring GF trip on E-Series Drawings shall be provided with breakers with integral ground fault trip.

4. Thermal magnetic circuit breakers with frames 250A and above shall be provided with removable interchangeable trip units.

5. Breaker for HVAC equipment shall have HACR rating.

6. All breakers shall be supplied with the correct sized copper only lugs for wire sizes as listed in “Conduit & Wire Routing Schedule”. Provide larger frame breaker or lug adapters as necessary when connecting to the listed oversized wire.

D. Motor Starters:

1. Motor starters (M) shall be Valziable Frequency Drivers as shown on the Drawings.

NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepower of the supplied equipment.

Contactors shall be UL rated and listed.

2. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings or as required. Each motor starter shall be furnished with a minimum of two spare auxiliary contacts in excess from those shown to be used. Auxiliary contacts shall be convertible, in the field, from normally open to normally closed, or vice versa.

3. Starters shall have adjustable overload relays. Adjustable overload relays shall be adjustable for trip point and for automatic or manual reset. Each overload shall be ambient compensated with a visible trip indicator. Each overload shall be ambient compensated and shall trip on 600% of full load current in less than 6 seconds. Each overload relay shall have a test trip pushbutton built-in and an adjustable calibrated trip with indicating dial. Three-phase starters shall have 3 overload relays. Each overload relay shall have a normally closed holding contact and a normally open isolated contact for overload shutdown.

E. Control Power Transformer:

1. Control power transformer (CPT) shall be provided with a time-delay, slow-blow secondary fuse rated to protect the transformer and interrupt 10,000 amperes at 120VAC.

Two primary fuses for interrupt amperes shown on Contract Drawings shall be provided.

Transformer size minimum ratings shall be as shown on Contract E-Series Drawings.

When size is not shown on E-series Contract Drawings, then the following lists the

827

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 14
minimum control power transformer per NEMA Starter size or VFD/Soft Starter size:

CONTACTOR CTRL PWR XFMR

NEMA SIZE VA RATING

STARTER
SIZE 00 150
SIZE 0 150
SIZE 1 150
SIZE 2 150
SIZE 3 250
SIZE 4 250
SIZE 5 250

2. The MCC supplier shall increase the CPT size by the VA rating of the motor heater when motors have heaters.

F. Elapsed Time Meters:

1. Elapsed time meters (ETM) for general use shall be nonresettable with 0.0 to 99,999.9 hour readout, permanently lubricated synchronous motor drive, nominal 2-1/2” circular twohole surface front panel mount housing, screw terminals, and rated at 120 VAC, at 60 Hz.

Elapsed time meters shall be Stemco-Engler Series, 710-0002, Yokogawa, or approved equal.

2.03 ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES AND BOXES
A. Enclosures to be NEMA rated per Indexes with fast access door latches. Enclosure construction shall be 14 gauge minimum with continuously welded seams. Outer door shall have provisions for locking enclosure with standard padlock. Provide white backpan in each box. Provide thermoplastic data pocket mounted on inside door. Provide enclosures with accessories consisting of breaker to disconnect incoming power, padlockable disconnect for breakers used in circuits above 120VAC, heater, fan, removable metal filters, louvers, and thermostats. Enclosure shall be Hoffman, Circle AW, or approved equal.

2.04 MOTOR CONTROL PANELS
A. Provide motor control panels with padlockable main disconnect, motor circuit protector (MCP), auxiliary contacts for remote SCADA monitoring, control power transformer, elapsed time meter (ETM), HOA selector switch, reset pushbutton, starter with motor overloads, terminal blocks, relays, and interlocks as shown on Contract Drawings.

B. Motor controls shall be mounted on a backpan and installed in a NEMA rated enclosure.

Enclosure shall have a padlockable disconnect switch for locking out pump operation and controls.

C. Motor control panel shall be Siemens, or approved equal.

2.05 SAFETY LOCKOUTS
A. Safety lockouts per subsection 3.08.

828

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 15
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the codes and standards outlined herein.

B. The Contractor shall employ personnel that are skilled and experienced in the installation and connection of all elements, equipment, devices, instruments, accessories, and assemblies.

All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first class workmanship for all installations.

C. The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in his installations.

D. The Contractor shall perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the Owner.

E. The Engineer reserves the right to halt any work that is found to be substandard or being installed by unqualified personnel.

F. All cutting and notching shall be laid out carefully in advance. Do not notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval from the Engineer. Carefully carry out any cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment. Following such work, restore surfaces neatly to new condition using skilled craftsmen of the trades involved. Refinish damaged surfaces to new condition using skilled craftsmen of the trades involved at no additional cost to the Owner.

G. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish on a daily basis. Upon daily completion of work, remove materials, scraps, and debris from the premises and from the interior and exterior of all devices and equipment.

H. All equipment installed by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the Drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions and shall operate to the Engineer's satisfaction. Follow all manufacturer’s instructions for handling, receiving, installation, and pre-check requirements prior to energization. After energization, follow manufacturer’s instructions for programming, set-up and calibration of equipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall correct by repair or replacement, at his own expense, equipment which, in the opinion of the Engineer, has been caused by faulty mechanical or electrical assembly by the Contractor.

Necessary tests to demonstrate that the electrical and mechanical operation of the equipment is satisfactory and meets the requirements of these Specifications shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

I. The Contractor shall vacuum clean the interior of all motor control centers, panelboards, junction boxes and other enclosures supplied under this project containing electrical equipment to remove all dirt, metal chips, stripped insulation, etc., from the enclosure. This cleaning shall be done prior to energizing the device initially and a second time immediately prior to the final acceptance inspection.

3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS, GENERAL

829

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 16
A. All wiring shall be neatly bundled and laced with plastic tie-wraps, anchored in place by screw attached retainer. Where space is available, such as in electrical cabinets, all wiring shall be run in slotted plastic wireways or channels with dust covers. Wireways or channels shall be sized such that the wire fill does not exceed 50%. Wires carrying 100 volts and above shall be physically separated from lower voltage wiring by using separate bundles or wireways with sufficient distance to minimize the introduction of noise, crossing only at 90 degree angles. Tie-wraps shall be T&B TYRAP’s, Panduit, or approved equal.

B. Where wiring crosses hinged surfaces, provide a "U" shaped hinge loop protected by plastic spiral wrap. The hinge loop shall be of sufficient length to permit opening and closing the door without stressing any of the terminations or connections.

C. Wireways, retainers, and other devices shall be screw-mounted with round-head 316 stainless steel screws. Glue or sticky back attachment of any type or style shall not be used.

D. All devices and wiring shall be installed and permanently labeled and secured in accordance with Section 26 05 02 and Section 26 28 13.

E. All components associated with a particular compartment’s or enclosure's function shall be mounted in that compartment or enclosure.

F. Spacing and clearance of components shall be in accordance with UL, JIC, and NEC standards.

G. Wires shall not be spliced except where shown. Devices with pigtails, except lighting fixtures, shall be connected at terminal blocks. Equipment delivered with spliced wires shall be rejected and the Contractor required to replace all such wiring, at no additional cost to the Owner.

H. Where splices are allowed or approved by the Engineer they shall conform with the following:

1. Splices of #10 and smaller, including fixture taps, shall be made with nylon selfinsulated twist on wire joints; T&B “Piggys”, Panduit, or approved equal. Twist shall be UL listed for service voltage.

2. Splices of #8 and larger shall be double crimped splices, or approved equal, insulated with heat shrink tubing, or approved equal.

3. Splices in underground pullboxes shall be insulated and moisture sealed with 3M “Scotchcast” cast fast curing epoxy powdered resin splice kits. Kits used shall have a date marking for shelf life that is not expired. Kit shall be UL listed for electrical insulating systems.

4. Wire splicing devices shall be sized according to manufacturer's recommendations.

5. Tape on splices shall not be allowed.

6. Splices for motor leads shall be made with T&B MSC series splice kit, or approved equal.

I. Tapes shall conform to the requirements of UL 510 and be rated: 105 °C, 600V, flame retardant, hot and cold weather resistant. Vinyl plastic electrical tape shall be 7 mile black. Phase tape shall be 7 mil vinyl plastic, color coded as specified. Electrical insulation putty shall be rubber based,

830

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 17
elastic putty in tape form. Varnished cambric shall not be used.

J. Connections to terminals shall be as follows:

1. Use connector or socket type terminals furnished with component.

2. Connections to binding post screw, stud, or bolt use:
a. For #10 and smaller wire, T&B “STA-KON”, Buchanan “Termend”, or approved equal self-insulated locking forked tongue lug, de-burred, electrotin plating with flat bottom box.
b. For #8 to #4/0 wire, T&B “Locktite”, Burndy QA lug of shape best suited with code copper conductor (for 600V).

3. Use ratchet type crimping tool which does not release until proper crimp pressure has been applied.

4. Connections for all terminals shall be made with insulation stripped per manufacturer's instructions.

K. Equipment shall be wired and piped by the manufacturer or supplier. Major field modifications or changes are not allowed without the written "change order" authority by the Engineer. When field changes are made, the components, materials, wiring, labeling, and construction methods shall be identical to that of the original supplied equipment. Contractor's cost to replace or rework the equipment to match original manufacturer or supplier methods shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner.

L. Mating fittings, bulkhead fittings, plugs, connectors, etc., required to field interface to the equipment and panels shall be provided by the supplier when the equipment is delivered.

M. All electrical and instrumentation Drawings associated with the equipment shall be provided with the equipment when it is delivered to the job site. Drawings for each piece of equipment shall be placed in clear plastic packets of sufficient strength that will not tear or stretch from drawing removal and insertion.

N. All lugs shall be copper. No aluminum lugs shall be allowed.

3.03 EQUIPMENT FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Panel cutouts for devices (i.e., indicating lights, switches) shall be cut, punched, or drilled and smoothly finished with rounded edges. Exposed metal from cutouts that are made after the final paint finish has been applied shall be touched up with a matching paint prior to installing device. Do not paint nameplates, labels, tags, switches, receptacles, conductors, etc.

B. All doors shall be fully gasketed with nonshrinkable, water and flame resistant material.

C. Bolts and screws for mounting devices on doors shall be as specified by the manufacturer, otherwise they shall have a flush head which blends into the device or door surface. No bolt or screw holding nuts shall be used on the external surface of the door.

D. No fastening devices shall project through the outer surfaces of equipment.

831

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 18
E. Each component within the equipment shall be securely mounted on an interior subpanel or backpan and arranged for easy servicing, such that all adjustments and component removal can be accomplished without removing or disturbing other components. Mounting bolts and screws shall be front located for easy access and removal without special tools. Access behind the sub panel or backpan shall not be required for removing any component.

F. A ground bus shall be provided in each enclosure or cabinet. It shall have provisions for connecting a minimum of ten grounding conductors. Screw type lugs shall be provided for connection of grounding conductors. All grounding conductors shall be sized as shown on plans or in accordance with NEC Table 250-122, whichever is larger.

G. Minimum wire bending space at terminals and minimum width of wiring gutters shall comply with NEC Tables 312-6 (A) and (B).

H. Wire sizes shall not be installed smaller than those shown in NEC Article 310 for each circuit amperage rating.

I. Future device and component mounting space shall be provided on the door, backpan, and subpanel where detailed on the Drawings. Where no detail is shown, provide a minimum of 15 percent usable future space.

J. Doors shall swing freely a minimum of 90° and close with proper alignment.

K. All control, power, and signal wires inside enclosures shall be run in separate plastic wireways.

Wireways shall not be filled over 50% capacity.

3.04 DELIVERY
A. Contractor shall inspect each electrical and instrumentation item delivered to the jobsite.

B. Contractor shall unpack each item for inspection within two (2) days of arrival.

C. Complete written inventory shall be produced by Contractor and submitted to Owner within (2) days after arrival on jobsite for record keeping prior to any payment for the item.

3.05 DAMAGED PRODUCTS
A. Damage products will not be accepted. All damaged products shall be replaced with new products.

3.06 FASTENERS
A. Fasteners for securing equipment to walls, floors, and the like shall be stainless steel. The minimum size fastener shall be 3/8-inch diameter. Layout to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance, and to support equipment loads required
B. Anchor Methods:

1. Hollow Masonry: Sleeve type anchors.

2. Solid Masonry: Sleeve type anchors or epoxy anchors bolts.

832

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 19

3. Metal Surfaces: Machine screws, bolts, or welded studs.

4. Concrete Surfaces: Wedge or expansion anchors.

5. Structural Steel: Right angle, parallel and edge type rigid metal clamps. Do not weld or drill structural steel.

C. Equipment Mounting:

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and setting all anchor bolts required to install his equipment.

2. Electrical equipment shall be unistrut “stand off” mounted a minimum of ½ - inch from the wall in a manner so that the rear of the equipment is freely exposed to air circulation. Unistrut, anchors and fasteners shall be 316 stainless steel in NEMA 4X areas and galvanized in nonNEMA 4X areas unless called out specifically in details.

3. All equipment enclosures shall be of the NEMA classification noted on the electrical plan Drawings for the area in which the device will be mounted.

4. Reinforced concrete pad with stainless steel anchor bolts shall be provided for each electrical freestanding equipment.

D. Dissimilar metals such as aluminum, stainless steel, steel, galvanized steel between enclosures, devices, etc. and mounting surfaces shall be isolated from each other using insulated tape or nonmetal spacers. Tape and spacers used shall be specifically manufactured for this application.

3.07 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. System:

1. Install all products per manufacturer's recommendations and the Drawings.

2. Provide relays, signal converters, isolators, boosters, and other miscellaneous devices as required.

3. Change normally open contacts to normally closed contacts or visa versa.

4. Adding additional relays to provide more contacts as necessary.

5. Keep a copy of the manufacturer’s installation instructions on the jobsite available for review at all times prior to and during the installation of the associated equipment.

B. Panels and Enclosures:

1. Install panels and enclosures at the location shown on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer.

2. Install level and plumb.

3. Seal all enclosure openings to prevent entrance of insects and rodents.

833

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 20

4. All conduits entering outdoor panels and enclosures shall use watertight hubs. These hubs shall be located on sides or bottom only. Top entry of outdoor panels or enclosures is not allowed unless specifically shown on plans.

5. Clearance about electrical equipment shall meet the minimum requirements of NEC 110-26 C. Wiring, Grounding, and Shielding:

1. Wiring inside and outside equipment shall be installed per Section 26 28 13.

2. It is important to observe good grounding and shielding practices in the generally noisy environment in this application. The shield of shielded cables shall be terminated to ground at one end only, the originating panel. The shield at the other end shall be encased in an insulated material to isolate it from ground.

3. Special cables shall be provided when required by manufacturer or necessary to correct noise or distortion interference at no additional cost to Owner.

4. Field wiring shall not begin until interconnection drawings have been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, per Section 26 05 03.

D. Cutting and Patching:

1. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching required to install his work. Any cutting which may impair the structure shall require prior approval by the Engineer. Cutting and patching shall be done only by skilled labor of the respective trades. All surfaces shall be restored to their original condition after cutting and patching.

E. Seals:

1. Seal around all conduits, wires, and cables penetrating between walls, ceilings, and floors in all buildings with a fire stop material. Seal shall be made at both ends of the conduit with a fire stop putty. Seal shall have a minimum two hour rating. Fire stop sealing shall be International Protective Coatings Flamesafe, or approved equal.

2. Seal around conduits entering outside to inside structures and around bottom of free standing enclosures to maintain watertight integrity of structure.

3. Place conduit seal inside each underground conduit riser into panels and enclosures to prevent entrance of insects and rodents.

F. Cleaning and Touch up:

1. Prior to startup and at the completion of the work prior to final acceptance, all parts of the installation, including all equipment, exposed conduit, devices, and fittings shall be cleaned and given touch up by Contractor as follows:
a. Remove all grease and metal cuttings.
b. Any discoloration or other damage to parts of the building, the finish, or the furnishings, shall be repaired.

834

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 21
c. Thoroughly clean any of his exposed work requiring same. d. Vacuum and clean the inside of all MCC and electrical and instrumentation enclosures.
e. Clean all above and below ground pull boxes, junction boxes, and vaults from all foreign debris prior to final acceptance. f. Paint all scratched or blemished surfaces with the necessary coats of quick drying paint to match adjacent color, texture, and thickness. This shall include all prime painted electrical equipment, including enclosures, panels, poles, boxes, devices, etc.

3.08 SAFETY LOCKOUTS
A. Contractor shall provide safety lockout tags on the breakers for all MCCs and Panelboards and other electrical enclosures. Safety tags shall not be the same as those used by the Owner. All padlocks used for this purpose shall be keyed differently from any of the Owner’s padlocks. Padlocks shall remain in place by the Contractor until operation of the portion of work is turned over to the Owner with the responsibilities noted on the acceptance form.

B. The following is the procedure for transferring each portion of work over to the Owner prior to completion of the entire project:

1. Contractor shall inform the Owner when a portion of the work is complete, ready for inspection and available to be placed into operation.

2. The Owner will schedule the inspection and substantiate that the work is complete and operational.

3. The Contractor will correct any deficiencies.

4. The Owner will prepare a Partial Utilization form in which that portion of the project will be turned over the Owner with the responsibilities noted on the acceptance form.

The Contractor then shall remove his safety lockouts and tags.

C. Safety lockout tags shall be rigid vinyl with write-on surface and brass grommet. Safety tags shall be secured in place with cord of sufficient strength to prevent accidental removal or displacement.

Lockout shall meet OSHA standard 1910.147 requirements. Safety lockouts shall be Panduit writeon Safety Tags, model PVT-98, or approved equal.

3.09 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warrant all electrical and instrumentation equipment and software programming supplied under this Division 16 for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance.

Standard published warranties of equipment which exceed the preceding specified length of time shall be honored by the manufacturer or supplier.

B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and material to troubleshoot, replace, or repair any hardware or software that fails or operates improperly during the warranty period, at no additional cost to the Owner.

835

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 22
C. The System Supplier shall have a staff of experienced personnel available to provide service on a two (2) working day notice during the warranty period. Such personnel shall be capable of fully testing, programming and diagnosing the hardware and software delivered; and of implementing corrective measures.

D. If the System Supplier fails to respond in two (2) working days, the Owner at its option will proceed to have the warranty work completed by other resources; the total cost for these other resources shall be reimbursed in full by the Contractor. The use of other resources, as stated above, shall not change or relieve the Contractor or supplier from fulfilling the remainder of the warranty requirements.

E. Each time the System Supplier's repair person responds to a system malfunction during the warranty period, he or she must contact the designated Owner maintenance supervisor for scheduling of the work, access to the jobsite, and permission to make repairs. Operation of facilities necessary to test equipment shall only be performed by or under the direction of the Owner Staff. The Owner reserves the right at its sole discretion to deny operations requested by the System Supplier.

A written description of all warranty work performed shall be documented on a field service report to be given to Owner prior to the repair person leaving job site each day. This field service report shall detail and clearly state problem, corrective actions taken, additional work that needs to be done, data, repair person name and company.

F. Prior to "final acceptance", the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a listing of warranty information for all manufacturers of materials, instruments, and equipment used on the project.

The listing shall include the following:

1. Manufacturer's name, service contact person, phone number, and address.

2. Material and equipment description, equipment number, part number, serial number, and model number.

3. Manufacturer’s warranty expiration date.

3.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Final acceptance will be given by the Owner after the equipment has passed the "final acceptance trial period", each deficiency has been corrected, final documentation has been provided, and all the requirements of design documents have been fulfilled.

B. Upon completion of the project, prior to final acceptance, remove all temporary services, equipment, material, and wiring from the site.

C. At the end of the project, following the completion of the field tests, and prior to final acceptance, the Supplier shall provide the following to the Owner:

1. A listing of warranty information.

2. Each "operation and maintenance" manual shall be modified or supplemented by the Supplier to reflect all field changes and as-built conditions.

D. Prior to final acceptance submit each key with matching duplicate. Wire all keys for each lock

836

Wilson Way Pump Station Electrical
City of Stockton 26 05 00 - 23
securely tog sether. Tag and plainly mark with lock number or equipment identification, and indicate physical location, such as panel or switch number.

END OF SECTION

837
Wilson Way Pump Station Supporting Devices
City of Stockton 26 05 01 - 1
SECTION 26 05 01

SUPPORTING DEVICES
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall install, ready for use, the supporting devices as specified herein. This document describes the function and operation of the system and particular components, but does not necessarily describe all necessary devices. All components and devices shall be furnished and installed as required to provide a complete operable and reliable system for accomplishing the functions and meeting the performance set forth hereinafter at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Furnish all required labor, materials, project equipment, tools, construction equipment, safety equipment, transportation, incidentals, and services to provide supporting devices as shown on the Drawings, included in these Specifications, or required for fully operating facilities.

C. Work includes that specified in Division 26 05 00.

D. The supporting devices scope of work includes:

1. Provide all necessary hardware, supporting devices, and devices to support and align raceways, cabinets, boxes, fixtures, and other appurtenances in an approved manner and as herein specified.

2. The location of field control stations on Drawings are tentative. During construction, the Owner will direct the Contractor, the exact position and direction of orientation at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.02 SUBMITTALS AND DRAWINGS
A. Provide Submittals and Drawings as specified in Section 26 05 03.

B. Submit detailed fabrication Drawings showing material of construction for each type of support.

C. Submit dimensioned supporting device Drawings for each type of enclosure, instrument, and panel. The mounting tab locations for device mounting shall be clearly shown and dimensioned.

PART 2MATERIALS

2.01 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. General: Materials, and installation shall meet all requirements of the NEC, and meet the minimum following Specifications.

838
Wilson Way Pump Station Supporting Devices
City of Stockton 26 05 01 - 2

1. Inserts, hangers, brackets and miscellaneous supports for electrical equipment and conduits must be designed with minimum safety factor of 4, based on ultimate strength of material used. For empty conduits, include weight of 4 Type XHHW copper wires of maximum permissible size.

2. Secure hangers, brackets, conduit straps, supports and electrical equipment as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 00 - Fasteners.

3. Power driven or velocity driven inserts may be used where their use does not affect finished appearance of work, but may not be used on structures in tension. They may not be used in prestressed slabs, beams, purlins, or in precast members.

4. All concrete embedded bolts shall be 316 stainless steel.

5. Support channels steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A570 and be nominal 1 5/8" x 1 5/8". One side of the channel shall have a continuous slot with in-turned lips. Double strut shall be two of these welded back to back.

B. Mounting, support, or bracing bolts shall not be used as an attachment point for ground conductors. Attachment of the grounding conductor to equipment or enclosures shall be by connectors specifically provided for grounding.

C. Conduit Supports:

1. Single Conduit Hangers: 3/8" minimum diameter stainless steel rod or anchor.

2. Trapeze Hangers: Channel with 1/2" minimum diameter stainless steel rods.

3. Supports for Indoors in Non-Corrosive/Dry Locations:
a. Hangers, channels, clamps, supports and rods; galvanized steel. b. Conduit straps and single hole clamps; galvanized.
c. Steel bolts, screws, nuts and washers; galvanized.
d. Paint surfaces to match adjacent finishes.

4. Supports for Outdoors, Corrosive/Wet, and NEMA 4X Locations:
a. Hangers, channels, clamps, supports and rods; 316 stainless steel.

Fiberglass may be used when approved in writing by Engineer. b. Conduit straps and single hole clamps; 316 stainless steel or PVC-coated galvanized steel with PVC coated backplates.
c. Bolts, screws, nuts and washers; shall be 316 stainless steel. 5. All supports shall be braced at 10-foot intervals, minimum.

D. Equipment and Device Supports:

1. Equipment and device supports shall be similar to that detailed on the Contract Eseries Drawing “Typical Electrical Details.”’

2. In wet and/or corrosive environments, all metal brackets and fasteners shall be 316 stainless steel.

839
Wilson Way Pump Station Supporting Devices
City of Stockton 26 05 01 - 3
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the codes and standards specified in Section 26 05 00 - Electrical.

B. The Supplier shall employ personnel that are skilled and experienced in the installation of support devices and assemblies. All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first class workmanship for all installations.

C. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations.

D. Perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the Owner.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. System:

1. Install all products per Electrical Section 26 05 00- Installation, General.

2. Restore to original condition apparatus or equipment damaged prior to final acceptance. Protect bright finished surfaces and similar items until in service. No rust or damage will be permitted.

B. Conduit Supports Installation - Conduits shall be secured using approved manufactured supports, connectors, and securing devices. Conduits shall be supported independently of one another.

1. Single Runs: Conduit straps with backplates or ring bolt type hangers with specialty spring clips. Do not use plumbers perforated straps.

2. Multiple Runs: Unistrut conduit rack with 25 percent spare capacity.

3. Provide additional supports where obviously required or as directed by Engineer.

C. Equipment and Device Supports: Install plumb and level. Install anchors as listed in the approved seismic calculation submittals. Provide grout bases around all floor supports.

3.03 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 00- Warranty.

END OF SECTION

840
Wilson Way Pump Station Nameplates
City of Stockton 26 05 02 - 1
SECTION 26 05 02

NAMEPLATES
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Contractor shall provide nameplates for all instruments, panels, enclosures, devices and equipment.

B. All nameplates shall be of the identical style, color, and material throughout the system.

C. Work includes that specified in Division 26 05 00.

D. Provide and install nameplates as specified herein.

1.02 SUBMITTALS AND DRAWINGS
A. Provide submittals and Drawings as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 03.

B. Submit schedule of all nameplates to be used on project. Submittal to include the following drawn with AutoCAD or equivalent printout:

1. Dimension of nameplate.

2. Exact lettering and font for each nameplate.

3. Color of nameplate.

4. Color of lettering.

5. Materials of construction.

6. Method and materials for attachment.

7. Drawing showing location of nameplate on each panel and enclosure. 2PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 NAMEPLATES AND TAGS
A. Equipment Exterior Nameplates: Nameplate material shall be rigid laminated black phenolic with beveled edges and white lettering, except for caution, warning, and danger nameplates the color shall be red with white lettering. The size of the nameplate shall be as shown on the Drawings. No letters are allowed smaller than 3/16".

All phenolic nameplates located outdoors shall be UV resistant. Securely fasten nameplates in place using two stainless steel screws if the nameplate is not an integral part of the device.

Epoxy cement or glued on nameplates will not be acceptable.

1. Each major piece of electrical equipment shall have a manufacturer's nameplate showing the Contract specified name and number designation, the manufacturer's name, model designation, part number, serial number, and pertinent ratings such as voltage, amperage, # of phases, range, calibration, etc.

2. For each device with a specific identity (pushbutton, indicator, field control station,

841
Wilson Way Pump Station Nameplates
City of Stockton 26 05 02 - 2
disconnect switches, etc.) mounted on the exterior or deadfront of a piece of equipment, provide a nameplate with the “Equipment Name and Equipment Number” inscription as shown in the Contract Documents. Where no inscription is indicated in the Contract Documents, furnish nameplates with an appropriate inscription providing the name and number of device.

3. For all receptacles and switches, provide a faceplate engraved or stamped with the panelboard and circuit number it is fed from. Also, include on faceplate or on a separate nameplate for each light switch identification use such as “OUTSIDE BUILDING LIGHTS”, “PERIMETER LIGHTS”, “MCC ROOM”, etc.

4. All field instruments and devices shall be labeled with designation shown on P&ID diagrams.

5. All transformers and panelboards shall have nameplates with ½" high letters and be engraved with designations as shown on one-line Drawings.

6. All disconnect switches shall have nameplates with ½” high letters and be engraved with designations as shown on one-line drawings or as directed by Owner.

B. Equipment Interior Nameplates: Nameplate material shall be clear plastic with black machine printed lettering machine; except caution, warning, and danger nameplates shall have red lettering. The size of the nameplate tape shall be no smaller than ½" in height with 3/8" lettering unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Securely fasten nameplates in place on a clean surface using the adhesion of the tape. Add additional clear adhesive to hold the nameplate securely in place when necessary. For each device with a specific identity (relay, module, power supply, fuse, terminal block, etc.) mounted in the interior of a piece of equipment provide a nameplate located above the device with the inscription as shown in the Contract Documents. Where no inscription is indicated in the Contract documents, furnish nameplates with an appropriate inscription providing the name and number of device used on the Submittal Drawings. Stamp the nameplates with the inscriptions as approved by the Engineer in the submittal. Nameplates shall not be attached to wire way covers or to removable devices.

C. Equipment Tags: The Contractor shall attach a tag to the equipment (including instruments) when there is not adequate room to place a nameplate. The tag shall be made from stainless steel material and the size of the nameplate shall be no smaller than 3/8"h x 2"w with 3/16" machine printed or engraved lettering unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The tag shall be attached to the equipment with stainless steel wire of the type normally used for this purpose. SST wire must be crimp connected. Twisting ends together is not acceptable.

D. Engrave or machine print the nameplates and tags with inscriptions as approved by the Engineer in the nameplate submittal.

E. Provide temporary labels for all instruments and devices immediately when installed.

Temporary labels shall be provided with 1/2" letters minimum and labeled with P&ID tag number.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP

842
Wilson Way Pump Station Nameplates
City of Stockton 26 05 02 - 3
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the codes and standards specified in Section 26 05 00 - Electrical.

B. All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first class workmanship for all installations.

C. Perform any required work to correct improper installations or nameplates at no additional expense to the Owner.

D. Nameplates shall be readily visible and not painted over.

E. Damaged or pained over nameplates shall be immediately replaced.

F. Phenolic nameplates that are glued on shall be replaced with screw attached nameplates.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install all products per Electrical Section 26 05 00- Installation, General.

B. Securely fasten nameplates in place using two stainless steel screws if the nameplate is not an integral part of the device. Epoxy cement or glued on nameplates will not be acceptable.

C. All nameplates shall be in place prior to the start of any field test.

END OF SECTION

843

Wilson Way Pump Station Grounding
City of Stockton 26 05 26 - 1
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall install, ready for use, the grounding system as specified herein. This document describes the function of the grounding system and particular components, but does not necessarily describe all necessary devices. All components and devices shall be furnished and installed as required to provide a complete grounding system for accomplishing the functions and meeting the performance set forth hereinafter at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Furnish all required labor, materials, project equipment, tools, construction equipment, safety equipment, transportation, test equipment, incidentals, and services to provide a complete grounding system as shown on the Drawings or included in these Specifications.

C. Work includes that the grounding system scope of work includes:

1. Provide and install miscellaneous trenching, grounding system wiring, and associated hardware.

2. Related work specified in Division 26 05 00.

1.02 SUBMITTALS AND DRAWINGS
A. Provide Submittals and Drawings as specified in Section 26 05 03 for all grounding system components.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 SERVICE GROUNDING
A. The main ground bonding wire from the ground shall extend up into the utility service entrance main switchboard for the visible connection with a UL approved "ground clamp" attached to the ground bus.

B. Network ground bond wires shall be connected between locations shown on Contract Drawings.

C. The system neutral shall be connected to the system's grounding conductor at only a single point in the system. This connection shall be made by a removable bonding jumper sized in accordance with the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code. The grounding of the system neutral shall be in the enclosure that houses the service entrance main breaker.

D. Ground grid and bond wires shall be AWG bare copper as manufactured by Southwire, Houston Wire or approve equal. Ground grid and bond wires shall be sized as shown on the Plans or in accordance with NEC Table 250-66, whichever is greater.

E. The ground rods shall consist of not less that 10 continuous feet of ¾-inch copper coated electroplated high grade carbon steel. The ground rods shall be pointed type, UL listed, manufactured of 1035 cold drawn steel. The ground rods shall extend up for visible connection of a

844

Wilson Way Pump Station Grounding
City of Stockton 26 05 26 - 2
UL approved “ground clamp”.

F. Provide 14 inch diameter, 9-inch nominal throat, 12 inches depth minimum, concrete ground rod boxes where shown on plans. Boxes to have cast iron traffic cover embossed or engraved “GROUND.” Ground rod boxes to be as manufactured by BES Concrete Products, Christy Concrete Products, or approved equal.

G. All grid and bond wire connections shall be made with U.L. approved material and methods.

Ground clamps & connectors shall be made of cast bronze.

2.02 RACEWAY, EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURE GROUNDING
A. All raceway systems, supports, enclosures, panels, motor frames, and equipment housings shall be permanently and effectively grounded.

B. Ground clamps shall be bolt-on cast bronze type UL listed for grounding.

C. Grounding conductors shall be sized as shown on the Plans or in accordance with NEC Table 250- 122, whichever is greater.

D. Bonding wires shall be installed on ends of all metallic conduits with grounding bushings, expansion joints, and for continuity of raceways transitions. Bonding wires shall be solid bare copper sized and installed per NEC 250-102. Bonding wires at endpoints shall be connected to enclosure ground bus or equipment grounding lug.

E. All equipment and devices shall be grounded in a manner that satisfies the requirements of the National Electrical Code.

F. One side or neutral of the secondary on all transformers shall be grounded to the ground bus or ground bond wire.

G. All receptacles shall have their grounding contact connected to a grounding conductor.

H. Branch circuit grounding conductors for receptacles, or other electrical loads shall be arranged such that the removal of a lighting fixture, receptacle, or other load does not interrupt the ground continuity to any other part of the circuit.

I. All metallic light fixture enclosures and ballasts shall be grounded.

J. Attachment of the grounding conductor to equipment or enclosures shall be by connectors specifically provided for grounding. Mounting, support, or bracing bolts shall not be used as an attachment point for ground conductors.

K. The negative side of all DC power supplies shall be grounded.

2.03 ENCLOSURE GROUND BUS
A. Each electrical, control and instrumentation enclosure shall be provided with a copper grounding bus bar, mounted on the inside of the enclosure. The grounding bar shall be mounted on noninsulated standoffs so that a good electrical connection is made between the ground bar and the cabinet through the mounting.

845

Wilson Way Pump Station Grounding
City of Stockton 26 05 26 - 3
B. The bus bar shall be sized to meet the panel grounding requirements of NEC.

C. Each ground bus shall be copper and UL recognized. Screw type fasteners shall be provided on all ground buses for connection of grounding conductors. Ground bus shall have a minimum of 10 taps, and be rated for copper conductors. Ground bus shall be an ILSCO CAN Series, or approved equal. 3PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the codes and standards specified in Section 26 05 00 - Electrical.

B. The Supplier shall employ personnel that are skilled and experienced in the installation grounding system, accessories, and assemblies. All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first class workmanship for all installations.

C. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations.

D. Perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the Owner.

E. All grounding system components installed by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the Drawings, NEC, and the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. System:

1. Install all products per Electrical 26 05 00 - Installation.

2. Provide a separate grounding conductor in each raceway, securely grounded to equipment at each end of raceway.

3. Bond metal piping and building structure metal frames to grounding electrode per NEC.

4. Contractor shall not conceal or cover any ground connections until the Engineer or Owner has established that every grounding connection conforms to the Contract Drawings and Specifications and has given the Contractor written confirmation.

5. Grounding details shown on plans are minimum. If additional equipment, such asground rods, clamps, conductors, etc., is required per NEC, and Title 24 CAC, furnish and install same without additional cost to Owner.

B. Connections:

1. Use U.L. approved cast bronze ground clamps specifically designed for grounding purposes. Strap metal is not acceptable for grounding or bonding.

2. Exposed connections to ground buses, raceways, and small pipes shall be made by means of

846

Wilson Way Pump Station Grounding
City of Stockton 26 05 26 - 4
U.L. approved grounding clamps. Exposed connections between different metals shall be sealed with No-Oxide Paint Grade A, or approved equal.

3. All buried, ground rod, large pipe, and steel plate or frame ground bond connections shall be made by welding process equal to CADWELD.

C. Electrical Equipment Grounding:

1. Metal conduits shall be bonded together to the enclosure ground bus.

2. Lightning arresters or suppressors, shall be directly connected to the ground system using copper conductors sized per manufacturer’s literature.

3. Transformer secondary neutrals shall be directly connected to the ground system using copper conductors sized as per NEC.

4. All motors shall be grounded by bonding the grounding conductor within the raceway to the motor frame. Motors as shown on Electrical Plans shall also have a supplemental grounding conductor bonded to the ground grid in the immediate area of the motor.

5. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall be equal to panelboard neutral bus amp rating and shall have adequate quantity of lugs. No more than two grounding conductors shall be installed per lug.

D. Excavation and Back Filling:

1. Trenches for all bare copper ground bond wires shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 30”.

2. Back filling shall be done only after grounding system has been inspected. Excavation and back fill of grounding system shall conform to the requirements of Division 2 of these Specifications.

3. At all times during the installation of the grounding system, the Contractor shall provide barricades, fences, guard rails, etc., to safeguard all personnel, including small children, from excavated trenches.

E. Cutting and Patching:

1. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching required to install his work. Any cutting which may impair the structure shall require prior approval by the Engineer. Cutting and patching shall be done only by skilled labor of the respective trades. All surfaces shall be restored and painted to their original condition after cutting and patching.

3.03 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 00 - Warranty.

END OF SECTION

847
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Starters
City of Stockton 26 22 26- 1
SECTION 26 22 26

MOTOR STARTERS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Full voltage across the line starters, magnetic contactors, overload relays, combination starters and related motor controllers.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. National Electrical Code (NEC):

1. Article 430 - Motors, Motor Circuits and Controllers.

B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit all Product DATA.

B. Manufacturer's installation instructions.

1.04 WARRANTY
A. Submit manufacturer's standard warranty.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Variable Frequency Drives for pump operation:

1. Allen-Bradley. Power Flex 700 series or approval equal.

2.02 STARTERS
A. Suitable for the horsepower ratings specified, and in accordance with NEC Article 430.

B. Verify motor ratings and coordinate starter and overload trip ratings with actual horsepower and nameplate current ratings of motors installed.

C. Magnetic Contactors: Factory adjusted and chatter free.

D. Overload Relays: Install bimetallic type overload relays in each line conductor as indicated on the Drawings. Provide contacts for remote monitoring of overload status as indicated on the Drawings.

848
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Starters
City of Stockton 26 22 26- 2
E. Mount extended overload reset buttons to be accessible for operation without opening door of enclosure. Plastic overload relay reset buttons with plastic operator shafts are unacceptable.

F. Provide starters of sufficient size to accommodate motors furnished, including larger starters required for larger motors supplied by CONTRACTOR.

G. Combination Starters: Furnish complete with a 120 volt control transformer unless otherwise noted.

H. Control Fuses: Size and furnish as required and where indicated in the schematics.

I. VFD shall be specific to Pump Operation and be able to program start Pressure, Target Pressure, Ramp times, Drives shut off time and Have a Full Speed by pass contact.

I.1 Protection
A. Heat Sink Thermistor. Monitored by microprocessor overtemp trip.

B. Drive Overcurrent Trip.

1. Soft Current Limit: 20-160% of rated current.

2. Hardware Current limit: 200% of rated current (typical).

3. Instantaneous Current limit: 220-300% of rated current (dependent on drive rating).

C. Line transients, up to 6000 volts peak per IEEEC62.41-1991.

D. Control logic Noise Immunity, Showering arc transients up to 1500V peak.

E. Power Ride-Thru, 15 millisecond sat full load.

F. Logic Control Ride-Thru, 0.5 seconds minimum, 2 seconds typical.

I.2 Agency Certification
A. The drive is designed to meet the following specifications: NFPA 70- US National Electrical Code NEMA ICS 3.1 – Safety standards for Constructions and Guide for Selection, Installation and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems. NEMA 250 Enclosures of Electrical Equipment IEC 146 – International Electrical Code.

B. UL and cUL Listed to UL508C and CAN/CSA-C2.2 No. 14-M91.

I.3 Environment
A. Altitude: 1000 m (3300 ft) max. without derating.

B. Ambient Operating Temperature without derating, NEMA Type 1: 0 degrees © to 40 degrees © (32 degrees (f) to 104 degrees (f).

849
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Starters
City of Stockton 26 22 26- 3
I.4 Electrical
A. Voltage Tolerance, -10% of minimum, + 10% of maximum.

B. Frequency Tolerance, 47-63 Hz.

C. Input Phase, Three-phase input provides full rating for all drives. Single-Phase operation provides 50% or rated current.

D. Efficiency, 97.5% at rated amps, nomical line volts.

I.5 Control
A. Method: Since coded PWM with programmable carrier frequency. Rating apply to all drives (refer to the Derating Guidelines on page 1-3 or reference manual). The drive can be supplied as 6 pulse or 12 pulse in a configured package.

B. Carrier Frequency: PF700 – 0-3 Frames: 2-10 kHz. Drive rating based on 4 kHz.

C. Output Voltage Rang: 0 to rated motor voltage.

D. Output Frequency Range: 0 to 400 Hz.

E. Electrical Motor Overload Protection: Class 10 protection with speed sensitive response.

Investigated by U.L. to comply with N.E.C. Article 430. U.L. File E59272, volume 12.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

3.02 APPLICATION
A. Supply circuit breaker trip elements and starter overload trip elements to meet above normal ambient temperatures where such conditions are anticipated (subject to ENGINEER's acceptance).

3.03 DEMONSTRATION
A. Demonstrate operation of equipment.

3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect products until acceptance by OWNER.

END OF SECTION

850
Wilson Way Pump Station Panelboard and Panelboard Transformer City of Stockton 26 24 16 - 1
SECTION 26 24 16

PANELBOARD
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall supply the panelboards and panelboard transformers shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein.

B. Furnish all required labor, materials, safety equipment, transportation, test equipment, incidentals and services to provide complete and operational panelboards as described in these Specifications and required for fully operational facility.

C. Work includes that specified in Section 26 05 00 - Electrical.

D. The panelboard:

1. Providing panelboard.

2. Installation of panelboards at locations shown on Drawings.

3. The quantity of breakers with size and number of poles as shown on panelboard schedules.

4. Submittal data and Drawings.

5. Startup assistance.

6. Testing.

7. Operation and maintenance manuals.

8. Warranty of all components of the panelboards.

1.02 SUBMITTALS AND DRAWINGS
A. Provide data and drawings for all materials furnished under this Section with the content and format as specified Section 26 05 03.

B. Provide ratings and characteristics including voltage ratings, busing arrangements, continuous current ratings, fault current withstand ratings, neutral bus rating, ground bar, ratings, and arrangement of overcurrent protective devices.

C. Provide catalog cuts for panelboards, circuit breakers and transformers.

D. Submit panelboard schedules for approval.

E. Existing panelboard schedules were developed based on best available information.

Contractor shall verify that circuits to be used for this project are available.

851
Wilson Way Pump Station Panelboard and Panelboard Transformer City of Stockton 26 24 16 - 2

1.03 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Provide data and Drawings for all materials furnished under this Section with the content and format as specified Section 26 01 26.
2PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PANELBOARDS
A. General:

1. The Contractor shall furnish panelboards of a type indicated on the Contract panelboard schedules and specified herein.

2. Panelboards shall comply with the applicable Sections of UL, NEC, and NEMA and be manufactured by the same manufacturer for all panelboards.

3. A removable machine-typed circuit directory with clear plastic cover shall be shipped with each panelboards and mounted on the inside of door in a frame. Circuit directory shall be as approved in the Submittal. Circuit directory shall be updated or replaced to show asbuilt breaker identification.

4. The directory cards shall be placed in panelboards when the panelboards are mounted in field and prior to termination of wires to breakers.

B. Interior:

1. Factory assembled with bolt-on devices.

2. Full size insulated neutral bus shall be included. Neutral busing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection.

3. Bus bar shall be copper sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 50° C above an ambient 40° C maximum.

4. A copper ground and neutral bus bar shall be included in panelboards with terminal screws.

C. Trim:

1. Provide hinged door over all circuit breaker handles. Door of panelboard trim shall not uncover any live parts. Door shall have a catch, lock, and trim.

2. Surface of the trim assembly shall be properly cleaned, primed, and a finish coat of gray paint to match MCC color when installed in MCC, otherwise painted to match room décor.

3. Provide engraved nameplates on panelboards as specified in Section 26 05 02 - Nameplates.

852
Wilson Way Pump Station Panelboard and Panelboard Transformer City of Stockton 26 24 16 - 3
D. Panelboard Ratings:

1. Panelboards shall be rated as shown on the Contract Drawings.

2. Breakers shall be a minimum of 100 ampere frames. Breakers 15 through 100 amperes trip size shall take up the same pole spacing. All panelboard breakers shall be provided with individual padlock hasps (lockable in off position). Provide molded-case breakers with quick-make and quick-break toggle mechanism, inversetime trip characteristics, and trip-free operation on overload or short circuit.

Automatic tripping shall be indicated by handle position between the manual OFF and ON position. Provide high intensity discharge (HID) rated circuit breakers for HID lighting circuits. Provide HACR rated breakers for all HVAC loads. Provide trip ratings as indicated in panelboard schedule. Series breakers devices are not allowed to meet interrupt ratings listed.

3. Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short circuit rating.

E. Space Only:

1. Where "space" is noted on the drawings, provide connectors, mounting brackets, blank covers, etc., for the future insertion of an overcurrent device.

PART 2 EXECUTION

2.01 GENERAL
A. Set taps under load conditions for correct voltage.

B. Install transformers located outside MCC on Korfund double-deflection mounts selected for the weight of the transformer, to produce the maximum isolation.

Secure with four one-half inch (minimum) diameter stainless steel anchors, minimum 2-1/2" embedment.

C. For floor and wall mounted transformer install with a 6" minimum clearance (or distance required by transformer manufacturer) between transformer and walls.

2.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the codes and standards specified in Section 26 05 00 -Electrical.

B. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations.

C. Perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the Owner.

2.03 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty as specified in Electrical Section 26 25 00- Warranty.

END OF SECTION

853
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 1
SECTION 26 24 19

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The System Supplier shall customize and supply the motor control centers (MCC) as specified herein. Standard MCCs supplied direct from MCC manufacturer’s factory will not be accepted. This document describes the function and operation of the system and particular components, but does not necessarily describe all necessary devices. All components and devices shall be furnished and installed as required to provide a complete operable and reliable system for accomplishing the functions and meeting the performance set forth hereinafter.

B. Furnish all required labor, materials, safety equipment, transportation, test equipment, incidentals and services to provide a complete and operational MCCs as described in these Specifications, or required for fully operating facility.

C. Work includes that specified in Division 16.

D. The MCC scope of work includes:

1. Providing MCCs.

2. Installation of the MCCs.

3. Submittal data and Drawings.

4. Startup assistance.

5. Testing.

6. Operation and maintenance manuals.

7. Warranty of all MCC components.

E. All wiring and terminal blocks within each MCC shall be labeled. All neutral wires shall have white insulation.

F. All MCCs shall be wired at System Supplier’s facilities.

G. Foot prints of MCCs shown on Contract Drawings were developed based on best available information. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain site plans of the location for each MCC, control panel, etc to ensure the supplied equipment is appropriate for the location. Contractor is responsible for any additional conduits, wires, construction costs, engineering design requirements, etc to accommodate MCC, control panel, etc that are larger than that shown on Contract Documents.

854
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 2

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide Data and Drawings as specified in general conditions specification.

B. All submittal drawings shall be prepared by System Supplier. Factory supplied MCC drawings are not acceptable.

1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Provide operation and maintenance manuals as specified in general conditions specifications.

B. In addition, include the following records in the O&M manuals for the MCC:

1. Each motor starter including manufacturer, full part number, size, etc.

2. Each overload heater element size and setting including manufacturer, full part number, size, etc.

3. Each breaker part number and as-finalized breaker setting.

1.04 SUPPLIERS SERVICES
A. Prices for the items specified shall include the following services of MCC supplier technical representatives at the job site. The number of hours and scope of services indicated are minimum requirements not including travel time. Time for travel and all associated expenses shall also be included in bid price for the work.

1. 8 Labor hours per MCC - Installation assistance, field inspection and functional testing.
2PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
A. General:

1. Each motor control centers (MCC) shall be built and tested in accordance with:
a. NEMA Standards.
b. ANSI.
c. Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.

2. Each MCC shall comply with all provisions of UL 845, and bear a separate UL label on each individual MCC Section. In addition, all wiring, devices, and components contained therein, shall be UL labeled for the application. UL approval and labels shall be provided for the individual MCC Sections prior to delivery from the factory. Field UL labeling will not be allowed.

3. MCCs shall be 600 volt class rated to operate from an incoming power as shown on Contract one-line diagrams.

855
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 3

4. MCC construction shall consist of NEMA rated as shown on Contract Drawings deadfront enclosure. MCCs shown as NEMA 12 shall be NEMA 1 type with gasketed doors to reduce dust entry. The height of the MCC shall be 90 inches.

5. MCC fabrication shall be NEMA Class II with NEMA Type B wiring.

6. Each MCC shall be provided with the type, capacity, and ratings of components shown on the Drawings or otherwise specified. The breakers shall be rated to withstand an available fault current shown on contract Drawings.

7. MCP breakers shall be selected to have trip and breaker size based on the motor full load amps to meet NEC. When the MCP breaker size changes due to a different motor size and full load amps than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall provide the properly sized MCP breaker at no additional cost to Owner.

8. MCC components such as relays, starters, breaker, lights, switches, etc. shall meet the requirements of Section 26 05 00.

B. Qualifications:

1. MCC structures shall provide for all equipment detailed on the single line Drawings including all spares and spaces. Where possible, the MCC shall be built in strict accordance with overall sizing and component layouts as detailed on the Drawings and no deviations will be allowed without prior approval of the Owner.

2. When physical size requirements for individual components are different than those detailed on the MCC elevation Drawings, the single line Drawing shall supersede the elevation Drawing, and the Contractor shall furnish additional vertical Sections based on the Owner's approval as required to provide for all equipment including spares and spaces at no additional cost to Owner. The concrete houskeeping pad shall be expanded by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner when larger MCCs are supplied.

3. MCCs shall have major components and subsystems therein (i.e., breakers, contactors) that are standard for the MCC manufacturer.

4. All devices and components located in different MCC cubicles (i.e., VFDs, contactors, control relays, timers, etc.), shall be the product of same manufacturer throughout for each device or component type.

5. All starters and contactors shall be rated and designated in accordance with NEMA standards. Starters and contactors rated in amperes without manufactures published data indicating the corresponding NEMA sizes will not be acceptable. Submittals shall provide cross reference data which includes details of the manufacturer compliance with NEMA standards and tests.

6. MCCs shall be Cutler-Hammer 2100 Series customized to match existing.

C. Construction:

856
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 4

1. Each MCC shall consist of standard metal-enclosed, freestanding, dead-front and dead-back vertical Sections, not more than 90 inches in height and not less than 20 inches deep. The framework shall be made of 12-gauge steel channels. The composite MCC shall consist of vertical sections that are of equal height.

2. Working height excluding the upper and lower wireways of MCC shall be 72 inches (min). Minimum compartment height shall be twelve inches.

3. Each Section shall be provided with a horizontal top and bottom wireways.

Wireways shall be readily accessible and isolated from all busing by grounded steel barriers. The bottom wireways shall have adequate conduit entrance area and shall not be obstructed by transformers, capacitors, or other devices. The wireways in each Section shall line up with wireways in the adjacent Sections, with openings between, so that wires may be pulled the entire MCC length.

4. Where shown on the Drawings, isolated vertical wireways shall be provided, each with a separate full height door. Vertical wireways shall intersect the top and bottom horizontal wireways for easy cable routing. Vertical wireways shall have wire hangers for wire tie-down spaced throughout the complete vertical trough.

Vertical wireway doors shall be latched by quarter turn indicating type fasteners.

5. Each MCC shall be designed for front access maintenance. All wiring, bus joints, and other mechanical parts requiring tightening or other maintenance shall be accessible from the front. Rear or side access shall not be necessary for inspection or maintenance.

6. All steel work shall be immersion cleaned and phosphated to inhibit rust prior to painting. Paint finish shall be electrostatically applied dry powder, baked to thermoset. MCC compartment interior color shall be white. All other interior and exterior MCC structure surfaces shall be finished in an ANSI 61 or ANSI 49 gray color. No field painting will be allowed except for "touching up" of damaged areas.

7. A manufacturer's nameplate shall be attached to each MCC giving the model number, serial number, bus amps, voltage, and other manufacturer's information pertaining to the MCC construction.

8. MCCs shall be furnished completely factory assembled and shipped to the jobsite in shipping sections. Assembly of components into MCC at the jobsite is not allowed (except for connection of shipping section). Removable lifting angles or eyes shall be provided on the top of each MCC shipping section.

D. Bus System:

1. All bus material shall be copper. Aluminum buswork is not allowed. All buses, except ground buses, shall be completely isolated by steel plates or insulating material.

2. A continuous horizontal bus shall be furnished and rated as shown on the Contract One-Line Drawings.

857
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 5

3. A full length vertical bus shall be furnished in each Section and rated as shown on the Contract Elevation Drawings. Current rating shall apply to the full length of the vertical bus, tapered bus shall not be allowed. Vertical buses shall be insulated and isolated with glass polyester or equivalent continuous barriers. Cutouts shall be provided in the barriers for plug-in stab connections. Unused stab openings shall be plugged. Lower ends of vertical buses shall be insulated.

4. Buses shall be sized and braced to withstand a fault of symmetrical amperes listed on Contract one-line drawings. MCC protective breaker(s) shall have an interrupting capacity to isolate a fault current of this magnitude.

5. A copper ground bus shall be provided in the bottom horizontal wireway of each Section. The ground bus shall be rated 300A minimum. It shall be electrically continuous the entire width of each MCC. Provide cable lugs on ground bus for incoming power grounding conductors.

E. Compartments:

1. Compartments shall be isolated from each other by separate horizontal steel plates without openings that are a part of the unit itself. Draw-out units shall totally isolate enclosed equipment. All unused openings to the adjacent vertical wiring space shall be plugged. All openings used for wiring shall have insulating grommets.

2. Doors for each compartment shall be fabricated from formed sheet steel of not less than 14 gauge thickness. The door opening shall be of sufficient size to permit ready removal of any of the devices in the compartment. Doors shall be mounted on adjustable and removable pin type concealed hinges so arranged that compartment doors may be removed without disturbing compartment doors above or below. Door latches shall be quarter turn indicating type fasteners. Overload relays shall be reset from outside the enclosure by means of an insulated button mounted on the door.

3. An operator mechanism mounted on the draw-out unit shall provide the means for operating the compartment breaker or disconnect switch. The operator shall extend through an opening in the compartment door and shall clearly indicate whether the disconnect is "on", "off", or "tripped". This indication shall function whether the door is open or closed. The operating mechanism shall not be attached to the compartment door.

4. Each compartment for combination starters, breakers, and disconnect switches shall be draw-out construction, containing individual units. Draw-out provisions shall include a positive guide rail system and stab shrouds to absolutely ensure alignment of stabs with the vertical bus. The stabs shall be tin plated copper alloy and shall provide a self aligning pressure connection. The stab design shall ensure a consistent low-resistance contact with the vertical bus even after repeated insertions and removals. Power wiring to stabs shall be contained within the draw-out unit. No wire shall extend behind the unit.

5. All similar compartments shall have the same structural features and the units shall be interchangeable.

858
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 6

6. With the disconnect in the "on" position, a mechanical interlock shall prevent opening of the door. This interlock shall be provided with a defeater so that authorized personnel may gain access to the compartment without interrupting service. This interlock shall also prevent unintentional closing of the disconnect when the compartment door is open. A second mechanical interlock shall prevent any possibility of removing or reinserting the draw-out unit while the disconnect is in the "on" position.

7. The operator mechanism shall allow padlocking of the disconnect in the "off" position with up to three padlocks.

8. Compartment interconnect wiring shall be to connected to pull apart terminal blocks.

9. Pushbuttons, selector switches, and indicating lights shall mount where shown on the Drawings on a removable device panel which is part of the draw-out unit. The device panel shall not be part of the door.

10. Compartments containing panelboards shall have panelboards installed per Section 26 24 16.

11. Compartments containing motor starters shall each have an overload selection table posted inside the door.

12. MCC compartments labeled as space shall have a blank hinged door and drawout relay panel installed, occupying the full space area. 3PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the safety lockouts, codes and standards specified in Section 26 05 00 - Electrical.

B. The Supplier shall employ personnel that are skilled and experienced in the startup and testing of all elements, equipment, devices, instruments, accessories, and assemblies. All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first class workmanship for all installations.

C. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations and all doors open a minimum of 90°.

D. Electrical Section 26 05 00 - General Construction Methods and General Equipment Fabrication apply to the construction and assembly of MCCs.

E Perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the Owner.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. MCCs shall be factory inspected and witness tested by the Owner prior to it being

859
Wilson Way Pump Station Motor Control Center
City of Stockton 26 24 19 - 7
shipped to the jobsite. If a MCC shows up at the jobsite and has not been previously inspected and tested by the Owner, then the Contractor shall remove the MCC from the jobsite and return it to the factory for factory inspection and witness testing, all at the expense of the Contractor.

B. Vertical Sections shall be mounted, leveled, and anchored to the concrete pad.

C. In general, all conduits entering or leaving a MCC shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wireway directly below the vertical Section in which the conductors are to be terminated.

D. All motor starters that utilize changeable overload heater elements shall be furnished to the job site without the elements installed. After the mechanical equipment arrives, the Contractor shall check the nameplates for the full load amperage (FLA) rating and select the appropriate overload element to be installed. Electronic overloads shall be adjusted based on equipment nameplate FLA rating.

E. Field interconnect wiring to the MCCs shall be neatly grouped by compartment and bound by plastic ty-wraps. All wiring shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not stressed.

F. All lugs shall be copper sized for wires listed in the Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule.

G. Provide extension handles for breakers with center of the grip of the operating handle, when in its highest position, is above 78" from floor in order to conform with NEC Article 404-8.

H. The as-built electrical Drawings shall be placed in a water tight plastic wrap and shipped with the MCCs to the jobsite.

I. Construction of MCC Sections shall be modular to allow installation of MCCs in buildings through standard access doors.

J. Provide 1 cup of each color used for exterior paint finish of MCC to Owner for its use.

K. Clean and touch up paint the MCC exterior surfaces prior to final punch list.

L. Clean and vacuum the interior of MCC prior to applying power and at the end of project, prior to final acceptance.

3.03 FIELD TESTS
A. Provide field testing of.

3.04 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 00 - Warranty.

END OF SECTION

860
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 1
SECTION 26 27 00

CONDUITS
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Specification Section covers the furnishing, installing and testing of all conduit, fittings, and supports as specified herein, as shown on the Drawings, and as required for a complete electrical installation.

B. The provisions of Section 26 05 00 of these Specifications shall apply, unless otherwise specified in this Section.

C. The conduit system shall consist of the types and sizes as required and shall include all rigid steel conduit, flexible conduit, non-metallic conduit, wireway, and accessories as required for the embedded and exposed raceway systems.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide data and Drawings for all materials furnished under this Section with the content and format as specified in Section 26 05 03.

B. Submittals for the Conduit materials and equipment shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1. Catalog cuts showing manufacturer, catalog numbers, dimensions, weights and material for all raceway and accessories.

2. Dimensioned "as-built" Drawings of Contract Electrical plans.

3. Marked up “as-built” Conduit & Wire Routing Schedule.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials shall be of a manufacturer that has been fabricating and assembling specified raceway systems in his current facility for a minimum of two (2) years.

B. All materials selected for the manufacture of the hardware shall be the best available for the purpose for which they are used, considering strength, ductility, durability, and the best engineering practice.

C. All like parts shall be interchangeable.

PART 2MATERIALS

2.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Conduits supplied under this Contract shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the latest version of the following standards.

861
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 2
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications:

C33.92 Flexible Liquidtight Metal Conduit
C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit
C80.4 Rigid Steel Conduit Fittings
C. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA):

FB 1 Fittings and Supports for Conduit Cable Assemblies TC-2 and TC-3 Non-metallic Conduit and Fittings
RN 1 Rigid Steel Conduit PVC jacketed
D. Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.:

UL-514A Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical
UL-870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings UL-6 Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit
UL 651 Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit

2.02 CONDUIT AND CONDUIT FITTINGS
A. General:

1. Conduit, fittings, and raceway materials shall be manufactured in accordance with UL and ANSI standards and be UL labeled for the application.

2. The Contractor shall use special conduit, raceways, wireways, construction methods, and materials as shown on the Contract Drawings and “Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule” which shall take precedence over any general methods and materials specified in this Section.

3. Continuation of conduit runs, not specifically called out in Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule, especially “flex” conduits, shall be provided with wires listed in Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule of previous runs.

B. Material for the conduit system shall conform to the following:

1. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRS):
a. Rigid steel conduit, couplings, bends and nipples shall be in accordance with ANSI C80.1 and UL-6.
b. Hotdip galvanized inside and outside after fabrication and then coated with a zinc bichromate finish.
c. Galvanized rigid steel factory elbows for indoor NEMA 12 90 degree transitions. Outdoor or Non-NEMA 12 area transitions shall be GRS-PVC factory ells.
d. EMT or IMC is not considered an equivalent to GRS.
e. GRS conduit is allowed only when specifically called out in the “Conduit

862
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 3
and Wire Routing Schedule”.

2. Flexible Liquidtight Metal Conduit: (FLEX):
a. Flexible liquidtight metal conduit shall be in accordance with ANSI C33.92 and shall be galvanized steel core with a copper bonding conductor between the spiral segments and an extruded synthetic jacket overall to insure a liquid-tight conduit. Flexible metallic conduit shall be fabricated from galvanized interlocked steel strip. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall have an extruded polyvinylchloride covering of the flexible steel conduit. The conduit shall be Anamet Sealtite Flexible conduit, or equal.
b. FLEX conduits shall meet the minimum requirements of NEC Code Table C3 “Maximum Number of Conductors and Fixture Wires in Flexible Metallic Conduit” and Table C3A “Maximum Number of Compact Conductors in Flexible Metallic Conduit.”
c. Minimum trade size - one-half inch (½") unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings.
d. Flexible conduit lengths shall not be greater than 36 inches for conduits 1½" or smaller (½" minimum) and 48 inches for conduits 2" or larger. e. Flexible metallic conduit shall not be considered as a ground conductor, install a separate wire for equipment bonding.
f. Non-metallic flexible conduit shall not be used.
g. Flexible conduit shall only be installed in exposed or accessible locations. h. Install flexible conduit in a manner that will minimize stress on connectors.

3. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit PVC Bonded (GRS-PVC): Conduit shall conform to the requirements of NEMA RN1, Type A40. GRS-PVC conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit to which an epoxy acrylic primer and a 40 mil thick UV rated polyvinyl chloride coating has been bonded. The interior of all GRS-PVC conduits and fittings shall be coated with a two part chemically cured urethane coating at a 2 mil minimum thickness. Bond strength shall exceed the tensile strength of the plastic coat. Furnish Perma Cote Supreme, Robroy Industries, or approved equal.
a. Minimum trade size - three-quarters inch (¾") unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings.
b. Provide PVC coated galvanized rigid steel factory elbows for 45 or 90 degree transitions.
c. All fittings used with plastic coated conduit shall be similarly coated with not less than 40 mils of polyvinyl chloride and shall be provided with Type #316 stainless steel hardware.
d. For factory coated conduit, use overlapping PVC sleeves. Sleeves shall extend beyond end of fitting minimum distance equal to nominal diameter of conduit, and shall fit tightly over conduit coating to form a watertight joint. Joints and fittings shall be made tight with strap wrenches. e. All damage to PVC jacket shall be repaired with four separate applications of PVC paint. Finished patch shall be 0.040-inch minimum thickness.

PVC coating patching material shall be as provided by the Manufacturer.

863
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 4
f. Support channel and pipe straps shall be PVC coated. Exposed metal bolts/nuts, all-thread rod shall be 316 stainless steel. g. GRS-PVC conduits shall be used for all underground conduits except service entrance conduits.

4. Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit: PVC conduit shall be manufactured in accordance with UL 651. PVC conduit shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 high impact polyvinyl chloride, UL listed for direct burial and UV light resistant. a. Minimum trade size - one inch (1") unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings.
b. PVC fittings shall have solvent-weld-type conduit connections. c. PVC conduit is not suitable for above grade installation except where specifically called out in Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule.

5. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT):
a. EMT shall be galvanized thin wall conduit conforming to UL 797. b. Minimum trade size - three-quarters inch (¾") unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings.
c. Couplings and connectors for EMT shall be galvanized or cadmium plated and shall be of the compression type requiring the tightening of a nut on a gland ring.
d. Rolled steel, zinc coated outside with zinc-coating or other approved corrosion-resistant coating on the inside.
e. EMT conduits may be used as follows when listed on plans or in the Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule:
1) Conduit runs on walls and ceilings inside buildings more than 8 feet above the floor. EMT can be used below 8 feet, but not lower than 1 foot above the floor when EMT originates from above and conduit does not penetrate the floor. EMT Conduit may not be used in normal exposed locations lower than 8 feet above the floor when conduits penetrate the floor.
2) Concealed in drywall partitions.
f. EMT conduits shall not be used:
1) When other types of conduit material are specifically called out in the Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule.
2) Any location subject to physical damage.
3) Normal exposed locations lower than 8 feet above the floor when conduits penetrate the floor.
4) In boiler rooms.
5) Wetwell, outdoor or corrosive locations.

6. Fittings:
a. GRS Fittings:
1) Fittings for GRS conduits shall be threaded type.

Set-screw type and compression-type are not
acceptable. Fittings shall conform to the
requirements of ANSI C80.4.

864
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 5
b. Flex Fittings:
1) Non-NEMA 4X locations shall have cadmiumplated malleable iron body and gland nut with cast-in lug, brass grounding ferrule threaded to
engage conduit spiral and O-ring seals around
the conduit and box connection and insulated
throat. Fittings, for not-NEMA 4X locations
only, shall have insulted throats, liquidtight,
oil tight, suitable for outdoors and class I, Div 2
locations.
2) NEMA 4X rated areas shall have PVC
coated flex fittings and connectors.
c. GRS-PVC Fittings:
1) GRS-PVC fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized
steel or galvanized cast ferrous metal with a PVC
40 mils thick exterior coating.and 2 mil thick
interior coating. Provide threaded-type fittings,
couplings, and connectors; set-screw type and
compression-type are not acceptable. Electrical
continuity shall be maintained across
assembled joints. Fittings shall be Robroy
Perma-Cote, or approved equal coated fitting.
d. EMT Fittings:
1) Couplings shall be rain tight compression type
Appleton Series, Efcor 760 Series, or approved
equal.
2) Connectors shall be rain tight compression type
with insulated throat Appleton Series, Efcor 750B
Series, or approved equal.

C. Conduit Type by Installation: Provide conduits as listed in “Conduit & Wire Routing Schedule” or as shown on Contract Drawings. Conduits not covered by in “Conduit & Wire Routing Schedule” or Contract Drawings shall be GRS-PVC except where EMT is allowed.

2.03 WIREWAY
A. All Wireways shall have hinged access covers.

B. Wireways shall be constructed in accordance with Underwriter’s Laboratories Standards UL 870 for Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings. Every component including lengths, connectors, and fittings shall be UL listed.

C. Wireways shall be suitable for "lay-in" of conductors. All screws installed toward the inside shall be protected by spring nuts or otherwise guarded to prevent wire insulation

865
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 6
damage.

D. Wireways shall be JIC EMP-1 Sectional flanged oil-tight type with hinged covers and shall be 8 inches by 8 inches in cross Section unless otherwise specified. New wireways extending existing wireways shall be of the same manufacturer and type.

E. Non-Corrosive Areas: Wireways shall be with a rust inhibiting phosphatizing coating and gray baked enamel finish. All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion and painted to match adjoining surface.

F. Corrosive or NEMA 4X Areas: Wireways shall be NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel. NonMetallic wireways may be used when approved by Engineer in writing.

2.04 CONDUIT SEAL
A. Conduit seal shall provide high adhesion and moisture protection. Seal shall absorb cable-filling material and be re-enterable. Conduit seal shall be 3M 8882 High Gel reenterable encapsulant, or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY INSTALLATION
A. Conduit and Raceway Requirements:

1. Install an accessible raceway and conduit system for connection of all boxes, panelboards, cabinets, and equipment.

2. All conduit and raceway shall be the type and size as shown on Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule. In no case shall the conduit size be smaller than that shown.

3. Conduits connected to boxes, cabinets, etc., outdoors, exposed to weather or in areas subject to excessive moisture shall be fitted with watertight sealing hubs of steel or malleable iron with sealing ring and insulated throat, Myers hub, Thomas and Betts 370 Series, or approved equal.

4. Malleable iron threaded grounding bushing, with insulated throat and set screw solderless lugs, Appleton GIB-XXXLS-BC series shall be placed on the end of all rigid conduits. A ground bare copper wire shall bond each bushing to the enclosure ground bus.

5. Matching Existing Facilities: When new conduit are added to areas which are already painted, the conduit and its supports shall be painted to match the existing facilities. Where new conduit is used to replace existing conduit, the existing conduit and supports shall be removed, resulting blemishes shall be patched and repainted to match original conditions. Similarly, if existing conduits are to be reused and rerouted, resulting blemishes shall be corrected in the same manner.

6. Contractor is to remove and waste all unused wire associated with existing

866
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 7
conduits reused for new work.

7. When existing conduits have new wire pulled to existing equipment, the Contractor is responsible for reconnecting all terminations to these equipment.

8. Contractor to remove and waste all conduit and wire associated with removal or demolition of equipment.

9. Equipment to be replaced with new shall have new flex conduits installed and wire reconnected by Contractor.

B. Exposed Conduit:

1. All exposed conduits shall be run in straight lines parallel to column lines, walls or beams. Where conduits are grouped, the bends and fittings shall be installed so as to present an orderly appearance. Unnecessary bending or offsets shall be avoided. Conduits shall be kept at least 12 inches away from heating devices or similar equipment.

2. Supports for exposed conduit shall be in accordance with Title 24, CAC.

3. Support rigid conduits at 8 feet intervals and PVC conduits at 4 feet intervals.

Support all conduits within 1 foot of boxes or changes in direction. Use riser supports with clamps for vertical conduit risers.

4. For single conduit runs, use pipe straps or suspend from ceiling with single conduit hangers. Single hole malleable iron clamps with backplates may be used for horizontal runs on vertical surfaces. Perforated strap (plumber's tape), not acceptable.

5. For multiple conduit runs, group conduits together and support from ceiling by means of trapeze hangers. Wall brackets or unistrut supports shall be used for conduit runs on vertical surfaces. Clamp each conduit to trapeze or support, using conduit clamp.

6. Fasten hanger rods to structural steel members with beam clamps or to concrete inserts set flush with surface. Install reinforcing rod through opening in concrete insert.

7. Exposed conduit shall be supported rigidly in place. All exposed conduit shall include, where required, the drilling of holes in the bottom or sides of enclosures.

The Contractor shall thoroughly examine work prior to drilling to avoid drilling into components within enclosures.

C. Conduits in Concrete Slabs:

1. Conduits may be installed in structural slabs, or in slabs on grade, having the following minimum thickness: 2½" thick for ½" conduit, 4½" thick for ¾" conduit, and 5" thick for 1" conduit.

2. Maintain a minimum of two-inches of clearance between conduits and any

867
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 8
reinforcement bars. In structural slabs, place conduits carefully between upper and lower layers of steel. In prestressed concrete slab construction, place conduits in center of slab and do not support from prestressed steel.

3. Space conduits to maintain structural integrity of slabs.

4. Place conduits running parallel to slab supports (beams, columns, walls, etc.) not less than 12" from such supports.

5. Where floor slab is in direct contact with earth or fill, rigid steel conduit may be embedded in concrete blister below bottom of slab with 2-inch minimum of concrete cover.

6. Runs of conduit to be embedded in concrete shall be rigidly supported in their proper positions while concrete is being placed. Place conduit separators every 4 feet on centers and securely anchor to prevent movement. Ends of conduits shall be plugged or capped during construction to prevent the entrance of concrete or other foreign matter. Connections shall be checked for tightness before being embedded.

D. Underground Conduits:

1. Buried conduit shall be placed at least 24 inches below grade and be located to avoid interference with other underground piping, foundations, etc. Conduit for Telephone and Power Utilities shall be set to depth as required by Utility engineered drawings and not less than 36” below grade.

2. All conduits entering or leaving the ground shall be sealed to prevent condensation of moisture inside the conduit. Conduit entrances in the bottom of MCCs, power distribution panels, switchboards, and enclosures shall project into the enclosure a minimum of two inches to prevent water from entering conduits.

3. Conduit placed in concrete which is in contact with earth or water shall be adequately separated from the earth or water by at least 3" of concrete. Concrete encasement shall extend 4" above finished grade or into housekeeping pad at completion of each run.

4. Install expansion couplings in conduit runs crossing expansion or contraction joints in concrete. Expansion couplings shall be zinc coated and watertight.

5. Where other piping systems are encountered or being installed along a raceway route, maintain a 12-inch-minimum vertical separation between raceways and other systems at crossings. Maintain a 12-inch-minimum separation between raceways and other systems in parallel runs. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other piping systems. Refer conflicts with these requirements to the Owner's Representative for instructions before further work is done.

6. Underground conduits not encased shall have a minimum 4” sand bedding completely encircling the conduits.

E. Raceway Identification:

868
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 9

1. All conduits and raceways listed in Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule shall have conduit tags at both terminations of each conduit. All conduits and raceways listed in Conduit and Raceway Schedule shall be provided with conduit tags with tag numbers listed in schedule. All spare conduits shall be labeled.

2. All exposed conduit inside buildings entering/leaving panels and enclosures shall have conduit tags composed of tag tiles with tag holder where allowed by space.

Tag holder shall be secured to conduit using nylon cable ties on both ends. Tag tiles shall be Almetek Type EZ-V, or approved equal. Tag holder shall be Almetek Type TH, or approved equal.

3. Conduit terminating in walls shall be identified by stenciling the conduit number on the wall directly under the conduit.

4. When there is no space available to use tag ties, such as in Motor Control Centers with underground feed or for conduits outside of buildings, then the tag material shall be rigid laminated red phenolic with white lettering. The size of the tag shall be 2" diameter. No letters are allowed smaller than 7/16". Tags shall be heat and UV resistant, stain-proof, electrically non-conductive and non-corroding.

Securely fasten tags in place using UV rated plastic ty-wraps. Engrave the tags, on both sides, with the conduit number. Labeling shall be neatly installed for visibility and shall be clearly legible. Conduit tags shall be Brady Custom B-1, or approved equal.

5. Prior to encasement, concealment, backfilling of conduits, temporary conduit labels shall be provided at each end of conduit. Temporary conduit labels shall have ½-inch (minimum) lettering at all transition points. After encasement and concealment temporary conduit labels shall be placed at each exposed end.

6. Each conduit listed in Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule shall have permanent tags where it enters and also when it leaves an open transition point, junction boxes, terminal boxes, pullboxes, vaults, and manholes, etc.

7. All existing conduits listed in Conduit and Wire Routing Schedule reused for new work shall have new conduit tags installed at all transition boxes and endpoints.

F. Workmanship and Installation Requirements:

1. Where field changes are required, every precaution shall be taken to insure that the change is coordinated with other conduit, structural, plumbing, and piping work.

Information shall be obtained regarding the completed raceway runs to insure that there will be no interference when the raceway run is extended or revised. A complete record of such changes shall be made on the Record Contract Drawings.

2. Conduits shall be cut square, threaded and reamed to remove sharp or rough edges and burrs. No running threads will be allowed. Conduit joints and connections shall be made waterproof and rustproof by application of a noninsulating thread compound, such as white lead or graphite, and zinc sealing material. Each threaded joint shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove cutting oil before the compound is applied.

869
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 10

3. All bends and offsets, where required, shall either be made with factory made bends or shall be field bends made with a conduit bender designed specifically for use with the type of conduit to be bent. Elbows and bends for conduits shall be formed in the field and shall be reasonably free from flattened surfaces, indentations, or kinks. Avoid field bends and offsets where possible. Heating of conduit to facilitate bending shall not be acceptable. Metallic conduits shall be bent cold to prevent damage to the protective coating. All bending shall be gradual and be done smoothly to permit the pulling on insulated electrical wires and cables without incurring damage to the insulation or sheath. Radius of curvature shall be not less than that permitted by NEC.

4. Conduit shall be rigidly secured to panels and other electrical equipment terminal boxes with locknuts and bushings in such a manner that each system shall be electrically continuous throughout.

5. Flexible liquidtight metal conduit shall be used to provide flexible connections between the rigid system and motor conduit boxes or other equipment subject to vibration.

6. To reduce damage to the zinc coating, only strap type wrenches shall be used. All wrench marks, field cut threads, and all other places where the zinc coating is damaged, shall be repaired with zinc-rich galvanizing repair compound.

7. Special “Soft-Jaw” type pipe clamps shall be used to prevent damage to PVCcoated conduit while field threading and cutting to length.

8. Raceway shall be installed with necessary fittings and supports.

9. After installation of all conductors, all underground conduit ends into enclosures shall have a conduit seal placed around wires inside conduit.

10. Grout around conduit tie-ins entering walls of building structure for watertight seal.

11. Contractor shall limit the number of directional changes of the conduit to total no more than the equivalent of 270 degrees in any run between pull points. Where required for ease of pulling and as necessary to meet code, the Contractor shall supply and install junction or pullboxes even though not shown on Drawings at no additional cost to the Owner.

12. Install and equip conduits and fittings installed outdoors or in other wet locations, entering equipment from bottom unless necessary to enter from side, so as to prevent water from entering the equipment. Top entry of conduits into enclosures located outdoors or in other wet locations is not allowed.

13. Spare or Future Conduits:
a. Provide a braided yellow polypropylene pull ropes with 1’ distance markers, ¼” minimum size.
b. Provide a waterproof label on each end of the pull cords to

870
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 11
indicate the destination of the other end.
c. Provide caps on conduit ends to prevent entrance of dirt or insects.

14. Contractor shall neatly bundle all new and reused wires with ty-wraps.

15. Conduit stubs for future use shall be capped with coupling, nipple, and plug.

16. Seal all conduits to prevent water traveling through conduits into buildings, junction boxes, underground facilities, electrical enclosures, panels, instruments or any other boxes that house electrical and instrumentation components. Install conduit drain boxes and plug conduit interior to form an effective barrier to keep out water traveling into equipment located below grade.

17. Conduit between vibrating equipment and outlet boxes or conduits shall be liquid tight flexible electrical conduits.

18. Whenever possible, make bends for exposed conduit stub-ups completely below the surface. Make stubs vertical and arrange neatly.

19. Where conduits turn up in accessible floor areas or under removable partitions, install coupling flush with finish floor surface (exclusive of floor covering). Provide flush threaded plug in this coupling where conduit is not to be extended.

20. For flush mounted panels, run empty conduits from panel to accessible spaces above. Install a minimum of one ¾" conduit for every 3 single pole spare circuit breakers or spaces, or fraction thereof.

21. Running Threads: Do not use running threads. Where such device is needed, use rain tight unions or concrete tight couplings.

22. The entire electrical raceway system shall be bonded and form a continuous metallic electrical conductor from service point to every box and shall be terminated with ground bushings connected to the ground bus. Conduits entering enclosures shall be fitted with insulated grounding bushing. All grounding bushings shall be tied to the grounding system with properly sized bonding conductors per the NEC Code.

23. Connection to steel conduit from PVC shall be made with approved threaded adapters.

24. All conduits which are installed shall be capped during construction to prevent the entrance of foreign material.

25. Secure hangers, brackets, conduit straps, supports and electrical equipment by means of toggle bolts on hollow masonry; expansion shields and machine screws or standard preset inserts on concrete or solid masonry; machine screws or bolts on metal surfaces; wood screws on wood construction. Wood or fiber plugs or concrete nails are not acceptable.

G. Warning Tapes:

871
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 12

1. Bury warning tapes approximately 12 inches above all underground concreteencased duct banks and other conduit runs over 100’ in length. Align parallel to and within 3 inches of the centerline of the conduit or duct bank.

2. Plastic tape shall be colored for particular underground service, 6-inch minimum width, utilize tape made of material resistant to corrosive soil. Use red tape for “Electric” service and orange tape for “Communication” service. Use tape with printed wording listing type of service. Manufacturers and types: ITT Blackburn, Griffolyn Co., Terra-Tape, or equivalent.

H. Cutting and Patching:

1. The Contractor shall do all core drilling, cutting, and patching required to install his work at no additional cost to the Owner. Core drilling, cutting, and patching is considered standard work to be done at existing facilities, therefore, this work is not specifically called out on Drawings. Any core drilling or cutting which may impair the structure shall require prior approval by the Engineer. Core drilling, cutting, and patching shall be done only by skilled labor of the respective trades. All surfaces shall be restored to their original condition after core drilling, cutting, and patching and made watertight.

I. Excavation and Back Filling:

1. At all times during the excavation and backfilling, the Contractor shall provide barricades, fences, guard rails, etc., to safeguard authorized personnel, and the general public from excavated trenches.

2. Provide excavation and back filling for Utility power and telephone services, electrical, and instrumentation equipment foundations and trenches for conduits and ductbanks as necessary. Excavations, backfill and resurfacing of trench shall be in accordance with Division 2 site work.
a. Underground conduits outside of structures, excluding utility conduits, shall have a minimum cover of 24 inches. Utility power and telephone conduits shall have a minimum cover of 36 inches.
b. Trenches for all conduits below floor slabs and underground shall be excavated to the required depths. Conduits under floor slabs shall have trenches no deeper than is required to properly contain bends within walls.
c. All trenching and underground work shall be closely coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall be responsible for locating, and avoiding disruption of, all existing underground facilities such as gas lines, water lines, sewer, fire protection lines, and existing underground electrical facilities. Any damage caused by the Contractor must be repaired at the Contractor’s cost, to the satisfaction of the Owner. d. All trenching shall be done as to minimize disruption to normal plant or construction operations. All open trenches shall be suitably marked and/or protected to avoid any accidents or injuries to workers or plant personnel.
e. Where new electrical ducts intersect existing facilities, at essentially the same depth, Contractor shall gradually divert the electrical facilities

872
Wilson Way Pump Station Conduits
City of Stockton 26 27 00 - 13
down, under, and back up around the existing facilities. f. Back filling shall be done only after conduits have been inspected by Owner. g. All excavations shall be backfilled and resurfaced to match surfaces prior to and adjacent to excavation.

3.02 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 00 - Warranty.

END OF SECTION

873

Wilson Way Pump Station Wiring Devices
City of Stockton 26 27 26 - 1
SECTION 26 27 26

WIRING DEVICES
1PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall install, ready for use, the receptacles, plugs, switches, boxes and appurtenances specified herein. This document describes the function and operation of the system and particular components, but does not necessarily describe all necessary devices.

All components and devices shall be furnished and installed as required to provide a complete operable and reliable system for accomplishing the functions and meeting the performance set forth hereinafter at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Furnish all required labor, materials, project equipment, tools, construction equipment, safety equipment, transportation, test equipment, incidentals, and services to provide complete and operational wiring devices as shown on the Drawings, included in these Specifications, or required for fully operating facilities.

C. Work includes that specified in Division 26 00 00.

D. The wiring devices scope of work includes:

1. Provide and install miscellaneous wiring devices, conduits, field interconnection wiring, and associated hardware.

2. Provide all necessary hardware, fittings, and devices to connect the electrical equipment provided under other Sections.

1.02 SUBMITTALS AND DRAWINGS
A. Provide submittals and Drawings as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 03.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 WIRING DEVICES
A. General: Wiring devices shall be UL approved for the current and voltage specified and shall comply with NEMA area rating.

B. Boxes:

1. Box dimensions shall be in accordance with size, quantity of conductors, and conduit clearances per NEC Article 314 requirements.

2. Boxes shall be located and placed according to Owner requirements.

3. All terminal and junction boxes shall be labeled identifying them by number shown on Contract Drawings engraved with ½” letters on nameplates meeting the

874

Wilson Way Pump Station Wiring Devices
City of Stockton 26 27 26 - 2
requirements of section 26 05 02 Nameplates.

4. Non-Weatherproof Boxes:
a. Recessed boxes shall be flush with wall. Boxes for fixtures shall not be less than four (4) inches square or diameter. Boxes for switches and receptacles shall be two and one-eight inch (2-1/8) deep. Provide plaster rings or box cover adapters for the wall surface finish.
b. Surface boxes shall be cast ferrous, deep FD type.

5. Weatherproof Boxes:
a. Boxes located in NEMA 4X areas shall be stainless steel type rated NEMA 4X.
b. PVC-coated cast ferrous boxes may be used in place of stainless steel boxes, except where boxes contain devices on cover. Boxes shall be deep, FD type. Single gang boxes shall have cast hubs.

6. Explosion proof Boxes:
a. Boxes shall be rated for Class 1, Division 1 or 2 and weatherproof locations.

C. Switches:

1. General purpose switches shall be manufactured in accordance with UL 20.

Switches shall be single pole, rated 20 amps, at 277 VAC. Bodies shall be of ivory phenolic compound supported by mounting strap having plaster ears.

Switches shall have copper alloy contact arm with silver cadmium oxide contacts.

Switches shall have slotted terminal screws and a separate green grounding screw. Furnish Hubbell 1221, Leviton, or approved equal.

2. Special purpose switches shall be provided with the amperage, voltage, and configuration as shown on the Drawings. Switches used as motor disconnects for single phase motors shall be horsepower rated.

D. Receptacles:

1. General purpose receptacles shall be duplex and rated 20 amps, at 120 VAC, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding, NEMA 5-20R configuration, Specification grade, and side wired to screw terminals. Face color shall be brown in industrial areas and white or ivory in finished areas. General purpose receptacles shall be Bryant, Hubbell, or approved equal.

2. GFI (ground fault circuit interrupting) receptacles shall be "Specification grade".

GFI receptacles shall be duplex, 20A, 120V, with "test" and "reset" buttons with shallow design for mounting and standard screw terminals for direct wiring.

Receptacles shall be designed, manufactured, and tested to prevent nuisance tripping from voltage spikes, RFI, EMI, or electronic component failures. Chaining multiple receptacles from one GFI unit is not acceptable. GFI receptacles shall be

875

Wilson Way Pump Station Wiring Devices
City of Stockton 26 27 26 - 3
Arrow-Hart, Leviton, or approved equal.

3. Four in One receptacles (4 each 20A-125V receptacles in one housing, shall mount on a single gang box without additional adapters). Four in One receptacles shall be Leviton 21254, Hubbell, or approved equal.

E. Device Plates and Covers:

1. Non-Weatherproof general purpose device plates and covers shall be stainless steel. Plates or covers shall be attached with stainless steel screws. Exception:

Device plates & covers within reach of sinks & other wet areas shall have beige plastic covers with plastic screws.

2. Device plates and covers for cast metal boxes shall be same material as the box.

3. PVC coated cast boxes shall have PVC coated cast covers.

4. Weatherproof switch, outlet, and receptacle boxes shall be fitted with cast aluminum gasketed cover rated for wet locations. Each receptacle access cover shall have a gasketed spring door to maintain the weatherproof integrity with plug inserted in accordance with NEC 406.8 for unattended locations. Screws and hinge springs shall be stainless steel. Weatherproof access covers shall be Hubbell, Tay Mac, Crouse-Hinds, or approved equal.

5. Receptacle and light switch plates shall be stamped or engraved as specified in Section 26 05 02 Nameplates.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work in this Section shall conform to the codes and standards specified in Section 26 05 00- Electrical.

B. The Supplier shall employ personnel that are skilled and experienced in the installation of receptacles, plugs, switches, appurtenances, accessories, and assemblies. All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first class workmanship for all installations.

C. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations.

D. Perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the Owner.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. System:

1. Install all products per Electrical Section 26 05 00 - Installation, General.

2. Keep boxes, and other openings closed during construction to prevent entry of

876

Wilson Way Pump Station Wiring Devices
City of Stockton 26 27 26 - 4
foreign matter. Cover devices and boxes to protect them against dirt, paint, water, chemical, or mechanical damage before and during construction period.

Restore to original condition apparatus or equipment damaged prior to final acceptance. Protect bright finished surfaces and similar items until in service. No rust or damage will be permitted.

3. All receptacles shall be tested by Contractor in presence of Owner for correct connections utilizing a plug-in ground, line and neutral test light plug.

4. Boxes shall be relocated at no additional cost to Owner as directed by Engineer when a conflict occurs in the box placement shown on Contract drawings and other building appurances.

5. Provide and install necessary wires in surface mount 3/4" (min) EMT conduit for lighting and receptacle arrangement as shown on Contract drawings.

6. Conductors shall be copper type THHN, #12 AWG (minimum).

7. Mount conduits using single bolt galvanized pipe straps and clamp back spacers.

8. Use stainless steel expansion wedge anchors or epoxy anchors as necessary for device mounting.

9. Provide and install all device boxes, junction boxes, receptacles, switches, and covers.

10. Receptacles to be ground fault interrupter (GFI) type and weatherproof (WP) where shown.

11. See electrical symbols and abbreviations drawing for symbol definition.

12. All work shall conform to local codes and National Electric Code (NEC).

B. Device Mounting Heights:

1. Mounting heights of fixtures and devices shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated or when height has to be adjusted to be over or under counter tops. a. Wall switches => 48 inches
b. Convenience outlets => 18 inches finished
areas
=> 24 inches non-
finished areas
c. Telephone outlets => 54 inches
d. Bracket fixtures => 7 feet 6 inches
C. Cutting and Patching:

1. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching required to install his work. Any cutting which may impair the structure shall require prior approval by the Engineer. Cutting and patching shall be done only by skilled labor of the respective trades. All surfaces shall be restored and painted to their original

877

Wilson Way Pump Station Wiring Devices
City of Stockton 26 27 26 - 5
condition after cutting and patching.

D. Boxes:

1. Leave no unused opening in any box. Install close-up plugs as required to seal openings.

2. All spare and/or empty conduits shall terminate in a device box.

3. Use stainless steel boxes when box must support door mounted devices.

4. In NEMA 4X areas boxes are to be spaced ¼-inch minimum from walls using stainless steel, nylon or plastic spacers. Regular steel washers are not considered an approved spacer.

3.03 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty as specified in Electrical Section 26 05 00 - Warranty.

END OF SECTION

878

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION
This contract is made and entered into on _____________, by and between CON J FRANKE ELECTRIC, INC., a STATE OF CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, with a business address at 317 N GRANT STREET, STOCKTON, CA 95202, hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR," and CITY OF STOCKTON, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called "CITY."
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, plans and specifications for the construction of WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION (PROJECT NO. US24005), hereinafter called “PROJECT,” were regularly adopted by Council Resolution No. __________________, on _________________; and WHEREAS, the contract for said work was regularly awarded to CONTRACTOR, by Council Resolution No. __________________, on ________________.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto expressly agree as follows:

CONTRACTOR agrees:

1. SCOPE OF SERVICES. To do the work and furnish all the labor, materials, tools, equipment, and insurance required for the construction of PROJECT in accordance with the plans and specifications adopted on _____________, by Council Resolution No. __________________. The "contract documents," which include the bid documents, project plans, specifications, all letters of clarification, and the City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans, are incorporated into and made a part of this contract by this reference to the same extent as if fully set forth.

2. COMPENSATION. To do and perform the work contemplated hereby in a good and workmanlike manner and to furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary therefore at the prices specified in Exhibit A, attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof, under the direction of and to the complete satisfaction of the Director of Municipal Utilities department of the City of Stockton.

Total compensation for services and reimbursement for costs shall not exceed $247,700, or as otherwise mutually agreed to in a Contract Change Order.

3. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall not commence any work before obtaining, and shall maintain in force at all times during the duration and performance of this contract, the policies of insurance specified in Exhibit B, which is attached to this contract and incorporated by this reference, and as provided in the “contract documents” including Section 7-1.06 of the City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans as adopted on September 27, 2016, by Council Resolution No. 2016-09-27, effective September 27, 2016.

It shall be a requirement under this agreement that any available insurance proceeds broader than or in excess of the specified minimum insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shall be available to the Additional Insured.

Furthermore, the requirements for coverage and limits shall be (1) the minimum coverage and limits specified in this Agreement; or (2) the broader coverage and maximum limits of coverage of any insurance policy or proceeds available to the named Insured; whichever is greater.

The Additional Insured coverage under the CONTRACTOR’s policy shall be “primary and non-contributory” and will not seek contribution from the City of Stockton’s insurance or self-insurance and shall be at least as broad as ISO CG 20 01 04 13.

The limits of insurance required in this agreement may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and non-contributory basis for the benefit of the EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

879
City of Stockton (if agreed to in a written contract or agreement) before the City of Stockton’s own insurance or self-insurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured.

All self-insured retentions (SIR) must be disclosed to the CITY’s Risk Management for approval and shall not reduce the limits of liability. Payment Bond in the amount of the self-insured retention (SIR) may be required.

Policies containing any self-insured retention (SIR) provision shall provide or be endorsed to provide that the SIR may be satisfied by either the named insured or the CITY.

The CITY reserves the right to obtain a full certified copy of any insurance policy and endorsements.

Failure to exercise this right shall not constitute a waiver of right to exercise later.

CONTRACTOR shall maintain insurance as required by this contract to the fullest amount allowed by law and shall maintain insurance for a minimum of five years following the completion of this project. In the event contractor fails to obtain or maintain completed operations coverage as required by this agreement, the City at its sole discretion may purchase the coverage required and the cost will be paid by contractor.

CONTRACTOR agrees to include with all Subcontractors in their subcontract the same requirements and provisions of this agreement including the indemnity and insurance requirements to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractor’s work. Subcontractors hired by CONTRACTOR agree to be bound to CONTRACTOR and the CITY in the same manner and to the same extent as CONTRACTOR is bound to the CITY under the Contract Documents. Subcontractor further agrees to include these same provisions with any Sub-subcontractor. A copy of the CITY Contract Document Indemnity and Insurance provisions will be furnished to the Subcontractor upon request. The General CONTRACTOR shall require all subcontractors to provide a valid certificate of insurance and the required endorsements included in the agreement prior to commencement of any work and contractor will provide proof of compliance to the City.

4. INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall hold harmless, defend, and indemnify City of Stockton and its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses including attorney fees arising out of the performance of the work described herein, caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, except where caused by the active negligence, sole negligence, or willful misconduct of the City of Stockton. This obligation is independent of, and shall not in any way be limited by, the minimum Insurance obligations contained in this agreement. These obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this agreement.

5. STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The performance of said work and the furnishing of said materials shall be executed in accordance with Section 8-1.04B of the City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans as adopted on September 27, 2016, by Council Resolution No. 2016- 09-27-1213, effective September 27, 2016, and the provisions of the issued project specifications.

The Director of Municipal Utilities department will furnish CONTRACTOR a weekly statement showing the number of days charged to the contract for the preceding week, the number of days specified for completion of the contract, and the number of days remaining to complete the contract. CONTRACTOR will be allowed one (1) week in which to file a written protest setting forth in what respects said weekly statement is incorrect, otherwise the statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by CONTRACTOR as correct.

6. WORKING DAYS. It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract in all parts and requirements, is not finished or completed within the number of days as set forth, damage will be sustained by the CITY, and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain the actual damage which CITY will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay; and it is therefore agreed that CONTRACTOR will pay to CITY the sum of ONE THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($1000) per day for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work in excess of the EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

880
number of days prescribed; and CONTRACTOR agrees to pay said liquidated damages as herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that CITY, may deduct the amount thereof from any monies due or that may become due CONTRACTOR under the contract.

It is further agreed that in case the work called for under the contract is not finished and completed in all parts and requirements within the number of days as specified, the CITY shall have the right to increase the number of days or not, as may seem best to serve the interest of CITY, and if the CITY decides to increase the said number of days, the CITY shall further have the right to charge to CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR's heirs, assigns or sureties, and to deduct from the final payment for the work, all or any part, as may be deemed proper, the liquidated damages as specified or the actual cost of engineering, inspection, superintendence, and other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract, and which accrue during the period of such extension, whichever is greater, except the cost of final surveys and preparation of final estimate shall not be included in such charges.

A working day shall not include, nor shall CONTRACTOR be assessed with liquidated damages nor the additional cost of engineering and inspection during any delay beyond the time named for the completion of the work caused by acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of CITY, fire, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, and freight embargoes and subject to approval by the Director of Municipal Utilities department, inability to get materials ordered by CONTRACTOR or subcontractor due to such causes provided that CONTRACTOR shall notify the Director of Municipal Utilities department in writing of the causes of delay within five (5) working days from the beginning of any such delay, and the Director shall ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay, and Director's findings of the facts thereon shall be final and conclusive.

If CONTRACTOR is delayed by reason of alterations made in these specifications, or by any act of the Director of Municipal Utilities department or of the CITY, not contemplated by the contract, the time of completion shall be extended proportionately and CONTRACTOR shall be relieved during the period of such extension of any claim for liquidated damages, engineering or inspection charges or other penalties.

CONTRACTOR shall have no claim for any other compensation for any such delay.

7. CONFORMANCE TO APPLICABLE LAWS. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and Municipal laws, rules, and ordinances. Contractor shall not discriminate in the employment of persons or in the provision of services under this Contract on the basis of any legally protected classification, including race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex or religion of such person.

a. TITLE VI
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 requires that “no person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance.” (42 USC Section 2000d)
http://www.dol.gov/oasam/regs/statutes/titlevi.htm.

The City of Stockton requires compliance with the requirements of Title VI in all of its programs and activities regardless of funding source.
b. DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT POLICY
The City of Stockton has a Discrimination and Harassment Policy (Exhibit C). The purpose of this policy is to reaffirm the CITY’s commitment to demonstrating respect for all individuals by strictly prohibiting discrimination and harassment, including sexual harassment in the workplace, to define the types of behavior and conduct prohibited by this policy, and to set forth a procedure for reporting, investigating, and resolving complaints of discrimination and harassment in the workplace.

EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

881
c. LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS/CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE
The bidder shall understand that conditions set forth in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, Wages of the California Labor Code shall be considered part of the contract agreement. https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_displayText.xhtml?lawCode=LAB&division=

2.&title=&part=7.&chapter=1.&article=2.
d. PREVAILING WAGE
CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor shall pay each employee engaged in the trade or occupation not less than the prevailing hourly wage rate. In accordance with the provisions of Section 1770 of the Labor Code, the Director of Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California has determined the general prevailing wage and employer payments for health and welfare, pension, vacation, travel time, and subsistence pay as provided for in Section 1773.1, apprenticeship or other training programs authorized by Section 3093 and similar purposes applicable to the work to be done. CONTRACTOR performing the work under this contract shall obtain a copy of the wage rate determination and shall distribute copies to each subcontractor. As the wage determination for each craft reflects an expiration date, it shall be the prime CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor's responsibility to ensure that the prevailing wage rates of concern is current and paid to the employee.
i. The CONTRACTOR performing the work shall be responsible for obtaining a copy of the State wage rate determination. State wage rates may be obtained at http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/pwd/Determinations/Northern/Northern.pdf. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for posting said wage rates at a prominent location at the work site and shall maintain same in a good readable condition for the duration of the work.
ii. Should the CONTRACTOR choose to work on a Saturday, Sunday or on a holiday recognized by the Labor Unions, the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the CITY the actual cost of engineering, inspection, superintendence, and or other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract. Should such work be undertaken at the request of the CITY, reimbursement will not be required. To conform strictly with the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code of the State of California. To forfeit as a penalty to CITY the sum of TWENTY-FIVE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25.00) for each laborer, worker, or mechanic employed by CONTRACTOR, or by any subcontractor under CONTRACTOR, in the execution of this contract, for each calendar day during which any laborer, worker, or mechanic is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours and who is not paid the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work in violation of the provisions of Sections 1770 to 1781 of the Labor Code of the State of California. That all sums forfeited under the provisions of the foregoing sections shall be deducted from the payments to be made under the terms of this contract.
iii. The CONTRACTOR to whom the contract is awarded shall insure that the prime and each subcontractor will in accordance with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, maintain certified payroll records. A copy of said records shall be provided with each invoice to the Municipal Utilities department, Attention Contract Compliance Officer. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to obtain copies of the current prevailing wage rate determination for all subcontractors. Additionally, certified payroll records must be uploaded to the DIR website as required by labor code. iv. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions established in Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code concerning the 1) certified approval by local joint apprenticeship EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

882
committees for the employment and training of apprentices, and 2) contribution of funds to administer and conduct apprenticeship programs, if applicable to the job.

e. LOCAL EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE
For contracts valued at $100,000 and above, pursuant to Stockton Municipal Code Section

3.68.095 the CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall make a good faith effort to employ at least 50 percent of the workforce on this project from local residents, as measured by total labor work hours. Failure of any CONTRACTOR or subcontractor to comply with these requirements shall be deemed a material breach of the contract or subcontract. CONTRACTORS and subcontractors shall maintain records necessary for monitoring their compliance with section 3.68.095.
f. COMMUNITY WORKFORCE TRAINING AGREEMENT

For contracts valued at 1,000,000 and above, pursuant to the implementation of the Community Workforce Training Agreement (CWTA) adopted by the City Council on July 26, 2016, the successful bidder shall be required to comply with the provisions of the CWTA. For any project subject to this Agreement, the Local Hire, Priority Apprentice and Workforce Development Program requirements shall apply in lieu of the requirements of Stockton Municipal Code Section 3.68.095 and no separate compliance with Section

3.68.095 will be required of the Contractors/Employers working on the project. g. SANCTIONS
Deliverables must conform with all applicable federal, state, and local laws. Such conformity includes compliance with federal sanctions, and Contractor Certifies that it has not and will not engage in prohibited transactions with sanctioned persons or entities.

CITY agrees:

8. COMPENSATION. To pay CONTRACTOR for the work herein contemplated in the following manner: Progress payments will be made on or about the first day of each calendar month, in such sum as shall make the aggregate of payment up to such day equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the proportional contract price, upon the basis of the progress certificate of the Director of Municipal Utilities department as to the amount of work done and the proportional amount of the contract price represented therefore; and all of the remaining part of the contract price not as aforesaid paid, shall be paid at the expiration of thirty-five (35) days from the completion of said work of construction and the certification by the Director of Municipal Utilities department of such completion.

9. SECURITIES. Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, CONTRACTOR will be permitted, at its request and sole expense, to substitute securities for any monies withheld by the CITY to ensure performance under the contract. Said securities will be deposited either with the CITY or with a State or federally chartered bank as escrow agent. Securities eligible for this substitution are those listed in Section 16430 of the California Government Code or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit.

CONTRACTOR shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

10. CHANGE ORDERS. CITY reserves the right to make such alterations, deviations, additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications, including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work, as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated.

EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

883
884
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

885
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

886
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

887
REV 2024-03-25
Exhibit B:

Insurance Requirements
(Wilson Way Pump Station)
Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract, and for five (5) years thereafter, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors.

MINIMUM SCOPE AND LIMIT OF INSURANCE
Coverage shall be at least as broad as:

1. Commercial General Liability (CGL): Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 covering CGL on an “occurrence” basis, including products and completed operations, property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.

2. Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Form CA 0001 covering Code 1 (any auto), with limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

3. Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employers’ Liability insurance with a limit of no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.

4. Surety Bonds as described below.

If the contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City of Stockton requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by the contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City of Stockton.

Self-Insured Retentions
Self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City of Stockton. The City of Stockton may require the Contractor to purchase coverage with a lower retention or provide proof of ability to pay losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses within the retention. The policy language shall provide, or be endorsed to provide, that the self-insured retention may be satisfied by EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

888
REV 2024-03-25
either the named insured or City of Stockton. The CGL and any policies, including Excess liability policies, may not be subject to a self-insured retention (SIR) or deductible that exceeds $25,000 unless approved in writing by City of Stockton. Any and all deductibles and SIRs shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor or subcontractor who procured such insurance and shall not apply to the Indemnified Additional Insured Parties. City of Stockton may deduct from any amounts otherwise due Contractor to fund the SIR/deductible. Policies shall NOT contain any self-insured retention (SIR) provision that limits the satisfaction of the SIR to the Named Insured.

The policy must also provide that Defense costs, including the Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, will satisfy the SIR or deductible. City of Stockton reserves the right to obtain a copy of any policies and endorsements for verification.

Other Insurance Provisions
The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

1. The City of Stockton, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations and automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by or on behalf of the Contractor.

General liability coverage can be provided in the form of an endorsement to the Contractor’s insurance (at least as broad as ISO Form CG 20 10, CG 11 85 or both CG 20 10, CG 20 26, CG 20 33, or CG 20 38; and CG 20 37 forms if later revisions used).

Additional insured Name of Organization shall read “City of Stockton, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers.” Policy shall cover City of Stockton, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers for all locations work is done under this contract.

2. For any claims related to this project, the Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary and non-contributory insurance coverage at least as broad as ISO CG 20 01 04 13 as respects the City of Stockton, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City of Stockton, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. This requirement shall also apply to any Excess or Umbrella liability policies. The City of Stockton does not accept endorsements limiting the Contractor’s insurance coverage to the sole negligence of the Named Insured.

3. Each insurance policy required by this clause shall provide that coverage shall not be canceled, except with notice to the City of Stockton.

Claims Made Policies (Professional & Pollution only)
If any coverage required is written on a claims-made coverage form:

EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

889
REV 2024-03-25

1. The retroactive date must be shown, and this date must be before the execution date of the contract or the beginning of contract work.

2. Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at least five (5) years after completion of contract work.

3. If coverage is cancelled or non-renewed, and not replaced with another claimsmade policy form with a retroactive date prior to the contract effective, or start of work date, the Contractor must purchase extended reporting period coverage for a minimum of five (5) years after completion of contract work.

4. A copy of the claims reporting requirements must be submitted to the City of Stockton for review.

5. If the services involve lead-based paint or asbestos identification/remediation, the Contractors Pollution Liability policy shall not contain lead-based paint or asbestos exclusions. If the services involve mold identification/remediation, the Contractors Pollution Liability policy shall not contain a mold exclusion, and the definition of Pollution shall include microbial matter, including mold.

Umbrella or Excess Policies
The Contractor may use Umbrella or Excess Policies to provide the liability limits as required in this agreement. This form of insurance will be acceptable provided that all of the Primary and Umbrella or Excess Policies shall provide all of the insurance coverages herein required, including, but not limited to, primary and non-contributory, additional insured, Self-Insured Retentions (SIRs), indemnity, and defense requirements. The Umbrella or Excess policies shall be provided on a true “following form” or broader coverage basis, with coverage at least as broad as provided on the underlying Commercial General Liability insurance. No insurance policies maintained by the Additional Insureds, whether primary or excess, and which also apply to a loss covered hereunder, shall be called upon to contribute to a loss until the Contractor’s primary and excess liability policies are exhausted.

Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers authorized to conduct business in the state with a current A.M. Best rating of no less than A: VII, unless otherwise acceptable to the City of Stockton.

Waiver of Subrogation
Contractor hereby agrees to waive rights of subrogation which any insurer of Contractor may acquire from Contractor by virtue of the payment of any loss.

Contractor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation. The Workers’ Compensation policy shall be endorsed EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

890
REV 2024-03-25
with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Stockton for all work performed by the Contractor, its employees, agents and subcontractors.

Verification of Coverage
Contractor shall furnish the City of Stockton with original certificates and amendatory endorsements or copies of the applicable policy language effecting coverage required by this clause and a copy of the Declarations and Endorsements Pages of the CGL and any Excess policies listing all policy endorsements. All certificates and endorsements and copies of the Declarations & Endorsements pages are to be received and approved by the City of Stockton before work commences. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the Contractor’s obligation to provide them. The City of Stockton reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements required by these specifications, at any time. City of Stockton reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of the risk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other special circumstances.

Subcontractors
Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all requirements stated herein, and Contractor shall ensure that City of Stockton is an additional insured on insurance required from subcontractors. For CGL coverage, subcontractors shall provide coverage with a form at least as broad as CG 20 38 04 13.

Duration of Coverage
CGL & Excess liability policies for any construction related work, including, but not limited to, maintenance, service, or repair work, shall continue coverage for a minimum of 5 years for Completed Operations liability coverage. Such Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at least five (5) years after completion of the contract of work.

Surety Bonds
Contractor shall provide the following Surety Bonds:

1. Bid Bond

2. Performance Bond

3. Payment Bond

4. Maintenance Bond
The Payment Bond and the Performance Bond shall be in a sum equal to the contract price. If the Performance Bond provides for a one-year warranty a separate Maintenance Bond is not necessary. If the warranty period specified in the contract is for longer than one year a Maintenance Bond equal to 10% of the contract price is required. Bonds shall be duly executed by a responsible corporate surety, authorized to EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

891
REV 2024-03-25
issue such bonds in the State of California and secured through an authorized agent with an office in California.

Special Risks or Circumstances
City of Stockton reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of the risk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other circumstances.

Certificate Holder Address
The address for mailing certificates, endorsements and notices shall be:

City of Stockton
Its Officers, Officials, Employees and Volunteers
400 E Main Street, 3rd Floor – HR
Stockton, CA 95202
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

892

EXHIBIT C
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

893
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

894
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

895
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

896
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

897
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

898
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

899
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

900
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

901
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

902
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

903
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

904
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

905
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

906

BOND FOR FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That we, _______________________________, a STATE OF CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, as Principal and , a
corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Stockton, a municipal corporation, duly created and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California, as obligee, in the just and full sum of TWO HUNDRED FORTY SEVEN THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($247,700), in lawful money of the United States of America (being 100% of the contract price) for the payment whereof well and truly to be made to the said CITY, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, their successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

The condition of the foregoing obligation is such that the above bounded Principal has simultaneously entered into a contract with the CITY, to do and perform the following work, to wit:

WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION
(PROJECT NO. US24005)
NOW, THEREFORE, if the above bounded Principal, CONTRACTOR, Company or Corporation or its subcontractor, shall well and truly perform the work contracted to be done under said contract, then this obligation to be null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

907
No prepayment or delay in payment and no change, extension, addition or alteration of any provision of said contract, or in said plans or specifications agreed to between the said CONTRACTOR and the said CITY, and no forbearance on the part of the said CITY shall operate to relieve any Surety or Sureties from liability on this bond, and consent by said Surety is hereby given, and the said Surety hereby waives the provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

SIGNED AND SEALED on
APPROVED AS TO SURETY: By:

PRINCIPAL
SURETY
APPROVED AS TO FORM & CONTENT:

CITY ATTORNEY
By:

ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
By:

EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

ZAYANTE P. MERRILL

DEPUTY CITY ATTORNEY
908

BOND FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That we, CON J FRANKE ELECTRIC, INC., a STATE OF CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, as Principal and , corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Stockton, a municipal corporation, duly created and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California, and unto any and all material suppliers, persons, companies, or corporations furnishing materials, provisions, provender or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated to be executed or performed under the contract hereinafter mentioned, and all persons, companies, or corporations renting or hiring teams, or implements of machinery, for or contributing to said work and all persons who perform work or labor upon the same, and all persons who supply both work and materials, and whose claims have not been paid by the contractor, company or corporation in the just and full sum of TWO HUNDRED FORTY SEVEN THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($247,700), in lawful money of the United States of America (being 100% of the contract price) for the payment whereof well and truly to be made to said CITY and to said persons jointly and severally, the said principal and Surety bind themselves, their successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

The condition of the foregoing obligations is such that the above bounden Principal has simultaneously entered into a contract of even date herewith, with the CITY, to do and perform the following work, to-wit:

WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION
(PROJECT NO. US24005)
NOW, THEREFORE, if the above bounden Principal, CONTRACTOR, Company or Corporation or its subcontractor, fail to pay for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, or teams, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond, provided that any and all claims hereunder shall be filed and proceedings had in connection therewith as required by the provisions of Division 3, Part 4, Title 15, Chapter 5, Article 1 of the Civil Code of California, provided that in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee shall be awarded by the Court to the prevailing party in said suit; said attorney's fee to be fixed as costs in said suit, and to be included in the judgment therein rendered.

No prepayment or delay in payment and no change, extension, addition or alteration of any provision of said contract or in said plans or specifications agreed to between the said CONTRACTOR and the said CITY and no forbearance on the part of the said CITY shall operate to relieve any surety or sureties from liability on this bond, and consent to make such alterations without further notice to or consent by any EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

909
such surety is hereby given, and the said sureties hereby waive the provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

SIGNED AND SEALED on .

APPROVED AS TO SURETY: By:

PRINCIPAL
SURETY
APPROVED AS TO FORM & CONTENT:

CITY ATTORNEY
By:

ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
By:

ZAYANTE P. MERRILL

DEPUTY CITY ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT 3 WILSON WAY UNDERCROSSING

PUMP STATION RECONSTRUCTION

910
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 25-0483, Version: 1
APPROVE MOTION TO EXECUTE A THREE-YEAR AGREEMENT, WITH TWO (2) ADDITIONAL ONE (1) YEAR OPTIONS TO EXTEND WITH KOEFRAN INDUSTRIES INC, FOR STOCKTON ANIMAL SHELTER REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF DECEASED ANIMALS IN A TOTAL NOT-TOEXCEED AMOUNT OF $140,795

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council approve a motion to:

1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a three-year contract with two (2) one-year options to extend between the City of Stockton (City) and Koefran Industries Inc. (Koefran) for the Stockton Animal Shelter’s (SAS) removal and disposal of deceased animals in an amount not to exceed $140,795;

2. Approve findings pursuant to Stockton Municipal Code section 3.68.070 in support of an exception to the competitive bidding process; and

3. It is further recommended that the City Manager be authorized and directed to make any and all expenditures and appropriations on behalf of the City as appropriate and necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of this motion.

Summary
The Stockton Police Department (SPD) is seeking Council approval for an agreement with Koefran to remove and dispose of deceased animals from the SAS. Deceased animals are considered a health and safety hazard that, if not disposed of properly, could put the health and safety of other animals in the shelter and the community at risk. Public health risk consist of disease transmission including bacteria, viruses, and parasites to humans and other animals, pathogen release potentially contaminating water supply, and vector attraction like flies, mosquitoes, and rodents that then can carry and spread diseases among the population. The contracted vendor must have the proper tools to remove and dispose of the deceased animals at their facility, following applicable regulations.

Koefran is the only vendor in the area with the necessary tools and services.

DISCUSSION
Background
SAS is required to abide by the California Code of Regulations Title 3, Food and Agriculture, Section 794.3(e), Sanitation Requirements, which provides that: “All dead animals shall be disposed of within 24 hours after death by movement to an approved reduction plant, cremation, or burial.” SAS had a Letter of Agreement with Koefran for over twenty years to remove and dispose of deceased animals.

City of Stockton Page 1 of 2 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™911
File #: 25-0483, Version: 1
Due to the higher volume of intakes, SAS entered an informal contract with Koefran through the sole source justification (SSJ) process approved by the City Manager. As required, a survey was sent to the California Animal Welfare Association (CalAnimals) in search of any companies in the area that perform the removal and proper disposal of deceased animals, resulting in Koefran being the only vendor in Northern California able to accommodate the amount of deceased animals SAS must dispose of.

Upon Council approval, staff recommends moving forward with a Standard Agreement to continue the services needed for operation of business (Attachment A).

Present Situation
SAS has a steady influx of deceased animals picked up by SAS Officers, San Joaquin County Animal Control, CalTrans or dropped off by the community members - as it offers free drop-off for the community’s deceased pets. The animal carcasses are placed in a cold box at SAS, that must be emptied regularly as it is required by law to promptly dispose in order to protect the health and safety of SAS and the community. So, SAS has partnered with Koefran over the last twenty years.

In 2023, SAS surveyed the needed services, resulting in Koefran as the only provider. The current SSJ was approved on February 2, 2024, for an estimated amount of $28,800 through December 31, 2027, additional funding will be needed due to the increase in intakes. A new SSJ, followed by a Standard Agreement not to exceed $140,795, will prevent any interruption in these essential services. Furthermore, by contracting with an outside vendor for this service, SAS avoids the cost of adding a crematorium to the facility for the proper disposal of deceased animals and the added funds needed to obtain the license for performing this service, causing an overflow of carcasses endangering the health of the community.

Findings
Stockton Municipal Code section 3.68.070(A)(4) provides an exception to the competitive bidding process for sole source vendors in cases where the City Council has approved findings that support and justify the exception. The findings are as follows:

1. Koefran is the only vendor in the area with the proper equipment to pick up deceased animals from SAS and adequately dispose of the carcasses on a timely basis.

2. Koefran provides pick up and disposal of medical waste and deceased animals.

3. Contracting with Koefran will allow SAS to continue free drop-off of the community’s deceased animals; keeping the community safe and free of any health hazard that deceased animals could create.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
The total proposed cost for the three (3) year agreement with Koefran shall not exceed $140,795.

These funds are available in the FY 2025-26 Police Department’s Animal Shelter General Fund.

Attachment A - Koefran Standard Agreement
City of Stockton Page 2 of 2 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 25-0515, Version: 1
APPROVE MOTION TO EXECUTE A THREE-YEAR AGREEMENT WITH NAVIANT, LLC. FOR HYLAND ONBASE IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $149,490

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council approve a motion to:

1. Authorize the Interim City Manager to execute a three-year contract between the City of Stockton (City) and Naviant, LLC. (Naviant) for Hyland OnBase System (OnBase) in an amount not to exceed $149,490;

2. Approve findings pursuant to Stockton Municipal Code section 3.68.070 in support of an exception to the competitive bidding process; and

3. It is further recommended that the Interim City Manager be authorized and directed to make any and all expenditures on behalf of the City as appropriate and necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of this motion.

Summary
Seven departments use OnBase for electronic document storage and retrieval (City Clerk, Administrative Services, Public Works, Economic Development, Municipal Utilities, Community Development, and the Police Department). The OnBase software stores digital copies of invoice payments, checks, procurement requisitions, contracts, permits, drawings, plans, etc. The City is investing in a more comprehensive and strategic approach to electronic document management that uses the new Tyler Munis ERP document management system for financial documents, but it will not eliminate the need for storing historical records or ongoing usage for storing documents such as permits, drawings, plans, and other non-financial records.

The Police Department (PD) uses the OnBase software for scanning in the record division and will need to maintain, service and support the software. This is important for the extensive record keeping for PD. This will continue to be the most cost-effective tool, in comparison to a new service and implementation.

Staff is recommending continuing with Naviant as a single source three-year purchase for the OnBase software used specifically for PD, for a total amount not to exceed of $149,490.

City of Stockton Page 1 of 3 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™934
File #: 25-0515, Version: 1

DISCUSSION
Background
Seven departments (City Clerk, Administrative Services, Public Works, Economic Development, Municipal Utilities, Community Development, and Police Department) use OnBase to image, store, and retrieve documents and historical records. This software solution is purchased through Naviant, a reseller of OnBase Online.

In the last few years, the City implemented a new ERP system that has reduced the storage requirements and investment needed for a document management system such as OnBase, but it will not eliminate the need for storing historical records or ongoing usage for storing permits, drawings, plans, and other non-financial records.

Present Situation
The most recent agreement for PD with Naviant expires on July 31, 2025. Staff is recommending that Council adopt findings to support an exception to the competitive bidding requirements for a sole source purchase agreement with Naviant. Approval of the agreement with Naviant will ensure the City’s current hosted document management system is licensed and maintained.

The software upholds the documentation for the record division. PD and the Information Technology Department (IT) are currently working on an upgrade to replace the current scanning process with Kofax to OnBase.

Findings:

Stockton Municipal Code section 3.68.070(A)(4) provides an exception to the competitive bidding process for sole source vendors in cases where the City Council has approved findings that support and justify the exception. The findings are as follows:

1. The City has a continued need for an electronic document management system for a wide variety of documents including financial and non-financial documents.

2. Naviant is the only authorized distributor in Northern California for the OnBase software system. Naviant is the only vendor that offers maintenance, service, and support for the OnBase software and scanning equipment together.

3. The purchase of OnBase is required for business continuity within the Department to image and retrieve documents.

4. The solution is cost-effective compared to other solutions, and due to its extensive integration with existing City systems, switching to another solution would be cost-prohibitive.

City of Stockton Page 2 of 3 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™935
File #: 25-0515, Version: 1

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
The total proposed cost for the three (3) year agreement with Naviant shall not exceed $149,490.

These funds are available in the FY 2025-26 Police Department’s Technical Support Telecommunications Software General Fund.

Attachment A - Naviant Renewal Agreement
City of Stockton Page 3 of 3 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™936
Renewal Agreement - Software Maintenance Agreement – 3 year Prepared For
Bradley Burrell, Captain
Rhonda Winkler, Supervising Police Records Assistant
Jhanet Perez-Luna, Administrative Analyst I
City of Stockton Police Department
Prepared By
Matt Hofhenke, Sales Executive
Carrie Saurbeir, Senior Contract Administrator
Naviant, LLC
16 April 2025

ATTACHMENT A
937
City of Stockton Police Department – Multi Year Renewal Agreement 16 April 2025 Naviant, LLC - Confidential 2 Version 11.22
This is a Renewal of the Software Maintenance Agreement dated April 16, 2025 (“Renewal”) and is made and entered into effective as of the date that the last party to sign this R e n e w a l has executed the same (as indicated by the date entered by such party with its signature below) (the “Renewal Effective Date”), by and between Naviant, LLC (hereinafter referred to as “Naviant”) and City of Stockton Police Department (hereinafter referred to as “Customer”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Naviant and Customer wish to enter into this Renewal to set forth their mutual understanding in connection with t h e a g r e e d u p o n renewal p e r i o d and special pricing for the r e n e w a l p e r i o d payable by Customer to Naviant as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, Customer and Naviant entered into Standard Terms and Conditions dated July 20, 2022, whereby Customer agreed to abide by the provisions set forth in the SLA Provisions, PMA Provisions, as well as Vendor Maintenance, if applicable, as those terms are referenced in the Software Maintenance Agreement, and for which those terms will continue to apply except as specifically noted below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties mutually agree as follows:

RENEWAL TERM: The original Software Maintenance Agreement term is hereby renewed for a three-year renewal term commencing on August 1, 2025 and ending on July 31, 2028.

PRICING FOR RENEWAL TERM: Provided Customer is in compliance with the terms of the Standard Terms and Conditions dated July 20, 2022, Naviant has agreed to invoice Customer and Customer shall pay the following Software Maintenance Agreement Fees for each such one-year maintenance periods, which represents a locked 7.5% increase in pricing:

RENEWAL TERM PRICING TOTAL
08/01/2025 – 07/31/2026 OnBase Maintenance: $26,499.40
OnBase Subscription: $6,708.00
SLA: $13,065.09
$46,272.49
08/01/2026 – 07/31/2027 OnBase Maintenance: $28,486.85
OnBase Subscription: $7,211.10
SLA: $14,044.97
$49,742.92
08/01/2027 – 07/31/2028 OnBase Maintenance: $30,623.36
OnBase Subscription: $7,751.93
SLA: $15,098.34
$53,473.63
The aforementioned p r i c i n g i s contingent upon a three- y e a r maintenance renewal commitment for the stated Renewal Term. Any additions made to Customer’s OnBase system or subscription agreements are not included in the maintenance pricing above. Pricing is based on a Hyland OnBase system as it exists as of the Renewal Effective Date and is subject to change with additional purchases or changes. Any applicable Extended Support Fee (ESF) is not included in the pricing. ESF will be charged by Hyland as applicable at the time of annual billing. Pricing does not include hardware maintenance and they are subject to annual renewals.

PERMISSION TO ISSUE INVOICE: Customer acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Renewal Effective Date, Naviant is permitted to invoice Customer for the matters described herein and as more particularly set forth in this Renewal.

OTHER TERMS UNAFFECTED: All terms, provisions and obligations of the parties contained in the Software Maintenance Agreement, as well as the Standard Terms and Conditions, not specifically modified herein shall remain in full force and effect.

ATTACHMENT A
938
City of Stockton Police Department – Multi Year Renewal Agreement 16 April 2025 Naviant, LLC - Confidential 3 Version 11.22

SIGNATURE PAGE

CUSTOMER NAME
City of Stockton Police Department

PROJECT CONTACT
BILLING ADDRESS (only required for New Customers) SHIPPING ADDRESS

ATTENTION ATTENTION

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

PURCHASE ORDER (PO) REQUIREMENT
Is a PO Required by Customer? ☐ Yes ☐ No Purchase Order # This Renewal Agreement represents the final description and scope of the agreement between the parties. Any previous drafts of this agreement or previous documents used to evaluate this project are not part of this agreement. Naviant will not be obligated to accept any agreement which has not been signed and returned by Customer to Naviant within thirty (30) days from the date on this Renewal Agreement.

This Renewal Agreement has been prepared in accordance with Naviant's understanding of Customer requirements based on the information provided by Customer to Naviant. Therefore, it is understood and agreed that any additional hardware, software, professional services, and maintenance requests above and beyond the original scope of this Agreement will be billed in addition to those listed in this Agreement.

If a PO is required, the PO number must be inserted above upon Customer’s execution of this Agreement. Any terms and conditions appearing in any PO shall have no effect unless agreed to in writing by both parties hereof.

Upon signed acceptance, please return the entire document to “Attention: Naviant Sales Support” via email or fax at [email protected] or 608-848-0901. Acceptance creates a binding contract.

CUSTOMER NAVIANT, LLC
NAME: NAME:

TITLE: TITLE:

SIGNATURE: SIGNATURE:

DATE: DATE:

ATTACHMENT A
939
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 25-0657, Version: 1
APPROVE THE SECOND FOLLOW-UP RESPONSE TO THE 2023-24 SAN JOAQUIN CIVIL GRAND JURY CASE NUMBER 0123, CRISIS IN GOVERNMENT

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council, by motion:

1. Approve the City’s second, follow-up response to the 2023-24 San Joaquin Civil Grand Jury Case Number 0123, Crisis in Government.

2. Authorize the City Attorney to submit all approved responses to the San Joaquin County Civil Grand Jury on behalf of the City and Council.

Summary
Each year it is the duty of the San Joaquin Civil Grand Jury to examine and investigate the activities of local government and agencies within San Joaquin County. The 2023-2024 Civil Grand Jury conducted a new investigation, entitled “Crisis in Government.” This presented item is the City’s second, follow-up response to the 2023-24 Grand Jury’s Case No. 0123, “Crisis in Government” (Attachment A).

DISCUSSION
Background
California Penal Code section 933 requires that “a grand jury shall provide to the affected agency a copy of the portion of the grand jury report relating to that person or entity […]” and “no later than 90 days after the grand jury submits a final report on the operations of any public agency subject to its reviewing authority, the governing body of the public agency shall comment to the presiding judge of the superior court on the findings and recommendations pertaining to matters under control of the governing body […].”
The City received the Grand Jury’s notification of this report on June 10, 2024. The City Manager, City Attorney, Interim City Clerk and staff worked through the Council Legislative Committee to develop and make recommendations to the full Council responsive to the recommendations issued in this report.

On August 20, 2024, by motion 2024-08-20-1210, the City Council approved the City’s initial 90-day response to the full 2023-24 report. That response included responses to other, older Grand Jury reports as well as the 2023/24 report regarding case number 0123, Crisis in Government,” with information available at that time. The response confirmed the timelines for the City to provide City of Stockton Page 1 of 2 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™940
File #: 25-0657, Version: 1
information available at that time. The response confirmed the timelines for the City to provide additional information, as necessary, and as required by the Grand Jury (Attachment B).

On October 1, 2024, by motion 2024-10-01-1205, the City Council approved the City’s second followup response to the 2023-24 San Joaquin Civil Grand Jury’s Second Look at the 2018-19 Report, Case No. 0318, Cold Cases in San Joaquin County: On the Back Burner. While that report did not include a substantive response to Case No. 0123, within that response, the City agreed to provide the Grand Jury with a second follow-up response to Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government, in April 2025 (Attachment C).
***NOTE: The second response presented to the Council on October 1, 2024, did not include a substantive follow-up response to Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government. Instead, it provided a target date for a second follow-up response to Case No. 0123. Therefore, technically, the current follow-up response should be the first (substantive) follow-up response for Case No. 0123. However, to avoid confusion and provide consistency and continuity with previous responses, this response will continue to be referenced as the second follow-up response to Case No. 0123.

Present Situation
Due to staffing changes, the next follow-up response was not submitted in April 2025. This item is now presented for Council consideration so that the City may provide its second follow-up response.

City of Stockton: Crisis in Government - Case No. 0123
The City’s initial response to Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government (Attachment B), provided responses to already addressed recommendations and committed to follow-up responses for recommendations not yet addressed. This second follow-up response will update all remaining items that have been addressed. Grand Jury recommendations will continue to come to the full Council for consideration as staff continue to work through the remaining items.

The City anticipates the next update to the Grand Jury in September 2025.

If approved, the City Attorney will submit all responses, Attachment A to the Grand Jury on behalf of the City and Council.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Approving the City’s second, follow-up response to the 2023-24 Grand Jury’s Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government, will not impact the City’s General or Special Funds in any way.

Attachment A - Second follow-up response to Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government Attachment B - Initial response to Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government Attachment C - October 10, 2024 Staff Report
City of Stockton Page 2 of 2 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™941
May 14, 2025 Via Email:
[email protected]
Honorable Gus C. Barrerra II, Presiding Judge
San Joaquin County Superior Court
180 E. Weber Ave, Suite 1306J
Stockton, CA 95202
CITY OF STOCKTON SECOND FOLLOW-UP RESPONSE TO 2023-24 SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY CIVIL GRAND JURY REPORT “CITY OF STOCKTON: CRISIS IN GOVERNMENT” CASE NO. 0123
The City of Stockton received the above-named Grand Jury report on Monday, June 10, 2024. In accordance with Sections 933 and 933.05 of the California Penal Code, specific responses to all findings and recommendations contained in the report are to be submitted to the Presiding Judge of the San Joaquin County Superior Court within 90 days of receipt of the report.

The City of Stockton, and the Stockton City Council accepted the 2023-24 San Joaquin County Civil Grand Jury Report titled “City of Stockton: Crisis in City Government, Case No. 0123” on August 20, 2024, and acknowledged all findings contained within: F1.1 thru F1.6, F2.1 thru F2.6, and F3.1. Initial responses were provided with a commitment to providing follow-up responses on those items still in progress.

The City and Council of the City of Stockton offer these follow-up responses, broken out by area of investigation as outlined in the report for the remaining Grand Jury recommendations not addressed in the last response.

These responses were presented to the Council for consideration and approval during its public meeting on May 13, 2025, and approved by motion 2025-05-13-xxxx. //
//
//
//
//
//

ATTACHMENT A
942

1. Threatening Work Environment
Recommendations & Responses:

R1.2 By March 31, 2025, the City Council should adopt rules for handling unlawful threatening Communications received by City officials and employees. Unlawful threats, not covered under the First Amendment, should be referred to the District Attorney’s office.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City’s Charter Officers (Clerk and Attorney) will work together, in coordination with the City Council’s Legislation Committee, to discuss and prepare appropriate and relevant draft policies for review and approval by the full Council no later than August 31, 2025. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in September 2025.

R1.6 By March 31, 2025, the City shall enact a policy that all employees of the Mayor’s office are under the same mandated employment rules and laws as the rest of the City staff.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Council acknowledges the Grand Jury’s recommendation R1.6.

However, the recommendation and report do not contain sufficient information to response other than as follows:

Under City of Stockton Charter section 1102(n) all the Mayor’s appointees “shall serve at the pleasure of the Mayor in the unclassified service; and shall serve under such terms and conditions, salaries and benefits as are similar to other unclassified employees.” All unclassified, at-will employees of the City must adhere to all applicable employment rules and laws.

2. Brown Act
Recommendations & Responses:

R2.1 By March 31, 2025, the City should amend its Closed Session policies and procedures to minimize the risk of revealing confidential information. There should be a requirement that no phone, electronic communication or recording devices be allowed in the room when it is a Closed Session. Additionally, each attendee should sign a pledge of secrecy on entering each meeting as an immediate and continual reminder that the rules of the Brown Act apply. //
//
//

ATTACHMENT A
943
CITY RESPONSE:

The City Attorney brought this item to the City Council’s Legislation Committee for an introductory discussion on August 28, 2024, as item 3.8. The Committee members discussed, provided feedback, and directed staff to bring it back to the Committee for further discussion. The item was brought back on October 23, 2024, as item 3.2 and staff were directed to forward a recommendation for Council consideration. The item was presented to the full council on November 19, 2024, and was adopted under Resolution 2024-11-19-1218 (Attachment R2.2). Additionally, each councilmember (former and current), signed closed session acknowledgement forms. Current council acknowledgments are attached (Attachment R2.1) Former council acknowledgments can be provided if needed.

R2.2 By March 31, 2025, the City should develop a City Ordinance regarding Brown Act violators that includes an impartial process for determining whether the Brown Act confidentiality requirement related to Closed Session has been violated and appropriate sanctions for the violator, including but not limited to, mandatory public censure and removal from committees and commissions.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Attorney brought this item to the City Council’s Legislation Committee for an introductory discussion on August 28, 2024, as item 3.8. The Committee members discussed, provided feedback, and directed staff to bring it back to the Committee for further discussion. The item was brought back on October 23, 2024, as item 3.2 and staff was directed to forward a recommendation for Council consideration. The item was presented to the full council on November 19, 2024, and was adopted under Resolution 2024-11-19-1218 (Attachment R2.2).

R2.3 By March 31, 2025, the City should enact a policy that all findings of Brown Act violations investigations must be released to the Civil Grand Jury within seven days of receipt by the Council.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City’s Charter Officers (Clerk and Attorney) will work together, in coordination with appropriate City Council Committees, to discuss appropriate and relevant policies. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in September 2025.
//
//
//
//
//
//
//

ATTACHMENT A
944

3. Grievance Process
Recommendations & Responses:

R3.1 By March 31, 2025, the City should hire an independent third party to investigate the City’s Ethics Hotline process to regain employee and public trust in the system.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Attorney, with assistance from relevant Charter Officers, will present for Council consideration, the engagement of an independent third party to monitor and reply to the City’s ethics hotline. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in September 2025.

ATTACHMENT A
945

ATTACHMENT A
946

ATTACHMENT A
947

ATTACHMENT A
948

ATTACHMENT A
949

ATTACHMENT A
950

ATTACHMENT A
951

ATTACHMENT A
952

ATTACHMENT A
953

ATTACHMENT A
954

ATTACHMENT A
955

ATTACHMENT A
956

ATTACHMENT A
957

ATTACHMENT A
958

ATTACHMENT A
959

ATTACHMENT A
960

ATTACHMENT A
961

ATTACHMENT A
962

ATTACHMENT A
963

ATTACHMENT A
964

August 21, 2024 Via Email:
[email protected]
Honorable Gus C. Barrerra II, Presiding Judge
San Joaquin County Superior Court
180 E. Weber Ave, Suite 1306J
Stockton, CA 95202
CITY OF STOCKTON RESPONSE TO 2023-24 SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY CIVIL GRAND JURY REPORT “CITY OF STOCKTON: CRISIS IN GOVERNMENT” CASE NO. 0123______________________________________________________ The City of Stockton received the above-named Grand Jury report on Monday, June 10, 2024. In accordance with Sections 933 and 933.05 of the California Penal Code, specific responses to all findings and recommendations contained in the report are to be submitted to the Presiding Judge of the San Joaquin County Superior Court within 90 days of receipt of the report.

The City of Stockton, and the Stockton City Council accept the 2023-24 San Joaquin County Civil Grand Jury Report titled “City of Stockton: Crisis in City Government, Case No. 0123” and acknowledge all findings contained within: F1.1 thru F1.6, F2.1 thru F2.6, and F3.1.

Additionally, the City and Council of the City of Stockton offer the following responses to the Grand Jury recommendations, broken out by area of investigation, as outlined in the report. These responses were presented to the Council for consideration and approval during its public meeting on August 20, 2024, and approved by motion 2024-08-20-xxxx.
//
//
//
//

OFFICE OF THE CITY MANAGER
City Hall Ÿ 425 N. El Dorado Street Ÿ Stockton, CA 95202-1951 Ÿ 209 / 937-8212 Ÿ Fax 209 / 937-7149 www.stocktonca.gov

ATTACHMENT B
965

1. Threatening Work Environment
Recommendations & Responses:

R1.1 The City Council should stop enabling the SMP from interfering with effective city government through their continued association and/or support of individuals associated with the SMP.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Council acknowledges the Grand Jury’s recommendation R1.1.

R1.2 By March 31, 2025, the City Council should adopt rules for handling unlawful threatening Communications received by City officials and employees.

Unlawful threats, not covered under the First Amendment, should be referred to the District Attorney’s office.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City’s Charter Officers (Manager, Attorney, Auditor, and Clerk) plan to work together, in coordination with the City Council’s Audit and Legislative Commitees, to discuss and prepare appropriate and relevant draft policies for review and approval by the full Council no later than March 31, 2025. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in April of 2025.

R1.3 By March 31, 2025, the City should adopt an ordinance similar to the City of San Franciso Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code Section 1500 et seq., to strengthen election transparency. That ordinance requires political consultants and candidates to file reports directly to the City in all municipal elections listing business relationships, financial investments, and who they pay for political help or receive in-kind support from, as well as indicating who they support in elections.

CITY RESPONSE:

The Interim City Clerk brought this item to the City Council’s Legislative and Environmental Committee for an introductory discussion, on July 17, 2024, as item 3.2 (agenda). The Committee members discussed and provided to staff feedback, including consideration of the above-mentioned code language from City of San Francisco. This item will continue to be updated under the direction of the Council Committee before being finalized to go to the full Council for approval and adoption. Supporting documents from the July 17th Committee meeting are included as Attachment R1.3.

R1.4 By March 31, 2025, the City should not agendize Chartered Officers performance reviews on an ongoing basis but set them annually or for

ATTACHMENT B
966

specific situations which require notice by law.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Council provided direction to cease the agendization of Chartered Officers performance reviews on an ongoing basis and instead set them annually for specific situations which require notice by law.

R1.5 By March 31, 2025, the City should amend its policies and procedures to make all Form 700 filings available to the public online.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City agrees with this recommendation. As such, the Interim City Clerk notified staff of the updates to the public’s ability to access Form 700 information online, via memo on June 24, 2024 (Attachment R1.5). Links to the Public Portal are now available on the Clerk’s webpage on the City website, under the Fair Political Practices Commission (FPPC) tab.

R1.6 By March 31, 2025, the City shall enact a policy that all employees of the Mayor’s office are under the same mandated employment rules and laws as the rest of the City staff.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City’s Charter Officers (Manager, Attorney, Auditor, and Clerk) plan to work together, in coordination with the City Council’s Audit and Legislative Commitees, to discuss and prepare appropriate and relevant draft policies for review and approval by the full Council no later than March 31, 2025. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in April of 2025.

2. Brown Act
Recommendations & Responses:

R2.1 By March 31, 2025, the City should amend its Closed Session policies and procedures to minimize the risk of revealing confidential information. There should be a requirement that no phone, electronic communication or recording devices be allowed in the room when it is a Closed Session.

Additionally, each attendee should sign a pledge of secrecy on entering each meeting as an immediate and continual reminder that the rules of the Brown Act apply.

ATTACHMENT B
967

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Attorney is scheduled to introduce draft language related to use of cellphone and technology to the Council Legislative Committee meeting, August 21, 2024, for discussion and feedback. This item will continue to be updated under the direction of the Council Committee before being finalized to go to the full Council for approval and adoption before March 31, 2025. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in April of 2025.

R2.2 By March 31, 2025, the City should develop a City Ordinance regarding Brown Act violators that includes an impartial process for determining whether the Brown Act confidentiality requirement related to Closed Session has been violated and appropriate sanctions for the violator, including but not limited to, mandatory public censure and removal from committees and commissions.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Attorney is scheduled to introduce draft language related to censure and discipline to the Council Legislative Committee meeting, August 21, 2024, for discussion and feedback. A separate discussion will be planned related to handling Brown Act vilations or violators. These item will continue to be updated under the direction of the Council Committee before being finalized to go to the full Council for approval and adoption before March 31, 2025. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in April of 2025.

R2.3 By March 31, 2025, the City should enact a policy that all findings of Brown Act violations investigations must be released to the Civil Grand Jury within seven days of receipt by the Council.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City’s Charter Officers (Manager, Attorney, Auditor, and Clerk) plan to work together, in coordination with the City Council’s Audit and Legislative Commitees, to discuss and prepare appropriate and relevant draft policies for review and approval by the full Council no later than March 31, 2025. A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in April of 2025.

R2.4 By March 31, 2025, the City should amend their policies and procedures regarding the use of City Stationary. For example, the City of Lodi ordinance states:

Section 7.4 Use of City Letterhead or City Seal All Council Member correspondence written on City resources, i.e. letterhead, staff support, postage, etc., will reflect a majority position of the Council, not individual

ATTACHMENT B
968

Council Members’ positions. All Council Member correspondence using City resources shall be copied to the full Council.

CITY RESPONSE:

In April of 2024, the Stockton City Council directed the City Manager and City Attorney to work with the Council Legislative Committee to draft a policy addressing concerns regarding the use of City letterhead. Stockton Council Policy 2.06 – Council Communications was revised to add a new section, Policy 2.06.020 – Use of City Letterhead. This Council Policy was approved by the full Stockton City Council at its June 18, 2024 meeting, as consent item

12.4, under Resolution 2024-06-18-1204. A copy of the staff report, resolution, and related attachments have been included as Attachment R2.4.

3. Grievance Process
Recommendations & Responses:

R3.1 By March 31, 2025, the City should hire an independent third party to investigate the City’s Ethics Hotline process to regain employee and public trust in the system.

CITY RESPONSE:

The City Attorney, with assistance from the City Auditor and City Manager, will engage an independent third party to assess the ethics hotline process.

A progress update will be provided to the Grand Jury and Presiding Judge in April of 2025.
______________________________

HARRY BLACK

ATTACHMENT B
969
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 24-0658, Version: 1

DISCUSSION OF COUNCILMEMBER CODE OF ETHICS AND EXISTING CREED FOR

COUNCILMEMBERS

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the Legislation and Environmental Committee receive information and discuss a Councilmember Code of Ethics as well as review the existing Creed for Councilmembers and decide whether changes are necessary.

Summary
The Council Policy Manual (CPM) contains Chapter 2.03 - Code of Ethics for Elected Officials and Commissioners and several policies with sections related to ethical conduct throughout the manual.

Review of the CPM revealed an opportunity to clarify areas of ethical conduct as well as those not previously addressed.

Likewise, there is an existing Creed for Councilmembers dating back to the mid-80’s which needs review and modernization.

Staff seeks direction from the Legislation and Environmental Committee on potential revisions to the CPM and Creed.

DISCUSSION
Background
Council Policy Manual
Currently, CPM Chapter 2.03 - Code of Ethics for Elected Officials and Commissioners (Attachment A) is very brief and speaks specifically to requirements under AB1234, state required mandatory ethics training. As a reminder, AB1234 relates to financial interests and perks for covered officials.

Other Chapters within the CPM which contain sections that address areas of ethical conduct, include Chapter 4.04 - Closed Sessions; Chapter 4.06 - Roles and Rules; Chapter 4.07 - Decorum primarily address conduct during meetings; and Chapter 4.08 - Council Censure addresses formal action procedures for Councilmember misconduct. These Chapters may return for further review as applicable during the CPM update process.

There is an opportunity to incorporate additional language into the Council Policy Manual to reflect best practices.

City of Stockton Page 1 of 2 Printed on 7/11/2024
powered by Legistar™

ATTACHMENT B
970
File #: 24-0658, Version: 1
Creed
On January 13, 1986, Councilmember McGaughey presented a Creed for Councilmembers that originated from the City of San Jose. The City Council voted to send it to the Legislation and Election Committee for consideration. On February 12, 1986, at the Legislation and Election Committee meeting, members reviewed and forwarded the Creed for Councilmembers to the City Council for adoption. The City Council adopted the Creed for Councilmembers at the meeting of March 17, 1986, via Resolution 86-0131 (Attachment B).

Present Situation
Council Policy Manual
For consideration, and consistent with the recommendation of the San Joaquin County Civil Grand Jury, staff has provided excerpts from the City and County of San Francisco’s Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code (“SF Code”).

Within the SF Code, is Article I, Chapter 5 Regulation of Campaign Consultants (Attachment C).

Staff asks the Committee to consider potential adoption of excerpts of this chapter to increase the integrity and transparency of the electoral process and governance within the City of Stockton.

Article III, Chapter 2 of the SF Code addresses Conflict of Interest and Other Prohibited Activities (Attachment D) and defines prohibited activities in greater detail than currently addressed in the Stockton CPM or elsewhere in its policies or regulations. Staff recommends the Committee consider incorporating language from Chapter 2 of the SF Code to further refine the language in the Stockton CPM.

Creed
The Creed for Councilmembers has not been reviewed in 38 years. Accordingly, Staff recommends a review of the Creed for any relevant additions or deletions.

Next Steps
Staff requests direction from the Legislation and Environmental Committee on what changes, if any, to bring back for review at a subsequent meeting.

City of Stockton Page 2 of 2 Printed on 7/11/2024
powered by Legistar™

ATTACHMENT B
971
CHAPTER 2.03

CODE OF ETHICS FOR ELECTED OFFICIALS AND COMMISSIONERS
§ 2.03.010. Policy.
§ 2.03.020. Responsibilities.

Locally elected officials: Attend required ethics training or take training online.

Commissioners eligible for a stipend: Attend required ethics training or take training online.
§ 2.03.030. Relevant authority.

Assembly Bill No. 1234, AB 1234.
§ 2.03.040. Related administrative directive, city policy, city procedure.

None applicable.
§ 2.03.050. Related forms, documents, or links.

California Office of the Attorney General – Free online ethics training courses:
http://oag.ca.gov/ethics
§ 2.03.060. Frequently asked questions.

None applicable.
§ 2.03.070. Update history.
10/31/77 - Adopted Resolution No. 34,620
2/6/84 - Amended by Resolution No. 40-380
8/25/86 - Amended by Resolution No. 86-0549
1) State law (commonly known as AB 1234) requires mandatory ethical training on all elected local officials and those Commissions eligible to receive a stipend or reimbursement.
2) Each Commissioner to which this chapter applies must receive two hours training in ethics within the first year of his/her appointment and, thereafter, must receive two hours of ethics training every two years.
3) The City will endeavor to provide this training live, and Commissioners are strongly encouraged to attend the live training in order to have interaction with, and to ask questions of, the presenter. The training may, however, also be taken online. 4) Failure to meet this training requirement within the applicable timeframe is cause for removal.

City of Stockton, CA
§ 2.03.010 § 2.03.070
Downloaded from https://ecode360.com/ST5019 on 2024-06-20

ATTACHMENT B
972
11/7/88 - Amended by Resolution No. 88-0696
1/3/89 - Amended by Resolution No. 89-0017
3/19/90 - Amended by Resolution No. 90-0174
4/1/91 - Amended by Resolution No. 91-0211
5/28/91 - Amended by Resolution No. 91-0390
2/22/93 - Amended by Resolution No. 93-0070
10/10/95 - Amended by Resolution No. 95-0490
6/10/96 - Amended by Resolution No. 96-0303
5/01/07 - Amended by Resolution No. 07-0172
8/24/10 - Amended by Resolution No. 10-0271
6/28/11 - Amended by Resolution No. 11-0175
12/13/11 - Repealed and replaced by Resolution No. 11-0332 10/09/12 - Amended by Resolution No. 2012-10-09-1203
1/26/16 - Amended by Resolution No. 2016-01-26-1203
City of Stockton, CA
§ 2.03.070 § 2.03.070
Downloaded from https://ecode360.com/ST5019 on 2024-06-20

ATTACHMENT B
973

ATTACHMENT B
974

ATTACHMENT B
975
CHAPTER 5:

REGULATION OF CAMPAIGN CONSULTANTS
New Legislation Notice
Publisher's Note: This Chapter has been AMENDED by new legislation (Proposition D, adopted 3/5/2024, effective 4/12/2024, oper. 10/12/2024).

The text of the section will be included below when the new legislation is operative.

Sec. 1.500. Findings.

Sec. 1.510. Prohibitions.

Sec. 1.515. Registration, Reregistration, Reporting, and Fees.

Sec. 1.520. Powers and Duties of the Ethics Commission.

Sec. 1.525. Administrative and Civil Enforcement, and Penalties.

Sec. 1.530. Code of Conduct.

Sec. 1.535. Severability.

Sec. 1.540. Electronic Filing of Statements and Reports.

Sec. 1.545. Construction with Other Laws.

SEC. 1.500. FINDINGS.
(a) The City and County of San Francisco has a paramount interest in protecting the integrity and credibility of its electoral and government institutions. Election campaigns are highly competitive in San Francisco, and candidates frequently contract for the services of professional campaign consultants who specialize in guiding and managing campaigns. (b) It is the purpose and intent of the people of the City and County of San Francisco in enacting this Chapter to impose reasonable registration and disclosure requirements on campaign consultants. Required registration and disclosure of information by campaign consultants will assist the public in making informed decisions, and protect public confidence in the electoral and governmental processes.
(Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.540; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) SEC. 1.505. DEFINITIONS.

Whenever used in this Chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) "Campaign consultant" means any person or entity that receives or is promised economic consideration equaling $1,000 or more in a calendar year for campaign consulting services. The term "campaign consultant" includes any person or entity that subcontracts with a campaign consultant to provide campaign consulting services, and that receives or is promised economic consideration equaling $1,000 or more in a calendar year for providing campaign consulting services. The term "campaign consultant" does not include persons who are employees of a campaign consultant, attorneys who provide only legal services, accountants who provide only accounting services, pollsters who provide only polling services, and treasurers who provide only those services which are required of treasurers by the Political Reform Act, California Government Code Section 81000, et seq. (b) "Campaign consulting services" means participating in campaign management or developing or participating in the development of campaign strategy.
(c) "Campaign management" means conducting, coordinating or supervising a campaign to elect, defeat, retain or recall a candidate, or adopt or defeat a measure, including but not limited to hiring or authorizing the hiring of campaign staff and consultants, spending or authorizing the expenditure of campaign funds, directing, supervising or conducting the solicitation of contributions to the campaign, and selecting or recommending vendors or subvendors of goods or services for the campaign. (d) "Campaign strategy" means plans for the election, defeat, retention or recall of a candidate, or for the adoption or defeat of a measure, including but not limited to producing or authorizing the production of campaign literature and print and broadcast advertising, seeking endorsements of organizations or individuals, seeking financing, or advising on public policy positions. (e) "Candidate" means a person who has taken affirmative action to seek nomination or election to local office, a local officeholder who has taken affirmative action to seek nomination or election to any elective office, or a local officeholder who is the subject of a

ATTACHMENT B
976
recall election.
(f) "Economic consideration" means any payments, fees, commissions, reimbursements for expenses, gifts, or anything else of value. (g) "Lobby" means communicate with a local officeholder for the purpose of influencing local legislative or administrative action in exchange for economic consideration.
(h) "Lobbyist" is defined in Article II of this Code.*
(i) "Local office" means the following elective offices in the City and County of San Francisco: Mayor, Board of Supervisors, City Attorney, District Attorney, Treasurer, Sheriff, Assessor, Public Defender, Board of Education of the San Francisco Unified School District, and Governing Board of the San Francisco Community College District. (j) "Measure" means a local referendum or local ballot measure, whether or not it qualifies for the ballot. (k) "Vendor" means a person or entity who sells goods or services, other than campaign consulting services, including but not limited to printing, catering, and transportation services. The term "vendor" does not include attorneys who provide only legal services, accountants who provide only accounting services, pollsters who provide only polling services, and treasurers who provide only those services which are required of treasurers by the Political Reform Act, California Government Code Section 81000 et seq. (Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.541; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) Editor's note
*The Regulation of Lobbyists Ordinance, which was previously codified at Administrative Code Section 16.520, et seq., is now codified in Article II of this Code.

SEC. 1.510. PROHIBITIONS.

It shall be unlawful for any campaign consultant to provide campaign consulting services, or accept any economic consideration for the provision of campaign consulting services, without first registering with the Ethics Commission and complying with the reporting requirements specified in Section 1.515.
(Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.542; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) SEC. 1.515. REGISTRATION, REREGISTRATION, REPORTING, AND FEES. (a) REGISTRATION REPORTS. At the time of initial registration, each campaign consultant shall report to the Ethics Commission the following information:
(1) The name, business address and business phone number of the campaign consultant; (2) If the campaign consultant is an individual, the name of the campaign consultant's employer and a description of the business activity engaged in by the employer;
(3) The names of any individuals employed by the campaign consultant to assist in providing campaign consulting services; (4) A statement of whether the campaign consultant is required to register with the Ethics Commission pursuant to the Regulation of Lobbyists Ordinance, San Francisco Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code, Article II;* (5) A statement of whether the campaign consultant is required to register with the Tax Collector pursuant to the Business Tax Ordinance, San Francisco Municipal Code, Part III, Section 1001, et. seq.; (6) The name, address, and telephone number of each client to whom the campaign consultant provided campaign consulting services during the preceding three months;
(7) For each client, the total economic consideration promised by or received from the client in exchange for the provision of campaign consulting services during the preceding three months, provided that the total is $500 or more; (8) Each political contribution of $100 or more made or delivered by the campaign consultant, or made by a client at the behest of the campaign consultant, or for which the campaign consultant acted as an agent or intermediary, during the preceding three months in support of or in opposition to a candidate or measure;
(9) The cumulative total of all political contributions made or delivered by the campaign consultant, or which is made by a client at the behest of the campaign consultant, or for which the campaign consultant acted as an agent or intermediary, during the preceding three months in support of or in opposition to each individual candidate or measure, provided that the cumulative total is $500 or more; (10) Any gifts promised or made by the campaign consultant to a local officeholder during the preceding three months which in the aggregate total $50 or more; and
(11) Any other information required by the Ethics Commission consistent with the purposes and provisions of this Chapter. (b) REREGISTRATION REPORTS. Each campaign consultant shall reregister annually no later January 1st. (c) FEES. At the time of initial registration and reregistration, each campaign consultant shall pay to the Ethics Commission a

ATTACHMENT B
977
registration fee and an additional fee for each client of the campaign consultant. The amount of the fee shall be:
(i) Campaign consultants earning at least $1,000 but not more than $5,000 per calendar year shall pay a registration fee of $50 and shall pay a client fee of $50 per client;
(ii) Campaign consultants earning more than $5,000 but not more than $20,000 per calendar year shall pay a registration fee of $200 and a client fee of $50 per client;
(iii) Campaign consultants earning more than $20,000 per calendar year shall pay a registration fee of $400 and a client fee of $50 per client.

When a client is acquired subsequent to initial registration or reregistration, the per client fee shall be paid at the time of filing the information required by Subsection (d). The Ethics Commission shall deposit fees collected pursuant to this Section in the General Fund of the City and County of San Francisco. On or after July 1, 1999, the Ethics Commission shall evaluate the fees set by this Section and propose any amendments for approval by the Board of Supervisors no later than December 1, 1999. If the Ethics Commission or the Board of Supervisors takes no action, the fees set by this Section shall remain in effect. (d) CLIENT AUTHORIZATION STATEMENTS. At the time of initial registration, the campaign consultant shall submit to the Ethics Commission a written authorization from each client that contracts with the campaign consultant for campaign consulting services.

If the campaign consultant is retained by a client after the date of initial registration, the campaign consultant must file a Client Authorization Statement before providing any campaign consulting services to the client and before receiving any economic consideration from the client in exchange for campaign consulting services, and in any event no later than 15 days after being retained to provide campaign consulting services to the client.
(e) QUARTERLY REPORTS. Each campaign consultant shall file with the Ethics Commission quarterly reports containing the following information:
(1) For each client, the total economic consideration promised by or received from the client during the reporting period for campaign consulting services, provided that the total is $500 or more; (2) The total economic consideration promised by or received from all clients during the reporting period for campaign consulting services;
(3) Political contributions of $100 or more made or delivered by the campaign consultant, or made by a client at the behest of the campaign consultant, or for which the campaign consultant acted as an agent or intermediary, during the reporting period in support of or in opposition to a candidate or measure;
(4) The cumulative total of all political contributions made or delivered by the campaign consultant, or made by a client at the behest of the campaign consultant, or for which the campaign consultant acted as an agent or intermediary, during the reporting period in support of or in opposition to each individual candidate or measure, provided that the cumulative total is $500 or more; (5) Any gifts promised or made by the campaign consultant to a local officeholder during the reporting period which in the aggregate total $50 or more;
(6) Economic consideration promised to or received by the campaign consultant during the reporting period from vendors and subvendors who provided campaign-related goods or services to a current client of the campaign consultant; (7) The name of each local officeholder and City employee who is employed by the campaign consultant, or by a client of the campaign consultant at the behest of the campaign consultant, during the reporting period; (8) Each City contract obtained by the campaign consultant during the reporting period, provided that the contract is approved by a local officeholder who is a client of the campaign consultant; (9) Each appointment to public office received by the campaign consultant during the reporting period, provided that the appointment is made by a local office-holder who is a client of the campaign consultant; (10) Any other information required by the Ethics Commission consistent with the purposes and provisions of this Chapter.

Quarterly reports are due as follows: The report for the period starting December 1st and ending February 28th is due March 15th; the report for the period starting March 1st and ending May 31st is due June 15th; the report for the period starting June 1st and ending August 31st is due September 15th; and the report for the period starting September 1st and ending November 30th is due December 15th.
(f) CLIENT TERMINATION STATEMENTS. Within 30 days after a client terminates the services of a campaign consultant, the campaign consultant shall submit to the Ethics Commission a statement that the client has terminated the services of the campaign consultant. A campaign consultant may not provide campaign consulting services to a client or accept economic consideration for the provision of campaign consulting services after a client termination statement is filed, until a new client authorization statement has been filed pursuant to Section 1.515(d).
(g) CAMPAIGN CONSULTANT TERMINATION STATEMENTS. A campaign consultant shall comply with all requirements of this Chapter until the campaign consultant ceases all activity as a campaign consultant and files a statement of termination with the Ethics Commission. A statement of termination must include all information required by Subsection (e) for the period since the campaign consultant's last quarterly report.

ATTACHMENT B
978
(h) Each campaign consultant shall verify, under penalty of perjury, the accuracy and completeness of the information provided under Sections 1.515 and 1.520(c).
(i) Each campaign consultant shall retain for a period of five years all books, papers and documents necessary to substantiate the reports and statements required under this Chapter.
(Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.543; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) Editor's note
*The Regulation of Lobbyists Ordinance, which was previously codified at Administrative Code Section 16.520, et seq., is now codified in Article II of this Code.

SEC. 1.520. POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ETHICS COMMISSION. (a) The Ethics Commission shall provide forms for the reporting of all information required by this Chapter. (b) The Ethics Commission shall issue a registration number to each registered campaign consultant. (c) At the time of initial registration and reregistration, the Ethics Commission shall provide the campaign consultant with a copy of the City's campaign and lobbyist laws, the Code of Conduct specified in Section 1.530, and any related material which the Commission determines will serve the purposes of this Chapter. Each campaign consultant must sign a statement acknowledging receipt of these materials.
(d) The Ethics Commission shall compile the information provided in registration and quarterly reports filed pursuant to this Chapter as soon as practicable after the close of each quarter and shall forward a report of the compiled information to the Board of Supervisors and the Mayor.
(e) The Ethics Commission shall preserve all original reports, statements, and other records required to be kept or filed under this Chapter for a period of five years. Such reports, statements, and records shall constitute a part of the public records of the Ethics Commission and shall be open to public inspection.
(f) The Commission shall provide formal and informal advice regarding the duties under this Chapter of a person or entity pursuant to the procedures specified in San Francisco; Charter Section C3.699-12. (g) The Ethics Commission shall have the power to adopt all reasonable and necessary rules and regulations for the implementation of this Chapter pursuant to the procedure specified in Charter Section 15.102.* (Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.544; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) Editor's note
*The Ethics Commission's authority to adopt rules and regulations was previously codified as Charter Section 3.699-9. Under Proposition E, adopted by the San Francisco voters on November 7, 1995, Charter Section 3.699-9 was recodified as Charter Section

15.102. Accordingly, references to Section 3.699-9 have been changed to Section 15.102.

SEC. 1.525. ADMINISTRATIVE AND CIVIL ENFORCEMENT, AND PENALTIES. (a) If any campaign consultant files an original statement or report after any deadline imposed by this Chapter, the Ethics Commission shall, in addition to any other penalties or remedies established in this Chapter, fine the campaign consultant $50 per day after the deadline until the statement or report is received by the Ethics Commission. If any campaign consultant files an original statement or report after any deadline imposed by this Chapter, when the deadline is fewer than 30 days before or after an election, the Ethics Commission shall, in addition to any other penalties or remedies established in this Chapter, fine the campaign consultant $100 per day after the deadline until the statement or report is received by the Ethics Commission. The Ethics Commission may reduce or waive a fine if the Commission determines that the late filing was not willful and that enforcement will not further the purposes of this Chapter. The Ethics Commission shall deposit funds collected under this Section in the General Fund of the City and County of San Francisco. (b) Any person who believes that Section 1.510 has been violated may file a complaint with the Ethics Commission. Upon receipt of a complaint, or upon its own initiative, the Commission may investigate allegations of a violation of Section 1.510 and enforce the provisions of Section 1.510 pursuant to the procedures established in San Francisco Charter Section C3.699-13, and the Commission's rules and regulations adopted pursuant to Charter Section 15.102.* (c) When the Commission, pursuant to the procedures specified in Charter Section C3.699-13, determines on the basis of substantial evidence that a person or entity has violated Section 1.510, the Commission may require the person or entity to: (1) cease and desist the violation; (2) file any reports or statements or pay any fees required by this Chapter, and/or (3) pay a monetary penalty of up to $5,000 for each violation, or three times the amount not properly reported, whichever is greater. The Commission may cancel for up to one year the registration of any campaign consultant who has violated Section 1.510. A campaign consultant whose registration has been canceled pursuant to this Section may not provide campaign consulting services in exchange for economic consideration for the period that the registration is canceled. When the period of cancellation ends, the campaign consultant may reregister pursuant to Section 1.515(a) and (c).
(d) Any person or entity which knowingly or negligently violates or who causes any other person to violate Section 1.510 may be liable in a civil action brought by the City Attorney for an amount up to $5,000 per violation, or three times the amount not properly

ATTACHMENT B
979
reported, whichever is greater.
(e) Any person or entity which intentionally or negligently violates Section 1.510 is guilty of a misdemeanor. (f) No administrative, civil, or criminal action shall be maintained to enforce Section 1.510 unless brought within four years after the date the cause of action accrued or the date that the facts constituting the cause of action were discovered by the Ethics Commission, City Attorney, or District Attorney, whichever is later. (g) In investigating any alleged violation of Section 1.510, the Ethics Commission and City Attorney shall have the power to inspect, upon reasonable notice, all documents required to be maintained under Section 1.515(i). This power to inspect documents is in addition to other powers conferred on the Ethics Commission and City Attorney by the Charter, or by ordinance, including the power of subpoena. (Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.545; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) Editor's note
*The Ethics Commission's authority to adopt rules and regulations was previously codified as Charter Section 3.699-9. Under Proposition E, adopted by the San Francisco voters on November 7, 1995, Charter Section 3.699-9 was recodified as Charter Section

15.102. Accordingly, references to Section 3.699-9 have been changed to Section 15.102.

SEC. 1.530. CODE OF CONDUCT.

At the time of initial registration and reregistration, each campaign consultant must elect whether to voluntarily comply with the following Code of Conduct:
"I am familiar with all the laws, rules and regulations applicable to local campaigns; "I will not knowingly make false statements about the qualifications or positions of any candidate, or about the scope and effect of any measure;
"I will not knowingly make false statements that any real or fictitious person supports or opposes a candidate or measure; "In the event that I make inadvertent false statements about the qualifications or positions of any candidate or about the scope and effect of any measure, I will endeavor to provide corrected information in written form to the Ethics Commission within five days; "I will refrain from appealing to prejudice in the conduct of a campaign, and from conducting, managing or advising a campaign, which appeals to prejudice based on race, gender, ethnic background, religious affiliation or nonaffiliation, sexual orientation, age, disability, or economic status;
"I will refrain from seeking to obtain the support of or opposition to any candidate or measure by the use of financial inducements or by the use of threats or coercion;
"I will refrain from influencing the submission of a measure to the San Francisco voters for the sole purpose of obtaining economic consideration for campaign consulting services;
"I will disclose through a filing at the San Francisco Ethics Commission any agreements that would result in a campaign consulting contract resulting from my efforts to influence the submission of a measure to the San Francisco voters at the time that I seek submission of any such measure;
"I will refrain from seeking to evade, or participating in efforts of others to evade, the legal requirements in laws pertaining to political campaigns;
"I will not knowingly participate in the preparation, dissemination, or broadcast of paid political advertising or campaign materials that contain false information; and
"I will refrain from accepting clients whose interests are adverse to each other." (Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.546; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) SEC. 1.535. SEVERABILITY.

If any Section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase or portion of this Chapter, or the application thereof to any person or entity is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Chapter or its application to other persons, business entities, or organizations. The Board of Supervisors hereby declares that it would have adopted this Chapter, and each Section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more Sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions, or the application thereof to any person or entity, to be declared invalid or unconstitutional. (Added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000) (Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.547; added by Proposition G, 11/4/97) SEC. 1.540. ELECTRONIC FILING OF STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. (a) ELECTRONIC FILLING REQUIRED. Whenever campaign consultants are required by this Chapter to file an original statement

ATTACHMENT B
980
or report, the Ethics Commission may require the consultants to file an electronic copy of the statement or report. The electronic copy shall be due no later than the deadline imposed by this Chapter for filing the original statement or report. (b) POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ETHICS COMMISSION.
(i) Pursuant to San Francisco Charter Section 15.102, the Ethics Commission shall adopt regulations specifying the electronic filing requirements applicable to campaign consultants. The Ethics Commission shall adopt these regulations no fewer than 120 days before the electronic filing requirements are effective.
(ii) The Ethics Commission shall prescribe the format for electronic copies of statements and reports no fewer than 90 days before the statements and reports are due to be filed.
(c) PENALTIES. If any campaign consultant files an electronic copy of a statement or report after the deadline imposed by this Section, the Ethics Commission shall, in addition to any other penalties or remedies established in this Chapter, fine the campaign consultant $10 per day after the deadline until the electronic copy is received by the Ethics Commission. The Ethics Commission may reduce or waive a fine if the Commission determines that the late filing was not willful and that enforcement will not further the purposes of this Chapter. The Ethics Commission shall deposit funds collected under this Section in the General Fund of the City and County of San Francisco.
(Added by Ord. 223-00, File No. 000742, App. 9/29/2000) SEC. 1.545. CONSTRUCTION WITH OTHER LAWS.

Lobbying by campaign consultants and employees of campaign consultants is governed by the applicable provisions of Article II, Chapter 1 of this Code, including Section 2.117, which prohibits campaign consultants and employees of campaign consultants from communicating with current and former clients on behalf of another person or entity for the purpose of influencing local legislative or administrative action in exchange for economic consideration. (Added by Ord. 28-04, File No. 031656, App. 2/20/2004)

ATTACHMENT B
981
CHAPTER 2:

CONFLICT OF INTEREST AND OTHER PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES
Sec. 3.200. Findings and Purpose.

Sec. 3.201. Citation.

Sec. 3.202. Construction.

Sec. 3.203. Definitions.

Sec. 3.204. Amendment or Repeal of this Chapter.

Sec. 3.206. Financial Conflicts of Interest.

Sec. 3.207. Additional Conflicts of Interest for City Elective Officers and Members of Boards and Commissions.

Sec. 3.208. Appointments and Nominations.

Sec. 3.209. Recusals.

Sec. 3.210. Voting on Own Character or Conduct.

Sec. 3.212. Decisions Involving Family Members.

Sec. 3.214. Disclosure of Personal, Professional and Business Relationships.

Sec. 3.216. Gifts.

Sec. 3.218. Incompatible Activities.

Sec. 3.220. Prohibition on Dual Office Holding.

Sec. 3.222. Prohibiting Officers From Contracting With the City and County.

Sec. 3.224. Prohibition on Representing Private Parties Before Other City Officers and Employees – Compensated Advocacy.

Sec. 3.226. Referrals.

Sec. 3.228. Disclosure or Use of Confidential City Information.

Sec. 3.230. Prohibition on Political Activity.

Sec. 3.231. Prohibitions on Political Activity for City Elective Officers and Members of Boards and Commissions.

Sec. 3.232. Prohibition on Use of Public Funds for Printed Greeting Cards.

Sec. 3.234. Post-Employment and Post-Service Restrictions.

Sec. 3.236. Aiding and Abetting.

Sec. 3.238. Filing of False Charges.

Sec. 3.240. Provision of False or Misleading Information; Withholding of Information; and Duty to Cooperate and Assist.

Sec. 3.242. Penalties and Enforcement.

Sec. 3.244. Severability.

SEC. 3.200. FINDINGS AND PURPOSE.
(a) The people of the City and County of San Francisco declare that public office is a public trust and all officers and employees of the City and County shall exercise their public duties in a manner consistent with this trust. To assure that the governmental processes of the City and County promote fairness and equity for all residents and to maintain public trust in governmental institutions, the people of the City and County declare that they have a compelling interest in creating laws regulating conflicts of interest and outside activities of City officers and employees.
(b) The proper operation of the government of the City and County of San Francisco requires that public officers and employees be independent, impartial, and responsible to the people and that public office and employment not be used for personal gain. The public interest, therefore, requires that officers and employees of the City and County be prohibited from making, participating in making or otherwise seeking to influence governmental decisions in which they have a financial interest or accepting gifts and other things of value from regulated sources.
(c) In order to maintain the public's confidence in the integrity of governmental decisions related to the appointment and discipline of public officers and employees, public officers and employees must not give or receive anything of value in consideration of their appointment or accept anything of value from their subordinates, and must not participate in decisions related to their own character or conduct or that of their family members.
(d) City and County contracts should be, and should appear to be, awarded on a fair and impartial basis. The practice of members of Boards and Commissions of the City and County contracting with the City and County creates the potential for, and the appearance of, favoritism or preferential treatment by the City and County. Prohibiting members of Boards and Commissions of the City and County from contracting with the City and County will eliminate both actual and perceived favoritism or preferential treatment without creating

ATTACHMENT B
982
unnecessary barriers to public service.
(e) Government decisions of officers and employees of the City and County should be, and should appear to be, made on a fair and impartial basis. The practice of former officers and employees communicating with their former colleagues on behalf of private interests and the practice of current officers of the City and County communicating with other officers and employees on behalf of any other person for compensation creates the potential for, and the appearance of, undue influence, favoritism or preferential treatment.

Prohibiting former officers and employees from communicating orally, in writing, or in any other manner with their former colleagues for specified periods of time and prohibiting current officers from communicating orally, in writing, or in any other manner with other officers and employees of the City and County on behalf of any other person for compensation will eliminate both actual and perceived undue influence, favoritism or preferential treatment without creating unnecessary barriers to public service. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003) (Former Section 3.200 added by Ord. 71-00, File No. 000358, App. 4/28/2000; repealed by Proposition E, 11/4/2003. Derivation: Former Administrative Code Section 16.980; added by Ord. 374-96, App. 9/30/96) SEC. 3.201. CITATION.

This Chapter may be cited as the San Francisco Government Ethics Ordinance. (Added by Ord. 244-09, File No. 091013, App. 12/3/2009) SEC. 3.202. CONSTRUCTION.

This Chapter shall be liberally construed in order to effectuate its purposes, provided that nothing in this Chapter shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit officers, members and representatives of employee organizations from engaging in organizational activities that are protected by the California Meyers-Milias-Brown Act, the First Amendment to the United States Constitution or any other federal, state or local law. No error, irregularity, informality, neglect or omission of any officer in any procedure taken under this Chapter which does not directly affect the jurisdiction of the Board of Supervisors or the City and County to control the ethical conduct of its officers and employees shall avoid the effect of this Chapter.
(Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.203. DEFINITIONS.

Whenever in this Chapter 2 the following words or phrases are used, they shall mean:
“Anything of value” shall mean any money or property, private financial advantage, service, payment, advance, forbearance, loan, or promise of future employment, but does not include compensation and expenses paid by the City, contributions as defined herein, or gifts that qualify for gift exceptions established by State or local law. “Associated,” when used in reference to an organization, shall mean any organization in which an individual or a member of his or her immediate family is a director, officer, or trustee, or owns or controls, directly or indirectly, and severally or in the aggregate, at least 10% of the equity, or of which an individual or a member of his or her immediate family is an agent or employee. “City elective officer” shall mean a person who holds the office of Mayor, Member of the Board of Supervisors, City Attorney, District Attorney, Treasurer, Sheriff, Assessor and Public Defender. “Contribution” shall be defined as set forth in the California Political Reform Act, California Government Code section 81000, et seq. “Fundraising” shall mean:
(a) requesting that another person make a contribution; (b) inviting a person to a fundraising event;
(c) supplying names to be used for invitations to a fundraiser; (d) permitting one’s name or signature to appear on a solicitation for contributions or an invitation to a fundraising event; (e) permitting one’s official title to be used on a solicitation for contributions or an invitation to a fundraising event; (f) providing the use of one’s home or business for a fundraising event; (g) paying for at least 20% of the costs of a fundraising event; (h) hiring another person to conduct a fundraising event; (i) delivering a contribution, other than one’s own, by whatever means to a City elective officer, a candidate for City elective office, or a candidate-controlled committee; or
(j) acting as an agent or intermediary in connection with the making of a contribution. “Immediate family” shall mean spouse, registered domestic partner, and dependent children. “Officer” shall mean any person holding City elective office; any member of a board or commission required by Article III, Chapter 1

ATTACHMENT B
983
of this Code to file a statement of economic interests; any person appointed as the chief executive officer under any such board or commission; the head of each City department; the Controller; and the City Administrator. “Solicit” shall mean personally requesting a contribution for any candidate or committee, either orally or in writing. “Subordinate employee” shall mean an employee of any person whose official City responsibilities include directing or evaluating the performance of the employee or any of the employee’s supervisors. (Added by Ord. 244-09, File No. 091013, App. 12/3/2009; amended by Ord. 129-18, File No. 180280, App. 5/30/2018, Eff. 6/30/2018, Oper. 6/30/2018) SEC. 3.204. AMENDMENT OR REPEAL OF THIS CHAPTER.

The voters may amend or repeal this Chapter. The Board of Supervisors may amend this Chapter if all of the following conditions are met:
(a) The amendment furthers the purposes of this Chapter; (b) The Ethics Commission approves the proposed amendment by at least a four-fifths vote of all its members; (c) The proposed amendment is available for public review at least 30 days before the amendment is considered by the Board of Supervisors or any committee of the Board of Supervisors; and (d) The Board of Supervisors approves the proposed amendment by at least a two-thirds vote of all its members. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.206. FINANCIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
(a) Incorporation of the California Political Reform Act. No officer or employee of the City and County shall make, participate in making, or seek to influence a decision of the City and County in which the officer or employee has a financial interest within the meaning of California Government Code Section 87100 et seq. and any subsequent amendments to these Sections. (b) Incorporation of California Government Code 1090, et seq. No officer or employee of the City and County shall make a contract in which he or she has a financial interest within the meaning of California Government Code Section 1090 et seq. and any subsequent amendments to these Sections.
(c) Future Employment. No officer or employee of the City shall make, participate in making, or otherwise seek to influence a governmental decision, affecting a person or entity with whom the officer or employee is discussing or negotiating an agreement concerning future employment.
(Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.207. ADDITIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST FOR CITY ELECTIVE OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS.
(a) Prohibitions. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.206 and other provisions of this Chapter 2, the following shall also constitute conflicts of interest for City elective officers and members of boards and commissions:
(1) No City elective officer or member of a board or commission may use his or her public position or office to seek or obtain anything of value for the private or professional benefit of himself or herself, his or her immediate family, or for an organization with which he or she is associated.
(2) No City elective officer or member of a board or commission may, directly or by means of an agent, give, offer, promise to give, withhold, or offer or promise to withhold his or her vote or influence, or promise to take or refrain from taking official action with respect to any proposed or pending matter in consideration of, or upon condition that, any other person make or refrain from making a contribution.
(3) No person may offer or give to an officer, directly or indirectly, and no City elective officer or member of a board or commission may solicit or accept from any person, directly or indirectly, anything of value if it could reasonably be expected to influence the officer’s vote, official actions, or judgment with respect to a particular pending legislative or administrative action, or could reasonably be considered as a reward for any official action or inaction on the part of the officer. This subsection (a)(3) does not prohibit a City elective officer or member of a board or commission from engaging in outside employment. (b) Exception: public generally. The prohibition set forth in subsection (a)(1) shall not apply if the resulting benefit, advantage, or privilege also affects a significant segment of the public and the effect is not unique. For purposes of this subsection (b):
(1) A significant segment of the public is at least 25% of:
(A) all businesses or non-profit entities within the official’s jurisdiction; (B) all real property, commercial real property, or residential real property within the official’s jurisdiction; or (C) all individuals within the official’s jurisdiction.

ATTACHMENT B
984
(2) A unique effect on a public official’s financial interest includes a disproportionate effect on:
(A) the development potential or use of the official’s real property or on the income producing potential of the official’s real property or business entity;
(B) an official’s business entity or real property resulting from the proximity of a project that is the subject of a decision; (C) an official’s interests in business entities or real properties resulting from the cumulative effect of the official’s multiple interests in similar entities or properties that is substantially greater than the effect on a single interest; (D) an official’s interest in a business entity or real property resulting from the official’s substantially greater business volume or larger real property size when a decision affects all interests by the same or similar rate or percentage; (E) a person’s income, investments, assets or liabilities, or real property if the person is a source of income or gifts to the official; or
(F) an official’s personal finances or those of his or her immediate family. (Added by Ord. 129-18, File No. 180280, App. 5/30/2018, Eff. 6/30/2018, Oper. 6/30/2018) SEC. 3.208. APPOINTMENTS AND NOMINATIONS.

No person shall give or promise, and no officer or employee of the City and County may solicit or accept, any money or other valuable thing in consideration for (i) the person's nomination or appointment to any City and County office or employment, or promotion or other favorable City and County employment action, or (ii) any other person's nomination or appointment to any City and County office or employment or promotion or other favorable City and County employment action. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.209. RECUSALS.
(a) Recusal Procedures. Any member of a City board or commission who has a conflict of interest under Sections 3.206 or 3.207, or who must recuse himself or herself from a proceeding under California Government Code Section 84308, shall, in the public meeting of the board or commission, upon identifying a conflict of interest immediately prior to the consideration of the matter, do all of the following:
(1) publicly identify the circumstances that give rise to the conflict of interest in detail sufficient to be understood by the public, provided that disclosure of the exact street address of a residence is not required; (2) recuse himself or herself from discussing or acting on the matter; and (3) leave the room until after the discussion, vote, and any other disposition of the matter is concluded, unless the matter has been placed on and remains on the consent calendar.
(b) Recusal Notification. A member of a City board or commission who is required to file a statement of economic interests pursuant to Article III, Chapter 1 of the Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code shall file a recusal notification form each time the member recuses himself or herself, as required by subsection (a). (1) The member shall file the original recusal notification form, along with a copy of the meeting agenda containing the item involving the conflict of interest, with the Ethics Commission within 15 calendar days after the date of the meeting at which the recusal occurred.
(2) The member shall file the recusal notification form with the Ethics Commission even if the member is not present at the meeting that would have involved the conflict of interest.
(3) The recusal notification form shall be filed under penalty of perjury in a method prescribed by the Ethics Commission and shall include, at a minimum, the following:
(A) the member’s name;
(B) the name of the member’s board or commission;
(C) the date of the meeting at which the recusal occurred or would have occurred; (D) the agenda item number, a brief description of the matter, and a statement of whether the matter concerns the making of a contract; and
(E) the financial interest causing the recusal.
(c) Exception. The requirements of this Section 3.209 shall not apply to the members of the Board of Supervisors. (Added by Ord. 129-18, File No. 180280, App. 5/30/2018, Eff. 6/30/2018, Oper. 1/1/2019) SEC. 3.210. VOTING ON OWN CHARACTER OR CONDUCT.

ATTACHMENT B
985
(a) Prohibition. No officer or employee of the City and County shall knowingly vote on or attempt to influence a governmental decision involving his or her own character or conduct, or his or her appointment to any office, position, or employment. (b) Exceptions. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit an officer or employee from (i) responding to allegations, applying for an office, position, or employment, or responding to inquiries; or (ii) participating in the decision of his or her board, commission, or committee to choose him or her as chair, vice chair, or other officer of the board, commission, or committee. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.212. DECISIONS INVOLVING FAMILY MEMBERS.
(a) Prohibition. No officer or employee of the City and County may make, participate in making, or otherwise seek to influence a decision of the City and County regarding an employment action involving a relative. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit an officer or employee from acting as a personal reference or providing a letter of reference for a relative who is seeking appointment to a position in any City department, board, commission or agency other than the officer or employee's department, board, commission or agency or under the control of any such department, board, commission or agency. (b) Delegation. A Department Head who is prohibited under Subsection (a) from participating in an employment action involving a relative shall delegate in writing to an employee within the department any decisions regarding such employment action. (c) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the term "employment action" shall be limited to hiring, promotion, or discipline, and the term "relative" shall mean a spouse, domestic partner, parent, grandparent, child, sibling, parent-in-law, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, first cousin, and includes any similar step relationship or relationship created by adoption. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.214. DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL, PROFESSIONAL AND BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS.
(a) Disclosure. A City officer or employee shall disclose on the public record any personal, professional or business relationship with any individual who is the subject of or has an ownership or financial interest in the subject of a governmental decision being made by the officer or employee where as a result of the relationship, the ability of the officer or employee to act for the benefit of the public could reasonably be questioned. For the purposes of this Section, the minutes of a public meeting at which the governmental decision is being made, or if the governmental decision is not being made in a public meeting, a memorandum kept on file at the offices of the City officer or employee's department, board, commission or agency shall constitute the public record. (b) Penalties. A court may void any governmental decision made by a City officer or employee who fails to disclose a relationship as required by Subsection (a) if the court determines that: (1) the failure to disclose was willful; and (2) the City officer or employee failed to render his or her decision with disinterested skill, zeal, and diligence and primarily for the benefit of the City. No other penalties shall apply to a violation of this Section, provided that nothing in this Section shall prohibit an appointing authority from imposing discipline for a violation of this Section.
(c) Regulations. The Ethics Commission may adopt regulations setting forth the types of personal, professional and business relationships that must be disclosed pursuant to this Section. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.216. GIFTS.
(a) Prohibition on Bribery. No person shall offer or make, and no officer or employee shall accept, any gift with the intent that the City officer or employee will be influenced thereby in the performance of any official act. (b) General gift restrictions. In addition to the gift limits and reporting requirements imposed by the Political Reform Act and this Code and any subsequent amendments thereto, no officer or employee of the City and County shall solicit or accept any gift or loan from a person who the officer or employee knows or has reason to know is a restricted source, except loans received from commercial lending institutions in the ordinary course of business.
(1) Restricted Source. For purposes of this section, a restricted source means: (A) a person doing business with or seeking to do business with the department of the officer or employee; or (B) a person who during the prior 12 months knowingly attempted to influence the officer or employee in any legislative or administrative action. (2) Gift. For purposes of this subsection, the term gift has the same meaning as under the Political Reform Act, California Government Code Section 81000 et seq., and the regulations adopted thereunder, including any subsequent amendments. Gifts exempted from the limits imposed by California Government Code Section 89503 and Section 3.1-101 of the Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code shall also be exempted from the prohibition set forth in this subsection. (3) Regulations. The Ethics Commission shall issue regulations implementing this section, including regulations exempting voluntary gifts that are nominal in value such as gifts that are given by vendors to clients or customers in the normal course of business. (c) Gifts from Subordinates. No officer or employee shall solicit or accept any gift or loan, either directly or indirectly, from any subordinate or employee under his or her supervision or from any candidate or applicant for a position as a subordinate or employee

ATTACHMENT B
986
under his or her supervision. The Ethics Commission shall issue regulations implementing this Section, including regulations exempting voluntary gifts that are given or received for special occasions or under other circumstances in which gifts are traditionally given or exchanged.
(d) Gifts of Travel.
(1) Gifts to Elected Officers. In addition to the gift limits and reporting requirements imposed by the Political Reform Act and this Code, no elected officer may accept a gift of transportation, lodging, or subsistence for any out-of-state trip paid for in part by an individual or entity other than the City and County of San Francisco, another governmental body, or a bona fide educational institution, defined in Section 203 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, unless the officer has first disclosed on a form filed with the Ethics Commission:
(A) the name of the individual or entity and the total amount that will be paid by the individual or entity to fund the trip, including but not limited to the amount directly related to the cost of the elected officer's transportation, lodging, and subsistence; (B) the name, occupation and employer of any contributor who has contributed more than $500 to the individual or entity funding the trip and whose contributions were used in whole or in part to fund the trip; (C) a description of the purpose of the trip and the itinerary; and (D) the name of any individual accompanying the official on the trip who is:
(i) a City employee required to file a Statement of Economic Interests, (ii) a lobbyist or campaign consultant registered with the Ethics Commission, (iii) an employee of or individual who has any ownership interest in a lobbyist or campaign consultant registered with the Ethics Commission, or
(iv) the individual funding the trip, or an employee or officer of the entity funding the trip. (2) Reimbursement of Gifts of Travel. In addition to any other reporting requirements imposed by the Political Reform Act or local law, an elected officer who reimburses an individual or entity for a gift of transportation, lodging or subsistence related to out-ofstate travel and thereby avoids having received or accepted the gift shall file a form with the Ethics Commission within 30 days of such reimbursement disclosing:
(A) the name of the individual or entity that originally paid for the transportation, lodging or subsistence; (B) the amount paid by the individual or entity for the elected officer's transportation, lodging or subsistence; (C) the amount reimbursed by the elected officer to the individual or entity and the process used to determine that amount; and (D) a description of the purpose of the trip and the itinerary. (3) Format. The Ethics Commission shall provide forms for the disclosure required by this subsection and shall make the completed forms available on its website.
(4) Definition. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "elected officer" means the Mayor, member of the Board of Supervisors, City Attorney, District Attorney, Public Defender, Assessor, Treasurer, and Sheriff. (e) Restrictions. Nothing in this section shall prohibit a City department, agency, board or commission from imposing additional gift restrictions on its officers or employees.
(Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003; amended by Ord. 128-06, File No. 060217, App. 6/22/2006; Ord. 301-06, File No. 061333, App. 12/18/2006; Ord. 107-11, File No. 110335, App. 6/20/2011, Eff. 7/20/2011)
SEC. 3.218. INCOMPATIBLE ACTIVITIES.
(a) Prohibition. No officer or employee of the City and County may engage in any employment, activity, or enterprise that the department, board, commission, or agency of which he or she is a member or employee has identified as incompatible in a statement of incompatible activities adopted under this Section. No officer or employee may be subject to discipline or penalties under this Section unless he or she has been provided an opportunity to demonstrate that his or her activity is not in fact inconsistent, incompatible or in conflict with the duties of the officer or employee.
(b) Statement of Incompatible Activities. Every department, board, commission, and agency of the City and County shall, by August 1 of the year after which this Section becomes effective, submit to the Ethics Commission a statement of incompatible activities.

No statement of incompatible activities shall become effective until approved by the Ethics Commission after a finding that the activities are incompatible under the criteria set forth in Subsection (c). After initial approval by the Ethics Commission, a department, board, commission or agency of the City and County may, subject to the approval of the Ethics Commission, amend its statement of incompatible activities. The Ethics Commission may, at any time, amend the statement of incompatible activities of any department, board, commission or agency of the City and County.
(c) Required Language. Each statement of incompatible activities shall list those outside activities that are inconsistent, incompatible, or in conflict with the duties of the officers and employees of the department, board, commission, or agency of the City and County. This list shall include, but need not be limited to, activities that involve: (1) the use of the time, facilities, equipment and supplies of the City and County; or the badge, uniform, prestige, or influence of the City and County officer or employee's position for private

ATTACHMENT B
987
gain or advantage; (2) the receipt or acceptance by an officer or employee of the City and County of any money or other thing of value from anyone other than the City and County for the performance of an act that the officer or employee would be required or expected to render in the regular course of his or her service or employment with the City and County; (3) the performance of an act in a capacity other than as an officer or employee of the City and County that may later be subject directly or indirectly to the control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement of the City and County officer or employee's department, board, commission or agency; and (4) time demands that would render performance of the City and County officer or employee's duties less efficient. The Ethics Commission may permit City boards and commissions to exclude any required language from their statement of incompatible activities if their members, by law, must be appointed in whole or in part to represent any profession, trade, business, union or association. (d) Meet and Confer. No statement of incompatible activities or any amendment thereto shall become operative until the City and County has satisfied the meet and confer requirements of State law. (e) Notice. Every department, board, commission and agency of the City and County shall annually provide to its officers and employees a copy of its statement of incompatible activities. (f) Existing Civil Service Rules. Rules and Regulations relating to outside activities previously adopted or approved by the Civil Service Commission shall remain in effect until statements of incompatible activities are adopted pursuant to this Section. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.220. PROHIBITION ON DUAL OFFICE HOLDING.

Any person holding an office under the City and County with an annual salary in excess of $2,500, whether by election or by appointment, who shall, during his or her term of office, hold or retain any other office with such a salary under the government of the United States, the State of California, or the City and County shall be deemed to have thereby vacated the office held by him or her under the City and County. For the purposes of this Section, the term salary does not include: (1) a stipend, per diem, or other payment provided for attendance at meetings; or (2) health, dental or vision insurance, or other non-cash benefits. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.222. PROHIBITING OFFICERS FROM CONTRACTING WITH THE CITY AND COUNTY.
(a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Business. The term "business" means any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship, firm, enterprise, franchise, association, organization, or other legal entity or undertaking organized for economic gain. (2) City and County. The term "City and County" includes any commission, board, department, agency, committee, or other organizational unit of the City and County of San Francisco. (3) Contract. The term "contract" means any agreement other than a grant or an agreement for employment in exchange for salary and benefits.
(4) Subcontract. The term "subcontract" means a contract to perform any work that a primary contractor has an agreement with the City and County, the San Francisco Redevelopment Agency, the San Francisco Housing Authority, the San Francisco Unified School District, or the San Francisco Community College District to perform. (b) Prohibition. During his or her term of office, no officer shall enter, submit a bid for, negotiate for, or otherwise attempt to enter, any contract or subcontract with the City and County, the San Francisco Redevelopment Agency, the San Francisco Housing Authority, the San Francisco Unified School District, or the San Francisco Community College District, where the amount of the contract or the subcontract exceeds $10,000.
(c) Exceptions. This Section shall not apply to the following contracts or subcontracts:
(1) A contract or subcontract with a nonprofit organization; (2) A contract or subcontract with a business with which an officer is affiliated unless the officer exercises management and control over the business. A member exercises management and control if he or she is:
(A) An officer or director of a corporation;
(B) A majority shareholder of a closely held corporation; (C) A shareholder with more than five percent beneficial interest in a publicly traded corporation; (D) A general partner or limited partner with more than 20 percent beneficial interest in the partnership; or (E) A general partner regardless of percentage of beneficial interest and who occupies a position of, or exercises management or control of the business;
(3) A contract or subcontract entered into before a member of a board or commission commenced his or her service; (4) An agreement to provide property, goods or services to the City and County at substantially below fair market value; or

ATTACHMENT B
988
(5) A settlement agreement resolving a claim or other legal dispute. (d) Waiver. The Ethics Commission may waive the prohibitions in this section for any officer who, by law, must be appointed to represent any profession, trade, business, union or association. (e) Limitation. Failure of an officer to comply with this Section shall not be grounds for invalidating any contract with the City and County.
(Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003; Ord. 244-09, File No. 091013, App. 12/3/2009) SEC. 3.224. PROHIBITION ON REPRESENTING PRIVATE PARTIES BEFORE OTHER CITY OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES – COMPENSATED ADVOCACY.
(a) Prohibition. No officer of the City and County shall directly or indirectly receive any form of compensation to communicate orally, in writing, or in any other manner on behalf of any other person with any other officer or employee of the City and County with the intent to influence a government decision.
(b) Exceptions. This section shall not apply to any communication by: (1) an officer of the City and County on behalf of the City and County; (2) an officer of the City and County on behalf of a business, union, or organization of which the officer is a member or fulltime employee; (3) an associate, partner or employee of an officer of the City and County, unless it is clear from the totality of the circumstances that the associate, partner or employee is merely acting as an agent of the City and County officer; or (4) a City officer in his or her capacity as a licensed attorney engaged in the practice of law, which includes representing clients in communications with the City Attorney's Office, District Attorney's Office, Public Defender's Office, attorneys in the Tax Collector's Office or Sheriff's Office, outside legal counsel hired by the City, representatives of the City who are named in a pending litigation matter or witnesses or potential witnesses in a pending litigation matter.
(c) Waiver. The Ethics Commission may waive the prohibitions in this section for any officer who, by law, must be appointed to represent any profession, trade, business, union or association. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003; Ord. 97-06, File No. 051837, App. 5/19/2006; Ord. 244-09, File No. 091013, App. 12/3/2009) SEC. 3.226. REFERRALS.

No officer or employee of the City and County shall: (a) receive any money, gift or other thing of economic value from a person or entity other than the City and County for referring a member of the public to a person or entity for any advice, service or product related to the processes of the City and County; or (b) condition any governmental action on a member of the public hiring, employing, or contracting with any specific person or entity. The Ethics Commission may waive the restriction in Subsection (b) if the Commission determines that granting a waiver is necessary for the proper administration of a governmental program or action. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.228. DISCLOSURE OR USE OF CONFIDENTIAL CITY INFORMATION.

No current or former officer or employee of the City and County shall: (a) willfully or knowingly disclose any confidential or privileged information, unless authorized or required by law to do so; or (b) use any confidential or privileged information to advance the financial or other private interest of himself or herself or others. Confidential or privileged information is information that at the time of use or disclosure was not subject to disclosure under the Sunshine Ordinance or California Public Records Act. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.230. PROHIBITION ON POLITICAL ACTIVITY.
(a) Solicitation of Contributions. No City officer or employee shall knowingly, directly or indirectly, solicit political contributions from other City officers or employees or from persons on employment lists of the City. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit a City officer or employee from communicating through the mail or by other means requests for political contributions to a significant segment of the public which may include City officers or employees. (b) Political Activities in Uniform. No City officer or employee shall participate in political activities of any kind while in uniform. (c) Political Activities on City Time or Premises. No City officer or employee may engage in political activity during working hours or on City premises. For the purposes of this Subsection, the term "City premises" shall not include City owned property that is made available to the public and can be used for political purposes. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.231. PROHIBITIONS ON POLITICAL ACTIVITY FOR CITY ELECTIVE OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS.

ATTACHMENT B
989
(a) Solicitation of Campaign Volunteers. No City elective officer or member of a board or commission shall solicit uncompensated volunteer services from any subordinate employee for a campaign for or against any ballot measure or candidate. (b) Fundraising for Appointing Authorities. No member of a board or commission may engage in fundraising on behalf of (1) the officer’s appointing authority, if the appointing authority is a City elective officer; (2) any candidate for the office held by the officer’s appointing authority; or (3) any committee controlled by the officer’s appointing authority. For the purposes of this subsection, “member of a board or commission” shall not include a member of the Board of Supervisors. (Added by Ord. 129-18, File No. 180280, App. 5/30/2018, Eff. 6/30/2018, Oper. 6/30/2018) SEC. 3.232. PROHIBITION ON USE OF PUBLIC FUNDS FOR PRINTED GREETING CARDS.
(a) Definitions. The term "greeting card" means any printed card that celebrates or recognizes a holiday. (b) Prohibition. No public funds may be used to design, produce, create, mail, send, or deliver any printed greeting card. The Controller of the City and County of San Francisco shall, in the Controller's sole discretion, determine whether a payment is prohibited under this Section.

The Controller's decision regarding whether a payment is prohibited under this Section is final. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.234. POST-EMPLOYMENT AND POST SERVICE RESTRICTIONS. (a) All Officers and Employees.
(1) Permanent Restriction on Representation In Particular Matters. (A) Prohibition. No former officer or employee of the City and County, after the termination of his or her service or employment with the City, shall, with the intent to influence, act as agent or attorney, or otherwise represent, any other person (except the City and County) before any court, or before any state, federal, or local agency, or any officer or employee thereof, by making any formal or informal appearance or by making any oral, written, or other communication in connection with a particular matter:
(i) in which the City and County is a party or has a direct and substantial interest; (ii) in which the former officer or employee participated personally and substantially as a City officer or employee; and (iii) which involved a specific party or parties at the time of such participation. (B) Restriction on assisting others. No former officer or employee of the City and County, after the termination of his or her service or employment with the City, shall aid, advise, counsel, consult or assist another person (except the City and County) in any proceeding in which the officer or employee would be precluded under Subsection (A) from personally appearing. (C) Exception for testimony. The prohibitions in Subsections A and B do not prohibit a former officer or employee of the City and County from testifying as a witness, based on the former officer's or employee's personal knowledge, provided that no compensation is received other than the fees regularly provided for by law or regulation of witnesses. (2) One-Year Restriction on Communicating with Former Department. No current or former officer or employee of the City and County, for one year after termination of his or her service or employment with any department, board, commission, office or other unit of the City, shall, with the intent to influence a government decision, communicate orally, in writing, or in any other manner on behalf of any other person (except the City and County) with any officer or employee of the department, board, commission, office or other unit of government, for which the officer or employee served. (3) Employment With Parties That Contract With The City. No current or former officer or employee of the City shall be employed by or otherwise receive compensation from a person or entity that entered into a contract with the City within the preceding 12 months where the officer or employee personally and substantially participated in the award of the contract. (b) Mayor, Members of the Board of Supervisors, and their Senior Staff Members. (1) One year restriction on communicating with City departments. For purposes of the one-year restriction under subsection (a) (2), the "department" for which a former Mayor, a former member of the Board of Supervisors, or a former senior staff member to either the Mayor or a member of the Board of Supervisors served shall be the City and County and the prohibition in subsection (a)(2) shall extend to communications with:
(A) a board, department, commission or agency of the City and County; (B) an officer or employee of the City and County;
(C) an appointee of a board, department, commission, agency, officer, or employee of the City and County; or (D) a representative of the City and County.

For the purposes of this subsection, "a former senior staff member to either the Mayor or a member of the Board of Supervisors"

ATTACHMENT B
990
means an individual employed in any of the following positions at the time the individual terminated his or her employment with the City: the Mayor's Chief of Staff, the Mayor's Deputy Chief of Staff, a Legislative Aide to a member of the Board of Supervisors or a position that the Ethics Commission determines by regulation is an equivalent position based on an analysis of the functions and duties of the position.
(2) City service.
(A) Except as provided in Subsection (B), no former Mayor or member of the Board of Supervisors shall be eligible for a period of one year after the last day of service as Mayor or member of the Board of Supervisors, for appointment to any full time, compensated employment with the City and County. This restriction shall not apply to a former Mayor or Supervisor elected to an office of the City and County, appointed to fill a vacancy in an elective office of the City and County, or appointed to a board or commission in the executive branch.
(B) Notwithstanding the one-year restriction in Subsection (A), a former Mayor who was appointed to that office under Charter Section 13.101.5 to fill a vacancy shall be eligible for appointment to any City employment, provided that (i) the former Mayor did not file a declaration of candidacy for election to the office of Mayor after being appointed to that office, (ii) the former Mayor was employed by the City immediately prior to assuming the office of Mayor, and (iii) the salary in the first year of the new employment shall not exceed the salary received by the former Mayor in the City employment that he or she held immediately prior to assuming office as Mayor.
(c) Waiver.
(1) At the request of a current or former City employee or officer, the Ethics Commission may waive any of the restrictions in Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) if the Commission determines that granting a waiver would not create the potential for undue influence or unfair advantage.
(2) At the request of a current or former City employee or officer, the Ethics Commission may waive any of the restrictions in Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) for members of City boards and commissions who, by law, must be appointed to represent any profession, trade, business union or association.
(3) At the request of a current or former City officer or employee, the Ethics Commission may waive the prohibition in Subsection (a)(3) if the Commission determines that imposing the restriction would cause extreme hardship for the City officer or employee. (4) The Ethics Commission may adopt regulations implementing these waiver provisions. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003; amended by Ord. 218-07, File No. 070505, App. 9/21/2007; Ord. 208-09, File No. 090219, App. 9/25/2009; Ord. 86-11, File No. 110023, App. 5/31/2011, Eff. 6/30/11)
SEC. 3.236. AIDING AND ABETTING.

No person shall knowingly and intentionally provide assistance to or otherwise aid or abet any other person in violating any of the provisions of this Chapter.
(Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.238. FILING OF FALSE CHARGES.

No person shall knowingly and intentionally file with the Ethics Commission, the District Attorney or the City Attorney any false charge alleging a violation of this Chapter.
(Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.240. PROVISION OF FALSE OR MISLEADING INFORMATION; WITHHOLDING OF INFORMATION; AND DUTY TO COOPERATE AND ASSIST.
(a) Prohibition. No person shall knowingly and intentionally furnish false or fraudulent evidence, documents, or information to the Ethics Commission, District Attorney or City Attorney, or knowingly and intentionally misrepresent any material fact, or conceal any evidence, documents, or information relevant to an investigation by the Ethics Commission, District Attorney or City Attorney of an alleged violation of this Chapter.
(b) Duty to Cooperate and Assist. The Ethics Commission, District Attorney or City Attorney may request and shall receive from every City officer and employee cooperation and assistance with an investigation into an alleged violation of this Chapter. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.242. PENALTIES AND ENFORCEMENT.
(a) Criminal Penalties. Any person who knowingly or willfully violates any of the City's conflict of interest and governmental ethics laws shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 for each violation or by imprisonment in the County jail for a period of not more than one year in jail or by both such fine and imprisonment.

ATTACHMENT B
991
(b) Civil Penalties. Any person who intentionally or negligently violates any City conflict of interest or governmental ethics law shall be liable in a civil action brought by the City Attorney for an amount up to $5,000 for each violation. (c) Injunctive Relief. The City Attorney or any resident may bring a civil action on behalf of the people of San Francisco to enjoin violations of or compel compliance with a conflict of interest or governmental ethics law. No resident may commence a civil action under this Section without first notifying the City Attorney in writing of the intent to file a civil action under this Section. If the City Attorney fails to notify the resident within 120 days of receipt of the notice that the City Attorney has filed or will file a civil action, the complainant may file the action. No resident may file an action under this Section if the City Attorney responds within 120 days that the City Attorney intends to file an action or has already filed a civil action. No resident may bring an action under this Section if the Ethics Commission has issued a finding of probable cause arising out of the same facts, the District Attorney has commenced a criminal action arising out of the same facts, or another resident has filed a civil action under this Section arising out of the same facts. A court may award reasonable attorney's fees and costs to any resident who obtains injunctive relief under this Section. (d) Administrative Penalties. Any person who violates any of the City's conflict of interest or governmental ethics laws shall be liable in an administrative proceeding before the Ethics Commission held pursuant to the Charter. In addition to the administrative penalties set forth in the Charter, the Ethics Commission may issue warning letters to City officers and employees. (e) Statute of Limitations. No person may bring a criminal, civil or administrative action under this Section against any other person more than four years after the date of the alleged violation. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)
SEC. 3.244. SEVERABILITY.

If any provision of this Chapter, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the Chapter and the applicability of such provisions to other persons and circumstances shall not be affected thereby. (Added by Proposition E, 11/4/2003)

ATTACHMENT B
992

COUNCIL CREED AND

CODE OF ETHICS
ITEM 3.2
7/17/2024

ATTACHMENT B
993

CREED FOR COUNCILMEMBERS

ATTACHMENT B
Common good of
the people versus
private interest
Due diligence Confidentiality
(Brown Act)
Breaches of
public trust and
censure
Incompatibility
with public duties Attendance

ATTACHMENT B
994

CAMPAIGN CONSULTANTS
SAN FRANCISCO CITY/COUNTY CODE ARTICLE I, CHAPTER 5

ATTACHMENT C
 Local Office/Local Measure
 Must register annually to lawfully consult or accept compensation for services  Registration includes a tiered fee and the following information  Name, Business Address, and Phone Number
 If an individual, name of employer
 Names of individuals employed by the consultant
 Names and contact information for clients for the preceding three months  Economic considerations promised or received from the clients in exchange for services which total in excess of $500
 Political contributions of $100 or more, cumulative total of $500 or more  Gifts of an aggregate total of $50 or more
 Client Authorization
 Quarterly reporting

ATTACHMENT B
995

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

SAN FRANCISCO CITY/COUNTY CODE
ARTICLE III, CHAPTER 2

ATTACHMENT D
Prohibition on
representing private
parties SEC. 3.224
Disclosure or use of
confidential city
information SEC. 3.228
Prohibition on Political
Activity for City Elective
Officers SEC. 3.231

ATTACHMENT B
996

DISCUSSION AND

DIRECTION

ATTACHMENT B
997

ATTACHMENT B
998
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 24-0441, Version: 1
APPROVE AMENDMENT TO CITY COUNCIL POLICY MANUAL CHAPTER 2.06 - COUNCIL

COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINES

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that City Council approve by resolution an amendment to the City Council Policy Manual Chapter 2.06 - Council Communication by adding a policy defining the use of City Council letterhead.

Summary
The City Council Policy Manual does not contain a policy for the use of City or Council Letterhead.

The Legislation / Environmental Committee members have requested that staff present the attached policy for review and approval by the full Council.

DISCUSSION
Background
The Legislation / Environmental Committee members have been reviewing and making recommendations to update the City Council Policy Manual. During the review of Chapter 2.06 - Council Communication Guidelines, it was discovered that the current policy does not address the use of City or Council letterhead (Attachment A - Council Policy Manual Chapter 2.06, current online version). The members of the Council Legislation / Environmental Committee directed staff to develop a policy.

Present Situation
Staff researched available city policies from several cities that had posted their policy on the Institute for Local Government website. Based on the information presented at the April 17, 2024, Legislation / Environmental Committee meeting, Committee members have requested that staff present the amended policy for review and approval by the full Council (Attachment B - Proposed Council Policy Chapter 2.06). The current guidelines located at Council Policy Manual Title 2, Chapter 2.06 - Council Communication Guidelines will be consolidated under Section 2.06.010. The new proposed policy concerning letterheads would be codified under Section 2.06.020. The remaining sections of Chapter 2.06 at 2.06.030 through 2.06.070, having been consolidated into

2.06.010, would be stricken.

Approval of this policy would also address recommendation R2.4 of the 2024 San Joaquin County Civil Grand Jury Report, “City of Stockton: Crisis in Government, Case # 0123” issued on June 10, 2024.

City of Stockton Page 1 of 2 Printed on 6/13/2024
powered by Legistar™
Approved by Resolution 2024-06-18-1204

ATTACHMENT B
999
File #: 24-0441, Version: 1

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
There is no financial impact to amending the policy.

Attachment A - Current Council Policy Chapter 2.06, online version Attachment B - Proposed Council Policy Chapter 2.06
City of Stockton Page 2 of 2 Printed on 6/13/2024
powered by Legistar™

ATTACHMENT B
1000
The following Code does not display images or complicated formatting. Codes should be viewed online. This tool is only meant for editing.

Chapter 2.06

CITY COUNCIL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
§ 2.06.010 Policy.
1) The City has a responsibility to clearly report to the public it serves the actions and conduct of city government in all of its complexity. This policy intends to ensure that relevant information is communicated to the public and that it is timely, accurate, and distributed properly.
2) The City will use media coverage to generate interest, encourage involvement, increase understanding, and provide a vital link between all citizens and their governments. 3) The City will dedicate sufficient staff to initiate and maintain contacts with media representatives, develop and distribute information, plan and implement information campaigns, monitor media reports, and look for opportunities to highlight the positives of our community.
4) City leaders will be available for interviews, respond promptly to requests for information in order to facilitate effective communication with citizens and to ensure that news reports are timely and accurate.
5) The Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, and department heads shall make major announcements and respond to questions when the issues or policies are controversial or sensitive.
6) Community Relations and Public Information staff will help the media gain access to elected officials, employees, and public records.
7) The City Manager shall develop and maintain an administrative directive to guide City of Stockton communications.
§ 2.06.020 Responsibilities.

Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, and Department Heads:

Make major announcements.

Respond to questions regarding controversial or sensitive issues or policies. § 2.06.030 Relevant authority.

None applicable.
§ 2.06.040 Related administrative directive, city policy, city procedure.

Administrative Directive – Communications <IV.A> (MAN-23).

ATTACHMENT B

ATTACHMENT A
1001
Administrative Directive – Public Information <IV.C> (TBD).

Citywide Policy – Media Contact Reporting <IV.C.a> (MAN-04). § 2.06.050 Related forms, documents, or links.

None applicable.
§ 2.06.060 Frequently asked questions.

None applicable.
§ 2.06.070 Update history.
9/29/98 - Adopted by Resolution No. 98-0409
1/26/16 - Amended by Resolution No. 2016-01-26-1203

ATTACHMENT B

ATTACHMENT A
1002
CHAPTER 2.06: CITY COUNCIL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
POLICY 2.06.010: GENERAL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
Policy
1) The City has a responsibility to clearly report to the public it serves the actions and conduct of city government in all of its complexity. This policy intends to ensure that relevant information is communicated to the public and that it is timely, accurate, and distributed properly.
2) The City will use media coverage to generate interest, encourage involvement, increase understanding, and provide a vital link between all citizens and their governments. 3) The City will dedicate sufficient staff to initiate and maintain contacts with media representatives, develop and distribute information, plan and implement information campaigns, monitor media reports, and look for opportunities to highlight the positives of our community.
4) City leaders will be available for interviews, respond promptly to requests for information in order to facilitate effective communication with citizens and to ensure that news reports are timely and accurate.
5) The Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, and department heads shall make major announcements and respond to questions when the issues or policies are controversial or sensitive.
6) Community Relations and Public Information staff will help the media gain access to elected officials, employees, and public records.
7) The City Manager shall develop and maintain an administrative directive to guide City of Stockton communications.

Responsibilities
Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, and Department Heads:
 Make major announcements.
 Respond to questions regarding controversial or sensitive issues or policies.

Relevant Authority
Stockton City Charter, Article III, Powers of the City
Stockton City Charter, Article XI-A, Public Information Office Gov. Code, § 54950, the Ralph M Brown Act

ATTACHMENT B

ATTACHMENT B
1003
Related Administrative Directive, City Policy, City Procedure Citywide Policies and Procedures, Chapter 13 – Communication Related Forms, Documents, or Links
None applicable.

Frequently Asked Questions or Comments
The examples provided in Responsibilities, Relevant Authority, and Related Administrative Directive sections of the Council Policies are intended to be illustrative and not exhaustive.

Update History
9/29/98 - Adopted by Resolution No. 98-0409
1/26/16 - Amended by Resolution No. 2016-01-26-1203

ATTACHMENT B

ATTACHMENT B
1004
CHAPTER 2.06: CITY COUNCIL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
POLICY 2.06.020: USE OF CITY AND COUNCIL LETTERHEAD
Policy
“City letterhead” and/or “City Resources” (i.e., staff support, postage, etc.), may only be used to communicate the official policy, position, or actions of the City or City Council, not individual Councilmember positions or opinions. City letterhead means letterhead which include the official city logo, the location and contact information for City Hall, contains the heading “Office of the City Council” and a listing of the current councilmembers (Exhibit 1). Not withstanding the above, the City Council is allowed to communicate using city letterhead for official city business with a copy to the City Council. No Councilmember may use the City letterhead for the purpose of press release, news release, or communications with the media.

City letterhead shall not be altered by a Councilmember. City letterhead shall include the following, and shall be maintained by the City Manager:

1. City Logo

2. “Office of the City Council”

3. The address/location of the governing body – City Hall

4. Names of the elected members of the Stockton City Council Councilmembers may use “Council letterhead” (Exhibit 2) for any purpose including but not limited to responding to inquires or communicating their personal opinions, support for, or responses to constituents , other non-constituent individuals, or organizations. Council letterhead contains the heading “Office of Councilmember [ xxx ], District [ # ]” or any letterhead created for a councilmember which identifies the councilmember as a city representative but may not include use of the official city logo. When a councilmember utilizes Council letterhead as described in this policy, the councilmember shall include the following disclaimer:
“This communication does not reflect the policies or opinion of the City of Stockton or the Stockton City Council.”
Council letterhead shall not be altered by a Councilmember. Council letterhead shall include the following, and shall be maintained by the City Manager:

1. “Office of Councilmember [ xxx ], District [ # ]”

2. The address/location of the governing body – City Hall

ATTACHMENT B

ATTACHMENT B
1005
Responsibilities
Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, City Attorney, and City Clerk:
 Monitor and enforce the intention of the policy as outlined.

Enforcement
Stockton City Council Policy Chapter 4.08 Council Censure Relevant Authority
Stockton City Charter, Article III, Powers of the City
Stockton City Charter, Article XI-A, Public Information Office Gov. Code, § 54950, the Ralph M Brown Act
Related Administrative Directive, City Policy, City Procedure Citywide Policies and Procedures, Chapter 13 – Communication Related Forms, Documents, or Links
Exhibit 1 – SAMPLE City Letterhead
Exhibit 2 – SAMPLE Council Letterhead
Frequently Asked Questions or Comments
The examples provided in Responsibilities, Relevant Authority, and Related Administrative Directive sections of the Council Policies are intended to be illustrative and not exhaustive.

Update History
Draft Prepared April 2024, pending Council approval in June 2024

ATTACHMENT B

ATTACHMENT B
1006

ATTACHMENT B
1007
CHAPTER 2.06: CITY COUNCIL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
POLICY 2.06.010: GENERAL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
Policy
1) The City has a responsibility to clearly report to the public it serves the actions and conduct of city government in all of its complexity. This policy intends to ensure that relevant information is communicated to the public and that it is timely, accurate, and distributed properly.
2) The City will use media coverage to generate interest, encourage involvement, increase understanding, and provide a vital link between all citizens and their governments. 3) The City will dedicate sufficient staff to initiate and maintain contacts with media representatives, develop and distribute information, plan and implement information campaigns, monitor media reports, and look for opportunities to highlight the positives of our community.
4) City leaders will be available for interviews, respond promptly to requests for information in order to facilitate effective communication with citizens and to ensure that news reports are timely and accurate.
5) The Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, and department heads shall make major announcements and respond to questions when the issues or policies are controversial or sensitive.
6) Community Relations and Public Information staff will help the media gain access to elected officials, employees, and public records.
7) The City Manager shall develop and maintain an administrative directive to guide City of Stockton communications.

Responsibilities
Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, and Department Heads:
· Make major announcements.
· Respond to questions regarding controversial or sensitive issues or policies.

Relevant Authority
Stockton City Charter, Article III, Powers of the City
Stockton City Charter, Article XI-A, Public Information Office Gov. Code, § 54950, the Ralph M Brown Act

ATTACHMENT B
1008
Related Administrative Directive, City Policy, City Procedure Citywide Policies and Procedures, Chapter 13 – Communication Related Forms, Documents, or Links
None applicable.

Frequently Asked Questions or Comments
The examples provided in Responsibilities, Relevant Authority, and Related Administrative Directive sections of the Council Policies are intended to be illustrative and not exhaustive.

Update History
9/29/98 - Adopted by Resolution No. 98-0409
1/26/16 - Amended by Resolution No. 2016-01-26-1203

ATTACHMENT B
1009
CHAPTER 2.06: CITY COUNCIL COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES
POLICY 2.06.020: USE OF CITY AND COUNCIL LETTERHEAD
Policy
“City letterhead” and/or “City Resources” (i.e., staff support, postage, etc.), may only be used to communicate the official policy, position, or actions of the City or City Council, not individual Councilmember positions or opinions. City letterhead means letterhead which include the official city logo, the location and contact information for City Hall, contains the heading “Office of the City Council” and a listing of the current councilmembers (Exhibit 1). Not withstanding the above, the City Council is allowed to communicate using city letterhead for official city business with a copy to the City Council. No Councilmember may use the City letterhead for the purpose of press release, news release, or communications with the media.

City letterhead shall not be altered by a Councilmember. City letterhead shall include the following, and shall be maintained by the City Manager:

1. City Logo

2. “Office of the City Council”

3. The address/location of the governing body – City Hall

4. Names of the elected members of the Stockton City Council Councilmembers may use “Council letterhead” (Exhibit 2) for any purpose including but not limited to responding to inquires or communicating their personal opinions, support for, or responses to constituents , other non-constituent individuals, or organizations. Council letterhead contains the heading “Office of Councilmember [ xxx ], District [ # ]” or any letterhead created for a councilmember which identifies the councilmember as a city representative but may not include use of the official city logo. When a councilmember utilizes Council letterhead as described in this policy, the councilmember shall include the following disclaimer:
“This communication does not reflect the policies or opinion of the City of Stockton or the Stockton City Council.”
Council letterhead shall not be altered by a Councilmember. Council letterhead shall include the following, and shall be maintained by the City Manager:

1. “Office of Councilmember [ xxx ], District [ # ]”

2. The address/location of the governing body – City Hall

ATTACHMENT B
1010
Responsibilities
Mayor, Councilmembers, City Manager, City Attorney, and City Clerk:
· Monitor and enforce the intention of the policy as outlined.

Enforcement
Stockton City Council Policy Chapter 4.08 Council Censure Relevant Authority
Stockton City Charter, Article III, Powers of the City
Stockton City Charter, Article XI-A, Public Information Office Gov. Code, § 54950, the Ralph M Brown Act
Related Administrative Directive, City Policy, City Procedure Citywide Policies and Procedures, Chapter 13 – Communication Related Forms, Documents, or Links
Exhibit 1 – SAMPLE City Letterhead
Exhibit 2 – SAMPLE Council Letterhead
Frequently Asked Questions or Comments
The examples provided in Responsibilities, Relevant Authority, and Related Administrative Directive sections of the Council Policies are intended to be illustrative and not exhaustive.

Update History
Draft Prepared April 2024, pending Council approval in June 2024

ATTACHMENT B
1011

KEVIN LINCOLN II
Mayor

KIMBERLY WARMSLEY
Vice Mayor
District 6

MICHELE PADILLA
District 1

DAN WRIGHT
District 2

MICHAEL BLOWER
District 3

SUSAN LENZ
District 4
BRANDO VILLAPUDUA OFFICE OF THE CITY COUNCIL District 5 CITY HALL  425 N. El Dorado Street  Stockton, CA 95202-1997 209 / 937-8244  Fax 209 / 937-7149
EXHIBIT 1
Council Policy 2.06.020

ATTACHMENT B
1012
“This communication does not reflect the policies or opinion of the City of Stockton or the Stockton City Council.”
OFFICE OF COUNCILMEMBER [ xxx ]
DISTRICT [ # ]

CITY OF STOCKTON
CITY HALL Ÿ 425 N. El Dorado Street Ÿ Stockton, CA 95202-1997 209 / 937-8244 Ÿ Fax 209 / 937-7149
EXHIBIT 2
Council Policy 2.06.020

ATTACHMENT B
1013
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 24-0985, Version: 1
APPROVE THE SECOND FOLLOW-UP RESPONSE TO THE 2023-24 SAN JOAQUIN CIVIL GRAND JURY SECOND LOOK AT CASE NO. 0318 COLD CASES IN SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY:

ON THE BACK BURNER

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council approve by motion the City’s second, follow-up response to the 2023-24 San Joaquin Civil Grand Jury’s Second Look at the 2018-19 Report, Case No. 0318, Cold Cases in San Joaquin County: On the Back Burner.

It is also recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to submit all approved responses to the San Joaquin Grand Jury on behalf of the City and Council.

Summary
Each year it is the duty of the San Joaquin Civil Grand Jury to examine and investigate the activities of local government and agencies within San Joaquin County. The 2023-2024 Civil Grand Jury conducted two new investigations, four second look reviews of prior follow-up reports, and issued four additional follow-up reports. Of these ten items, the City of Stockton is required to respond to four.

Today’s item is presenting for approval the City’s second, follow-up response to the 2023-24 Grand Jury’s Second Look at Case No. 0318 “Cold Cases in San Joaquin County: On the Back Burner” (Attachment A).

DISCUSSION
Background
California Penal Code 933 requires that “a grand jury shall provide to the affected agency a copy of the portion of the grand jury report relating to that person or entity […]” and “no later than 90 days after the grand jury submits a final report on the operations of any public agency subject to its reviewing authority, the governing body of the public agency shall comment to the presiding judge of the superior court on the findings and recommendations pertaining to matters under control of the governing body […].”
Of the work completed by the 2023-24 Grand Jury, the City of Stockton is required to respond to the following four of ten investigations:
· New Investigation: City of Stockton: Crisis in Government, Case No. 0123 · Second Look: Cold Cases in San Joaquin County: On the Back Burner, 2018-19 Report, Case No. 0318
City of Stockton Page 1 of 3 Printed on 9/26/2024
powered by Legistar™

ATTACHMENT C
1014
File #: 24-0985, Version: 1
· Second Look: Illegal Dumping: Talking Trash, 2019-20 Report, Case No. 0519 · Follow-Up Report: School Safety in San Joaquin County: Developing a Culture of Safety, 2022 -23 Report, Case No. 0322
On August 20, 2024, by motion 2024-08-20-1210, the City Council approved the City’s initial 90-day response to the full 2023-24 report, preliminarily addressing all four investigations with information available at that time and confirmed timelines for the City to provide additional information, as necessary, and as required by the Grand Jury. The portion of the City’s 90-day response specific to Cold Cases has been included in this item as Attachment B.

The City will provide the Grand Jury with a second, follow-up response to Case No. 0123, Crisis in Government in April 2025.

In September 2024, the City submitted to the Grand Jury its second, follow-up response to Case No. 0519, Illegal Dumping following Council approval of the City’s amendment Stockton Municipal Code Title 8.104, adding the Illegal Dumping Ordinance and Resolution 2024-09-10-1601.

A follow-up response to Case No. 0322, School Safety in San Joaquin County is not required at this time.

The City is now presenting its second, follow-up response to Case No. 0318, Cold Cases in San Joaquin County for Council review and approval.

Present Situation
The 2023-24 report states that “the 2018-2019 San Joaquin County Civil Grand Jury investigated the status of cold case investigations and concluded that the County lacked leadership, staff, desire, and funding: what were called cold case units were basically nonexistent units.” The 2018-19 Civil Grand Jury identified 8 areas of concern for cold case investigations.

The 2023-24 Civil Grand Jury determined that a second look at the status of cold cases was warranted. The Law and Justice Committee wanted to determine the status of cold case investigations in San Joaquin County today and assess/determine the impact of the 2018-2019 Civil Grand Jury report. As part of their second look, the 2023-24 Grand Jury reviewed previously issued reports and agency responses, presentations from each agency named, interviews with some of the agencies, and site visits.

At the conclusion of their process, the 2023-24 Grand Jury issued one new finding and two recommendations, the first of which instructed all Agencies to review and implement the recommendations from the 2018-19 report. The City has prepared a draft response to the 2018-19 Recommendations R1, R2, R5, R8, and R10 (Attachment C).

If approved, the City Manager will submit the City’s response to the San Joaquin Civil Grand Jury on behalf of the City and Council.

City of Stockton Page 2 of 3 Printed on 9/26/2024
powered by Legistar™

ATTACHMENT C
1015
File #: 24-0985, Version: 1

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Approving the City’s second, follow-up response to the 2023-24 Grand Jury’s Second Look at Case No. 0318, Cold Cases in San Joaquin County: On the Back Burner, will not impact the City’s General or Special Funds in any way.

Attachment A - 2023-24 Second Look at Cold Cases Report Attachment B - Previously Submitted Response to Cold Cases Item Attachment C - Second Follow-up City Response to Cold Cases in SJ County, Case No. 0318 City of Stockton Page 3 of 3 Printed on 9/26/2024
powered by Legistar™

ATTACHMENT C
1016
City of Stockton
Legislation Text
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
ADOPTION OF AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND TITLE 16 OF THE STOCKTON MUNICIPAL CODE

TO REFLECT CHANGES TO STATE LAW AND ACCOMMODATE HOUSING DEVELOPMENT CONSISTENT WITH THE 2040 STOCKTON GENERAL PLAN

RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council:

1. Find no further environmental review is required for the proposed amendments to Title 16 (Development Code) under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15183 (Projects Consistent with a Community Plan, General Plan, or Zoning) of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (State CEQA Guidelines); and

2. Adopt an Ordinance amending the following provisions of the Stockton Municipal Code (SMC) Title 16 (Development Code):
a. Division 1 (Purpose and Applicability of the Development Code), b. Division 2, Chapter 16.16, Section 16.16.020 (Zoning districts established), Chapter

16.20, Section 16.20.020 (Allowable land uses and permit requirements), Chapter

16.24 (Zoning District Development Standards),
c. Division 3, Chapter 16.32, Section 16.32.060 (Graffiti), Section 16.32.070 (Light and Glare), Chapter 16.36 (General Development and Use Standards), Chapter 16.38 (Building Design Standards), Chapter 16.40 (Affordable Housing Incentive/Density Bonus Provisions), Chapter 16.48 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls), Chapter 16.52 (Infill Development Standards), Chapter 16.64, Section 16.64.040 (Number of Parking Spaces Required), Section 16.64.110 (Off-Street Loading Space Standards), Chapter

16.68 (Planned Development (Permit) Standards), Chapter 16.72 (Public Improvements), Chapter 16.80, Section 16.80.020 (Accessory Uses and Structures), Section 16.80.060 (Animal Regulations), Section 16.80.100 (Child care facilities), Section 16.80.120 (Condominium Conversions), Section 16.80.155 (Emergency Shelters), Section 16.80.210 (Mobilehome Parks and Subdivisions), Section 16.80.215 (Multi-Unit Residential), Section 16.80.220 (Multifamily Development), Section

16.80.225 (Co-Living Facilities), Section 16.80.230 (Multi-Use Facilities), Section

16.80.310 (Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units), Section

16.80.350 (Urban Agriculture), Section 16.80.360 (Utility Equipment), Section 16.80.375 (Wind Power Equipment), Section 16.80.400 (Supportive and Transitional Housing), d. Division 5, Chapter 16.112 (Administrative Exception), Chapter 16.164, Section

16.164.060 (Temporary Activity Permits Development Standards), Chapter 16.176, Section 16.176.020 (Waiver Review Authority),
e. Division 6, Chapter 16.196 (Condominium Conversions), Chapter 16.212 (Urban Lot Splits),
City of Stockton Page 1 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1017
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
f. Division 7, Chapter 16.214 (Requests for Reasonable Accommodation Under the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act), Chapter 16.220, Section 16.220.105 (Demolition or Relocation of Historic Resources), and
g. Division 8, Chapter 16.240 (Definitions/Glossary), and Chapter 16.250 (Use Classifications).

Summary
The proposed 2025 Development Code amendments are to update the housing related provisions of Stockton Municipal Code (SMC) Title 16 to reflect changes in State law and accommodate housing development consistent with the City’s General Plan, Housing Element, and Shape Stockton efforts.

While housing related amendments are the focus, the 2025 Development Code update also includes technical updates and revisions for consistency with the General Plan, improved organization and usability, and other amendments to simplify and standardize language, remove redundancies, clarify applicability, and remove obsolete provisions.

Amendments related to housing include increasing the density bonuses for affordable housing, reducing some residential setback requirements to allow for a greater range of housing types, incorporation of objective design standards to streamline and create consistency in design approvals, and incorporating State ADU provisions into the Code, including allowance for ADUs to be conveyed separately from the primary dwelling unit as condominiums.

Table 1 below summarizes the SMC Sections being amended, listed by division, chapter, or code section number, the subject matter being amended, and the reason for the amendment.

Table 1 - Development Code Amendment Summary
Division/Chapter/Section Subject Matter Reason for Amendment Division 1. Purpose and
Applicability of the
Development Code
Technical edits, reorganization of
existing provisions.

Simplify and standardize
language and remove
redundancies
Division 2. Zoning Districts,
Allowable Land Use and ZoneSpecific Standards
Technical edits, reorganization of
existing provisions.

General Plan
Consistency, Clarity,
State Law
Section 16.16.020 (Zoning
districts established)
Reordering lists and tables,
establishing a new Commercial
District, CH (Commercial, Heavy)
established to eventually replace
CI (Commercial Industrial)
Overlay District.

General Plan
Consistency, Clarity
Section 16.20.020 (Allowable
land uses and permit
requirements)
Table 2-2 updated to reflect the
revised land use classifications
and State Law. Permit
requirements updated to reflect
project streamlining. Outdated
and/or redundant land uses
removed or consolidated.

State Law, Clarity,
Streamlining
Chapter 16.24 (Zoning DistrictResidential developmentGeneral Plan City of Stockton Page 2 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1018
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
districts established)establishing a new Commercial
District, CH (Commercial, Heavy)
established to eventually replace
CI (Commercial Industrial)
Overlay District.

Consistency, Clarity
Section 16.20.020 (Allowable
land uses and permit
requirements)
Table 2-2 updated to reflect the
revised land use classifications
and State Law. Permit
requirements updated to reflect
project streamlining. Outdated
and/or redundant land uses
removed or consolidated.

State Law, Clarity,
Streamlining
Chapter 16.24 (Zoning District
Development Standards)
Residential development
standards updated
General Plan
Consistency, State Law,
Clarity, Municipal Code
Consistency
Division 3. Site Planning and
General Development
Regulations
Technical edits, reorganization of
existing provisions.

Code Consistency,
Clarity and Streamlining
Section 16.32.060 (Graffiti) Deleted redundant language Code Consistency Section 16.32.070 (Light and
Glare)
Deleted redundant language Code Consistency
Chapter 16.36 (General
Development and Use
Standards)
Updating terms and references.

Relocation of standards to
improve ease of use.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.38 (Building Design
Standards)
New Chapter to establish
objective design standards.

General Plan
Consistency Clarity,
Streamlining
Chapter 16.40 (Affordable
Housing Incentive/Density
Bonus Provisions)
Increased thresholds for
allowable density bonuses
General Plan,
Streamlining
Chapter 16.48 (Fences,
Hedges, and Walls)
Consolidation of standards
throughout Code. Consistency
edits.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.52 (Infill
Development Standards)
Density allowance increase,
reference and language edits,
redundancies removed.

Clarity, Consistency,
Streamlining
Section 16.64.040 (Number of
Parking Spaces Required)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.64.110 (Off-Street
Loading Space Standards)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.68 (Planned
Development (Permit)
Standards)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.72 (Public
Improvements)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.020 (Accessory
Uses and Structures)
Portions of this section relocated
elsewhere in relevant sections of
Clarity, Consistency
City of Stockton Page 3 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1019
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
(
Loading Space Standards)
gg
updates.
y, y
Chapter 16.68 (Planned
Development (Permit)
Standards)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.72 (Public
Improvements)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.020 (Accessory
Uses and Structures)
Portions of this section relocated
elsewhere in relevant sections of
Code
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.060 (Animal
Regulations)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.100 (Child care
facilities)
Restructured to align with State
law
State Law, Clarity,
Consistency
Section 16.80.120
(Condominium Conversions)
Relocated to Chapter 16.196 Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.155 (Emergency
Shelters)
Restructured to align with State
law
State Law, Clarity,
Consistency
Section 16.80.210
(Mobilehome Parks and
Subdivisions)
Removed redundancies Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.215 (Multi-Unit
Residential)
Section Removed - Regulations
incorporated in new Chapter

16.38, Building Design
Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.220 (Multiunit
Development)
Section Removed - Regulations
incorporated in new Chapter

16.38, Building Design
Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.225 (Co-Living
Facilities)
Removed redundancies Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.230 (Multi-Use
Facilities)
Section Removed - Regulations
incorporated in new Chapter

16.38, Building Design
Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.310 (Accessory
Dwelling Units and Junior
Accessory Dwelling Units)
Restructured to align with State
law
State Law, Clarity,
Consistency
Section 16.80.350 (Urban
Agriculture)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.360 (Utility
Equipment)
Moved to Chapter 16.36,
General Development Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.375 (Wind
Power Equipment)
Moved to Chapter 16.36,
General Development Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.400 (Supportive
and Transitional Housing)
Section added to comply with
State law.

State Law
Division 5. Land
U/Dlt Pd
Technical edits, reorganization of
itiii
Clarity, Consistency and
Stlii
City of Stockton Page 4 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1020
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
y g )
Section 16.80.350 (Urban
Agriculture)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.360 (Utility
Equipment)
Moved to Chapter 16.36,
General Development Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.375 (Wind
Power Equipment)
Moved to Chapter 16.36,
General Development Standards
Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.80.400 (Supportive
and Transitional Housing)
Section added to comply with
State law.

State Law
Division 5. Land
Use/Development Procedures
Technical edits, reorganization of
existing provisions.

Clarity, Consistency and
Streamlining
Chapter 16.112 (Administrative
Exception)
Increase the allowable
adjustment granted by the
Director
Consistency,
Streamlining
Section 16.164.060
(Temporary Activity Permits
Development Standards)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Section 16.176.020 (Waiver
Review Authority)
Reference and language
updates.

Clarity, Consistency
Division 6. Subdivision
Regulations
Reorganization and added new
Chapter 16.210
Clarity and State Law
Chapter 16.196 (Condominium
Conversions)
Relocation of standards from

16.80.120
Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.210 (Urban Lot
Splits)
Chapter added to comply with
State law.

State Law
Division 7. Development Code
Administration
Technical edits, reorganization of
existing provisions.

Clarity, Consistency,
Streamlining and State
Law
Chapter 16.214 (Requests for
Reasonable Accommodation
Under the Fair Housing
Amendments Act of 1988 and
the California Fair Employment
and Housing Act)
Updated to comply with State
law.

State Law
Section 16.220.105
(Demolition or Relocation of
Historic Resources)
Revision to provide additional
clarity on procedure and
responsibilities
Clarity, Consistency,
Streamlining
Division 8. Glossary Reorganization and update to
definitions
Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.240
(Definitions/Glossary)
Definitions updated to reflect
changes and/or updated
terminology.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.250 (Use
Classifications)
Chapter added to consolidate
Use Definitions. Outdated and
redundant uses removed and/or
updated.

Clarity, Consistency
City of Stockton Page 5 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1021
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
Division 8. Glossary Reorganization and update to
definitions
Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.240
(Definitions/Glossary)
Definitions updated to reflect
changes and/or updated
terminology.

Clarity, Consistency
Chapter 16.250 (Use
Classifications)
Chapter added to consolidate
Use Definitions. Outdated and
redundant uses removed and/or
updated.

Clarity, Consistency
To facilitate preliminary review/feedback on the draft ordinance to staff by the Planning Commission, the Planning Commission formed an Ad Hoc Committee to review and provide comments/required adjustments on the proposed amendments prior to a public hearing. The Ad Hoc Committee consisted of Chair Sanguinetti, Vice Chair Muetzenberg, and Commissioner Hull. The Ad Hoc Committee met on April 8th and April 15th, 2025. The proposed amendment reflects input from the Ad Hoc Committee members.

On May 8, 2025, at the regular Planning Commission meeting, the Commission considered the proposed amendments. After hearing Staff’s presentation, public testimony, and a robust discussion, the Planning Commission passed Resolution 2025-05-08-0502 recommending the City Council adopt the proposed ordinance amending the Development Code (Attachment A).

DISCUSSION
Background
Due to housing production (supply) not keeping pace with housing demand, the California legislature and Governor have declared the State to be in a housing crisis. To encourage increases in housing production, the State passed a series of bills to allocate funding to jurisdictions. This funding is to be used by jurisdictions to conduct studies, remove governmental constraints (regulations), and create pro-housing policies to encourage local housing development. From 2019 to 2021, the City applied for three housing grants totaling just under $2 million. Those grants can only be used for updating and creating new planning documents to help implement process improvements that accelerate housing production.

Between the years 2021 and 2022, staff executed multiple consultant contracts to accomplish several significant planning initiatives including a state mandated update of the Stockton Housing Element and Safety Element, development of a citywide Housing Action Plan and three neighborhood action plans for the South Airport Way Corridor, Little Manilla/Gleason Park, and Cabral/East Cabral areas; and a comprehensive update of the Development Code. Over the last four years, these efforts required a significant public outreach effort and relations with prominent non-profit organizations to help gather and provide input. The combined efforts were identified as “Shape Stockton” for ease of the public understanding the activities in conducting outreach and holding workshop meetings in various locations and preparing informational materials. Workshop flyers were prepared in English and Spanish, and a Spanish interpreter was in attendance at the majority of meetings. Outreach occurred in various manners including participation at pop-up events, farmers markets and scheduled meetings at the Stockton Civic, El Concilio, City libraries, and community centers north, south and central to the City.

City staff and the City’s Consultant team (represented by Martha Miller) conducted informational working sessions with the Planning Commission on July 28, 2022, October 27, 2022, and March 9, City of Stockton Page 6 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1022
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
2023, to gather preliminary feedback on the Development Code and Design Guidelines updates. At those meetings, the Planning Commission feedback provided that:
· Housing is a priority and the City should seek to simplify the process to attract more housing options
· The City’s zoning and design standards are confusing, and new standards should be adopted that are easy to understand, detailed, and oriented to streamlining high-quality development · Amendments to the Development Code and Design Guidelines should balance detailed and objective standards with allowing flexibility in design · All efforts should have a robust public engagement with multiple methods to seek feedback from residents, business owners, and the development community Since spring 2023, City staff has been working with the consultant team to amend the Development Code to align with the gathered public feedback and Planning Commission’s direction.

The proposed 2025 Development Code amendments are to update the housing related provisions to reflect changes in State law and accommodate housing development consistent with the City’s General Plan, Housing Element, and Shape Stockton efforts. While housing related amendments are the focus, the 2025 Development Code update includes technical updates and revisions throughout the Code for consistency with the General Plan, improved organization and usability, and other amendments to simplify and standardize language, remove redundancies, clarify applicability, and remove obsolete provisions.

Present Situation
Staff is requesting City Council to adopt the proposed Ordinance amending the Development Code. A redline (track changes) of the proposed Development Code amendments is included as Attachment B. Additionally, the proposed amendments are summarized as follows:

Division 1: Purpose and Applicability of Development Code Division 1 establishes the overall purposes of the development code text and zoning map and the general rules that govern their applicability and use. Amendments to this Division include technical edits, reorganization of existing provisions, and other amendments to simplify and standardize language and remove redundancies. Rules for rounding numbers that result in a fraction are updated to provide exception for calculating affordable housing density bonus.

Division 2: Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses, and Zone-Specific Standards Provisions in Division 2 specify the land use and development standards for each base and overlay zoning district. Each base zoning district has a purpose statement, a list of allowed uses specifying the level of discretionary review required, development standards applicable to those uses, and supplemental regulations. Use regulations and development standards will be presented in a table format, with cross-references to applicable standards in other sections. The following are subsections in Division 2 that summarize proposed updates.

Districts and District Purpose Statements
District purpose statements and the zoning district/General Plan designation correspondence table are updated for consistency with the 2040 General Plan. A new Commercial District, CH City of Stockton Page 7 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1023
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
(Commercial, Heavy) is established with the intention that the existing CI (Commercial Industrial) Overlay District will eventually be applied as a base zoning district. Although the new CH District is included in the Development Code, amending the Zoning Map and applying the zone to a property would be a separate, subsequent effort.

Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements
The Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements Table establishes the allowed uses within zoning district throughout the City. Table 2-2 of the current code is updated to reflect the revised land use classifications located in Division 8 of the Code. Outdated and redundant uses have been updated, consolidated, or removed. Permit requirements have been adjusted to encourage and streamline development in the City. The current Zoning District use regulations have been refined consistent with the General Plan, State and federal law, and to reflect common practice.

District Development Standards
Existing development standards in each zone have largely been carried forward, except as described below:
· RH (Residential, High Density) District minimum lot area and width, maximum height, minimum front and rear setback, and maximum lot coverage standards are adjusted to accommodate allowed residential densities Outside the Greater Downtown Area, Inside the Greater Downtown Area, and the Downtown Core
· The front setback requirement is reduced to 15 feet (20 for front entry garages) in the lower density residential districts (RE, RL, and RM)
· Minimum lot area and side and rear setback requirements in the CO (Commercial Office) District are amended to be consistent with the other commercial districts · Height allowances in commercial districts are increased to allow up to 75 feet in the CG, CL, and CA districts; up to 45 feet in the CN District; and 45 feet, up to 60 feet with Commission Use Permit approval in the CO District. The CD District continues to not have a maximum height limit
· PF (Public Facilities) District Floor Area Ratio (FAR) allowances are updated to reflect the General Plan
· Clarification is made that either gross or net calculation can be used for determining allowable and required density
· New requirements for residential open space in multi-unit development are included.

Residential open space is to be provided as either common or private open space, in amounts calibrated to the context of the district and allowable densities Division 3: Site Planning and General Development Regulations Division 3 includes general site development standards, specific use regulations, and other requirements that are applicable in some or all districts such as provisions regarding fencing, parking, landscaping, and treatment of nonconforming situations. Consistency amendments are made to provisions throughout this Division, such as Section 16.52, Infill Development Standards, and Table 3 -9, Parking Requirements by Land Use, to reflect amendments to development standards, use classifications, and other provisions. Notable changes in subsections of Division 3 are summarized below.

City of Stockton Page 8 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1024
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
General Development and Use Standards (and Fences, Hedges, and Walls) Chapter 16.36, General Development and Use Standards, is amended to consolidate other related standards that are currently scattered in various sections throughout the Code, remove redundancies, and provide clarity. A new section on lighting and illumination applies to all new development and additions that involve light fixtures or systems. Draft regulations include standards for height, design, timing controls, and light trespass. Standards are included to minimize outdoor artificial light that may have a detrimental effect on surrounding property. There is also a new section that establishes design criteria for residential open space, where residential open space is required by the Code.

Consistency amendments are also made to other parts of the code, including, but not limited to,

16.32.060, Graffiti, 16.32.070, Light and Glare, and 16.80.020, Accessory Uses and Structures.

Additionally, Chapter 16.48, Fences, Hedges, and Walls is revised to remove provisions incorporated into General Development and Use Standards and reorganized for usability and clarity.

Affordable Housing Incentives/Density Bonus Provisions
Thresholds for allowable density bonuses are increased to allow up to a 50% bonus pursuant to State Density Bonus, a 50% to 75% density bonus pursuant to a Tier-1 Supplemental Density Bonus, and a 76% to 100% density bonus pursuant to a Tier-2 Supplemental Density Bonus.

Building Design Standards
New Chapter 16.38, Building Design Standards, establishes objective design standards for detached single-unit, multi-family and residential mixed-use development. The standards were developed based on public input regarding design preferences gathered through public workshops, staff input, and existing standards and design guidelines. They address building location and orientation, entrance design, building wall articulation, windows and transparency, open space, and parking area design.

Objective design standards are important for applicants and neighbors to know what the City’s design expectations are for new projects. Additionally, for certain specific types of development, State law may limit the City’s review of projects to compliance with objective standards. Should an applicant elect not to meet the objective standards, the applicant may request consideration of alternative approaches through the Waiver process. To avoid redundancies, existing Sections 16.80.215, MultiUnit Residential, 16.80.225, Multi-family Development, and 16.80.230, Multi-Use Facilities are deleted.

Standards for Specific Uses
Section 16.80.155, Emergency Shelters, is amended for consistency with California Government Code Section 65583 which states that emergency shelters may only be subject to those development and management standards that apply to residential or commercial development within the same zone except that a local government may apply written, objective standards related to the following:
· The maximum number of beds or persons permitted to be served nightly by the facility · Sufficient parking to accommodate all staff working in the emergency shelter, provided that the standards do not require more parking for emergency shelters than other residential or commercial uses within the same zone
City of Stockton Page 9 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1025
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
· The size and location of exterior and interior onsite waiting and client intake areas · The provision of onsite management
· The proximity to other emergency shelters, provided that emergency shelters are not required to be more than 300 feet apart
· The length of stay
· Lighting
· Security during hours that the emergency shelter is in operation Section 16.80.210, Mobilehome Parks and Subdivisions, is revised for clarity and to remove redundant requirements.

Section 16.80.310, Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (JADUs), is revised for consistency with revisions being made in other sections and to allow for an ADU to be conveyed separately from the primary dwelling unit as a condominium, consistent with allowances enabled under Government Code Section 66342.

New Section 16.80.400, Supportive and Transitional Housing, is added for consistency with State law which requires transitional and supportive housing to be considered a residential use, subject only to those restrictions that apply to other residential uses of the same type in the same zoning district.

Additionally, supportive housing developments with up to 50 units shall be permitted by right in all zoning districts where multi-unit and mixed use residential development are permitted provided the development meets the criteria established in Government Code Section 65651.

Division 4: Application Process
No changes to Division 4 are included in these proposed amendments.

Division 5: Land Use/Development Procedures
Chapter 16.112, Administrative Exception, is revised to increase the maximum allowable adjustment from the requirements of the Code the Director may grant for certain development standards to reflect commonly requested and approved Waivers. Corresponding consistency changes are also made to Chapter 16.176, Waivers.

Division 6: Subdivision Regulations
Development standards for Condominium Conversions are currently located in Division 3 Section

16.80.120, and are relocated to Division 6 that contains requirements for condominium conversion so all related information is in one place.

A new Chapter 16.212, Urban Lot Splits, provides procedures and standards for urban lot splits in accordance with the requirements of Government Code Section 66411.7, which allows lots in the RL (Residential, Low Density) zoning district to be split into two parcels.

Division 7: Development Code Administration
Provisions in Chapter 16.214, Requests for Reasonable Accommodation Under the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act Requests for Reasonable Accommodation, are carried forward with organizational and text refinements for clarity, usability, and consistency with State and federal laws.

City of Stockton Page 10 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1026
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
Procedures for a historic resource demolition or relocation permit are revised to provide additional detail and the review process and the responsibilities of staff, the Director, Cultural Heritage Board, and Planning Commission. New provisions codify requirements for a historical or cultural resource study for any demolition of commercial structures, public noticing for findings of no historic significance, and procedures for CHB review, including public notice requirements.

Division 8: Glossary
In the current Development Code, land use definitions are mixed with definitions of general terms.

This makes it difficult to compare similar uses or understand what uses are allowed. Additionally, there are outdated and overly specific uses, such as ‘printing and publishing’, ‘bridge clubs’, and ‘bed and breakfast inns’, that don’t reflect contemporary land uses. The goal of the proposed revisions is to create a streamlined, user-friendly list of use classifications to improve the functionality of the Code.

Chapter 16.240, Definitions/Glossary, is revised to remove land use definitions from the definitions of general terms. A new chapter, Chapter 16.250, Use Classifications, is added and includes a revised set of land use classifications. The new chapter groups all uses by type: Residential Uses; Public/Semi-Public, Recreational, and Institutional Uses; Commercial, Business, and Service Uses; Industrial Uses; Transportation, Communication, and Utility Uses; and Agricultural and Resource Related Uses. Land uses contained in the current Code have been revised and consolidated into use groups based on common function, product, impacts, or physical characteristics. The groups are designed to be broad enough to allow the classification of new, unanticipated uses, to reduce confusion and the need to amend this Section of the Code.

Many uses in the existing Code have been renamed to reflect standard terminology in modern land use law and practice. Some outdated uses have been removed from the Code entirely, while other new categories have been introduced to the classification system, such as Pet Training and Day Care. In circumstances where more fine-tuned regulation is necessary, additional subclassifications of standard uses have been proposed. For example, the Eating and Drinking Establishments land use classification is separated into three subclassifications: Bars and Nightclubs, Food and Beverage Tasting, and Restaurants.

Environmental Analysis
On December 4, 2018, the City Council certified the Envision Stockton 2040 General Plan Environmental Impact Report (GPEIR) (SCH No. 2017052062). The GPEIR provides a programmatic review of the potential impacts associated with the implementation of the General Plan. The proposed amendments implement the General Plan policies necessary to achieve the General Plan goals. These amendments clarify existing standards and processes and will not result in intensification beyond what was previously analyzed in the GPEIR. None of the proposed amendments will impact the analysis or conclusions of the GPEIR. The potential impacts of the amendments are within the scope of the GPEIR. Additionally, the proposed amendments do create any specific impacts not considered in the GPEIR, any significant impact not evaluated in GPEIR, any significant off-site or cumulative impacts not evaluated in the GPEIR, or any identified impacts more severe based on new information not known when the GPEIR was certified. Therefore, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines 15183, the proposed amendments do not require additional environmental review.

City of Stockton Page 11 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1027
File #: 25-0537, Version: 1
Planning Commission
On May 8, 2025, the Planning Commission considered the proposed amendments to the Development Code to reflect changes in state law and update housing related provisions. Following staff presentation and consideration of two written communications and two public comments received during the public hearing, the Planning Commission approved a recommendation for City Council approval of the proposed amendments to the Development Code, that included minor adjustments requested in staff bench memorandums provided (by unanimous vote of 6-0).

Public Notice
Notice for the City Council Public Hearing for this request was published in the Record on May 13, 2025. As of the publication of this report, no written comments have been received.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
This project has been partially funded through SB2 Planning Grants Program, granted by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD), and the Regional Early Action Planning Grant Program (REAP), granted by San Joaquin Council of Governments (SJCOG) on behalf of HCD. The requested action to amend the Stockton Municipal Code Title 16 (Development Code) will have no immediate financial impact unless the ordinance is not adopted.

Should this ordinance not be adopted, the City will be responsible for reimbursing HCD for the SB2 grant funds received totaling $625,000.

Attachment A -Planning Commission Resolution 2025-05-08-0502 Attachment B - Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) City of Stockton Page 12 of 12 Printed on 5/29/2025
powered by Legistar™1028

ATTACHMENT A
1029

ATTACHMENT A
1030

ATTACHMENT A
1031

ATTACHMENT A
1032

ATTACHMENT B
Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout)
1 Title 16 – Development Code
Division 1. Purpose and Applicability of
Development Code
Chapter 16.04 PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE

DEVELOPMENT CODE

16.04.010 Title.

Title 16 of the Stockton Municipal Code is and may be cited as the Stockton Development Code, hereafter referred to as “this Development Code.”, “this Code”, or “this Title.”

16.04.020 Purpose and intent of Development Code.

The purpose of this Development Code is to implement the Stockton General Plan by classifying and regulating the uses of land and structures within the City of Stockton; by protecting and promoting the public health, safety, and general welfare; and by preserving and enhancing the aesthetic quality of the City. To fulfill these purposes, the intent of this Development Code is to:

A. Provide standards for the orderly growth and development of the City, and promote a stable pattern of land uses;
B. Implement the uses of land designated by the Stockton General Plan and avoid conflicts between land uses;
C. Maintain and protect the value of property;
D. Conserve and protect the natural resources of the City, including its surrounding agricultural lands;
E. Protect the character and social and economic stability of residential, commercial, and industrial areas;
F. Assist in maintaining a high quality of life without causing unduly high public or private costs for development or unduly restricting private enterprise, initiative, or innovation in design; and
1033
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 2 G. Provide regulations for the subdivision of land in compliance with the Subdivision Map Act (California Government Code Sections 66410 et seq.).

16.04.030 Authority, relationship to General Plan.

A. This Development Code is enacted based on the authority vested in the City of Stockton by the State of California, including but not limited to: the State Constitution; the Charter of the City of Stockton; the Planning and Zoning Law (Government Code Sections 65000 et seq.); the Subdivision Map Act (Government Code Sections 66410 et seq.); and the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code Sections 21000 et seq.).

B. This Development Code implements the goals and policies of the General Plan by regulating the use of land and structures within the City. This Development Code and the General Plan shall be consistent with one another. Any permit, license, or approval issues pursuant to this Code must be consistent with the General Plan and all applicable specific plans. In any case where there is a conflict between this Code and the General Plan, the General Plan shall control.and the Zoning Map (Section 16.16.030) are the primary tools used by the City to implement the goals, objectives, policies, and strategies established in the Stockton General Plan, which is the overall policy document of the City, hereafter referred to as the “General Plan.”

16.04.040 Responsibility for administration.

This Development Code shall be administered by the Stockton City Council; the Planning Commission; the Community Development Director; the Community Development Department; and such other departments, groups, or individuals identified in this Development Code in compliance with Title 2, Administration and Personnel, of the Stockton Municipal Code (Administration and Personnel),and as established in this Development Code, particularly Chapter 16.212 (Administrative Responsibility) and Section 16.180.060 (Review authorities for subdivision decisions).

16.04.050 Applicability of Development Code.

This Development Code applies to all land, land uses, structures, subdivisions, and development within the City of Stockton, as provided by this section.

A. Applicability to Property. This Code shall apply, to the extent permitted by law, to all property within the incorporated limits of the City of Stockton and to property for which applications for annexation and/or subdivisions have been submitted to the City of Stockton, including all uses, structures, and land owned by any private person, firm, corporation or organization, or the City of Stockton or other local, State or federal 1034
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 3 agencies. Any governmental agency shall be exempt from the provisions of this Code only to the extent that such property may not be lawfully regulated by the City of Stockton.

B. Minimum Requirements. All provisions of this Development Code shall be considered minimum requirements, unless stated otherwise (for example, height limits and site coverage requirements for structures, and the numbers and size of signs allowed are maximums, not minimums). Where this Code provides for more discretion on the part of a City official or body, that discretion may be exercised to impose more stringent requirements than set forth in this Code as may be necessary to promote orderly land use development and the purposes of this Code.

C. Other Requirements May Apply. Nothing in this Development Code eliminates the need for obtaining any permit, approval, or entitlement required by other provisions of the Stockton Municipal Code or complying with the regulations of any City department, or any County, regional, special districts, State, or Federal agency.

D. Conflicting Requirements. Any conflicts between different requirements of this Development Code, or between this Development Code and other regulations, shall be resolved in compliance with Section 16.08.020.D (Conflicting Requirements).

E. Prior Ordinance. The provisions of this Code supersede all prior ordinances codified in Title 16 of the Stockton Municipal Code and any amendments. No provisions of this Code shall validate any land use or structure established, constructed, or maintained in violation of the prior Development Code, unless such validation is specifically authorized by this Code and is in conformance with all other regulations.

A. New Land Uses or Structures, Changes to Land Uses or Structures. It is unlawful, and a violation of the Stockton Municipal Code, for any person to establish, occupy, maintain, construct, reconstruct, alter, or replace any use of land or structure, except in compliance with the requirements of this Development Code.

B.F. Issuance of Building or Grading Permits. The Building Official may only issue building, grading, or other construction permits after all applicable requirements of this Development Code, and all other applicable statutes, ordinances and regulations have been met.

C. Subdivision of Land. Any subdivision of land proposed within the City shall be consistent with:

1. The minimum lot size requirements of Table 2-3 (Zoning District Development Standards);

2. Division 6 (Subdivision Regulations); and

3. All other applicable requirements of this Development Code. 1035
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 4 D. California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). All development projects subject to discretionary review shall also be subject to environmental review in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

E. Lawful Land Uses. An existing land use is lawful only when it was legally established in compliance with all regulations applicable at the time the use was established and when it is operated and maintained in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Development Code, including Chapter 16.228 (Nonconforming Uses, Structures and Parcels).

F.G. Effect of Development Code Changes on a Project in Progress. The enactment of this Development Code or any amendment to its requirements, may have the effect of imposing different standards on a new land use than those that applied to existing development. (For example, this Development Code or a future amendment could require more off-street parking spaces for a particular land use than former regulations.) The following provisions determine how the requirements of this Development Code apply to a development project that is in progress at the time requirements are changed, but is not in compliance with this Development Code. A development project that remains in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Development Code as amended, shall proceed in compliance with this Development Code.

1. Project With a Pending Application. A land use permit application that has been determined by the Community Development Department to be complete before the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Development Code or any amendment:
a. May be processed according to the requirements in effect when the application was accepted as complete, unless the review authority (i.e., Director, Planning Commission, or City Council) determines it is necessary to apply new or amended development standards to the project approval to ensure public health, safety, welfare, and orderly development; and b. Provided that the application is acted upon within 90 days of the adoption of the ordinance codified in this Development Code. If an initial study/negative declaration is required, the application shall be acted upon within seven (7) months, and if an environmental impact report is required, within 13 months.

2. Approved Project Not Yet Under Construction. An approved development project for which construction has not commenced as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Development Code or any amendment, may still be constructed as approved, if:
a. A required building permit is obtainedissued for construction; and 1036
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 5 b. Construction is diligently pursued before the expiration of any applicable land use permit or, where applicable, before the expiration of any approved time extension granted in compliance with Chapter 16.96 (Expirations and Extensions).

3. Approved Project Not Requiring Construction. An approved land use not requiring construction, that has not been established as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Development Code or any amendment, may still be established in compliance with its permit/approval, if the land use is established/in operation before the expiration of any applicable land use permit. A time extension granted in compliance with Chapter 16.96 (Expirations and Extensions) may be granted before the expiration of any applicable land use permit.

4. Project Under Construction. A development project for which substantial construction has occurred in compliance with a valid building permit on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Development Code or any amendment, need not be changed to satisfy any new or different requirements of this Development Code if construction is completed in compliance with the original building permit.

5. Subdivision Maps. Subdivision maps shall be processed in compliance with the Subdivision Map Act.

G. Minimum Requirements. All provisions of this Development Code shall be considered minimum requirements, unless stated otherwise (for example, height limits and site coverage requirements for structures, and the numbers and size of signs allowed are maximums, not minimums).

H. Other Requirements May Apply. Nothing in this Development Code eliminates the need for obtaining any permit, approval, or entitlement required by other provisions of the Stockton Municipal Code or complying with the regulations of any City department, or any County, regional, special districts, State, or Federal agency.

I. Conflicting Requirements. Any conflicts between different requirements of this Development Code, or between this Development Code and other regulations, shall be resolved in compliance with Section 16.08.020(D) (Conflicting requirements).

16.04.060 Partial invalidation of Development Code.

If any article, division, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this Development Code is held to be invalid, unconstitutional, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, these decisions shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Development Code. The Stockton City Council hereby declares that this Development Code and each article, division, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, 1037
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 6 sentence, clause, phrase, and portion thereof would have been adopted irrespective of the fact that one or more portions of this Development Code may be declared invalid, unconstitutional, or unenforceable.
1038
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 7 Chapter 16.08 Interpretation of Regulations

16.08.010 Purpose of chapter.

This chapter provides rules for resolving questions about the meaning or applicability of any part of this Development Code. The provisions of this chapter are intended to ensure the consistent interpretation and application of the provisions of this Development Code and the General Plan.

16.08.020 Rules of interpretation.

A. Authority. The Community Development Director shall have the responsibility and authority to interpret the meaning and applicability of all provisions and requirements of this Development Code, subject to appeal to the Planning Commission in compliance withpursuant to Chapter 16.100 (Appeals).

B. Language.

1. Abbreviated Titles and Phrases. For the purpose of brevity, and unless otherwise indicated, the following phrases, names of personnel and decisionmaking bodies are shortened in this Development Code. The City of Stockton is referred to hereafter as the “City.” The Community Development Department is referred to as the “Department.” The Community Development Director is referred to as the “Director.” The City Council is referred to as the “Council.” The Planning Commission is referred to as the “Commission.” The Development Review Committee is referred to as the “DRC” and the Architectural Review Committee is referred to as the “ARC.” The State of California is referred to as the “State,” and the County of San Joaquin is referred to as the “County.” The City of Stockton Municipal Code is referred to as “the Municipal Code.” The California Subdivision Map Act is referred to as the “Map Act.”

2. Terminology. When used in this Development Code, the words “shall,” “will,” “is to,” and “are to” are always mandatory. “Should” and “encourage” are not mandatory but are strongly recommended; “may” is permissive. The present tense includes the past and future tenses; and the future tense includes the present. The singular number includes the plural number, and the plural the singular, unless the natural construction of the word indicates otherwise. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” mean “including but not limited to . . .”. The terms “amend,” “modify,” and “revise,” all mean “to change.” The term “waive” means “to eliminate a requirement.” The use of the word “approval” includes approval with conditions. The use of the words “appropriate” or “applicable” means “as 1039
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 8 determined by the applicable Review Authority, or if not identified, by the Director.” The word “structure” includes “buildings and/or structures.”

3. Number of Days. Whenever a number of days is specified in this Development Code, or in any permit, condition of approval, or notice issued or given as provided in this Development Code, the number of days shall be calendar days, unless business days are specified. Time limits will extend to the following business day where the last of the specified number of days falls on a day that the City is not open for business, except as otherwise provided for by the Map Act.

4. State Law Requirements. Where this Development Code references applicable provisions of State law (for example, the California Government Code, Map Act, Public Resources Code, etc.), the reference shall be interpreted to be the applicable State law provisions as they may be amended from time to time.

C. Calculations—Rounding. Where provisions of this Development Code require calculations to determine applicable requirements, any fractional/decimal results of the calculations shall be rounded as provided by this Subsection. For example, the provision of RH zoning district, which allows a parcel to be developed with 29 dwellings for each net acre of site area, requires determining the number of acres in the site, and multiplying the site area by 29 to determine the number of dwellings allowed.

1. General Rounding. Fractions of one-half (0.5) or greater shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number and fractions of less than one-half (0.5) shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, except as otherwise provided.

2. Exception for State Affordable Housing Density Bonus. The calculation of fractions related to permitted bonus density units for projects eligible for bonus density pursuant to Government Code Section 65915 or any successor statute and Chapter 16.40 (Affordable Housing Incentives/Density Bonus), any fractional number of units shall be rounded up to the next whole number.

1. Minimum Lot Area and Number of Lots. The fractional/decimal results of calculations of the number of parcels allowed through subdivision based on a minimum lot area requirement shall be rounded down to the next lowest whole number. For example, the RL zoning district minimum lot area requirement of 5,000 square feet net would allow division of a 21,000 square foot lot into four (4) lots.

Example: 21,000 sq. ft./ 5,000 sq. ft. = 4.2 lots, rounded down to 4 lots

2. Residential Density. When the number of housing units allowed on a site are calculated based on density limits established by a zoning district, any fraction of a unit shall be rounded down to the next lowest whole number. For example, the RH zoning district allows 29 dwelling units per net acre of site area; a site of 8,500 1040
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 9 square feet would be allowed five (5) dwelling units (du). Definitions of “DensityNet” and “Density-Gross” can be found in Chapter 16.240 (Glossary).

Example: 8,500 sq. ft. / 43,560 sq. ft. = 0.195 acres;

0.195 acres x 29 du/acre = 5.65 du, rounded down to 5 du

3. All Other Calculations. For all calculations required by this Development Code other than those described in subsections (C)(1) and (C)(2) of this section, the fractional/decimal results of calculations shall be rounded to the next highest whole number when the fraction/decimal is 0.5 or more, and to the next lowest whole number when the fraction is less than 0.5.

D. Conflicting Requirements. Any conflicts between different requirements of this Development Code, or between this Development Code and other regulations, shall be resolved as follows:

1. State and Federal Provisions. In the event of conflict, Federal and State of California regulations shall preempt the provisions of this Development Code.

1.2. Development Code Provisions. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Development Code, the most restrictive requirement shall control, except in case of any conflict between the zoning district regulations of Division 2 (Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses, and Zone-Specific Standards) and the provisions of Division 3 (Site Planning and General Development Standards), the provisions of Division 3 shall control, and in the case of any conflicts between overlay zoning districts (Chapter 16.28) and other portions of this Development Code, the provisions of the overlay zoning districts shall controlunless otherwise specified.

2.3. Development Agreements, Master Development Plan, Precise Road Plans, or Specific Plans. In the event of any conflict between the requirements of this Development Code and standards adopted as part of any development agreement, master development plan, precise road plan, or specific plan, planned development permit, the requirements of the development agreement, master development plan, planned development permit, approved planned unit residential development (PURD), or specific plan shall control.

3.4. Municipal Code Provisions. In the event of any conflict between requirements of this Development Code and other regulations of the City, the most restrictive requirement shall control.

4.5. Mitigation Measures. In the event of any conflict between the requirements of this Development Code and mitigation measures adopted as part of a certified environmental impact report or approved negative declaration, the mitigation 1041
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 10 measures shall control, unless an amendment is requested by the Applicant and that amendment is approved by the City and/or Responsible Agencies in charge of the mitigation enforcement.

5.6. Private Agreements. This Development Code and its requirements shall not interfere with, repeal, abrogate, or annul any easement, covenant, or other agreement that existed at the time, or was entered into after, the ordinance codified in this Development Code became effective. This Development Code applies to all land uses and development in the City regardless of whether a private agreement or restriction imposes a greater or lesser restriction on the development or use of a structure or land. If a requirement of this Development Code is more restrictive, this Development Code shall apply; this Development Code, however, does not affect the applicability of any agreement or restriction. The City shall not enforce any private covenant or agreement unless it is a party to that covenant or agreement.

E. Unlisted Uses of Land. If a proposed use of land is not specifically listed in Table 2-2 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements) the use shall not be allowed, except as provided below for similar uses:

1. Director’s Determination. The Director may determine that a proposed use not listed in Table 2-2 may be allowed as a permitted or conditional use, in compliance with Instructions for interpretation requests (Section 16.08.030). In making this determination, the Director shall first find that:
a. The characteristics of, and activities associated with, the proposed use are equivalent to those of one or more of the uses listed in the zoning district as allowable, and will not involve a greater level of activity, population density, traffic generation, parking, dust, noise, or intensity than the uses listed in the zoning district;
b. The proposed use will meet the purpose/intent of the zoning district that is applied to the site; and
c. The proposed use will be consistent with the goals, objectives, and policies of the General Plan and any applicable master development plan or specific plan.

2. Applicable Standards and Permit Requirements. When the Director determines that a proposed but unlisted use is equivalent to a listed use, the proposed use will be treated in the same manner as the listed use in determining where the use is allowed, what permits are required, and what other standards and requirements of this Development Code apply.
1042
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 11 16.08.030 Procedures for interpretations.

Whenever the Director determines that the meaning or applicability of any of the requirements of this Development Code are subject to interpretation generally, or as applied to a specific case, the Director may issue an official interpretation or refer the question to the Commission for determination.

A. Request for Interpretation. A request for an interpretation or determination shall be made to the Department and shall include all information described in the Instructions for Interpretation Requests, available from the Department, subject to the applicable fee.

B. Findings, Basis for Interpretation. The issuance of an interpretation by the Director shall include findings stating the basis for the interpretation. The basis for an interpretation may include technological changes or new industry standards, in addition to the following findings:

1. This interpretation is consistent with the applicable provisions of this Development Code;

2. This interpretation will not be detrimental to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare of the City or injurious to the property; and

3. This interpretation will be consistent with the general land uses, objectives, policies, and programs of the General Plan, any applicable specific plan, precise road plan, or master development plan, and the intent of this Development Code.

C. Record of Interpretations. Official interpretations shall be written, and shall quote the provisions of this Development Code being interpreted, and the applicability in the particular or general circumstances that caused the need for interpretations, and the determination.

D. Amendment. Any provision of this Development Code that is determined by the Director to need refinement or revision will be corrected by amending this Development Code as soon as is practical. Until an amendment can occur, the Director shall maintain a complete record of all official interpretations as an appendix to this Development Code, which are indexed by the number of the chapter or section that is the subject of the interpretation.

E. Referral of Interpretation. The Director has the option of forwarding any interpretation or determination of the meaning or applicability of any provision of this Development Code directly to the Commission for consideration.

F. Appeals. Any interpretation of this Development Code by the Director may be appealed to the Commission as provided by Chapter 16.100 (Appeals). 1043
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 12 Chapter 16.12 Land Use Permit Requirements

16.12.010 Purpose of chapter.

This chapter describes the general requirements of this Development Code for the approval of proposed development and new land uses by the City. Land use permit requirements for specific land uses are established by Divisions 2 (Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses, and ZoneSpecific Standards), and 3 (Site Planning and General Development Regulations).

16.12.020 Requirements for development and new land uses.

All uses of land and/or structures shall only be established, maintained, constructed, reconstructed, altered, or replaced, in compliance with the following requirements:

A. Allowable Uses. The primary use of land shall be identified by Chapter 16.20 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements) and Chapter 16.28 (Overlay Zoning District Land Use and Development Standards)zoning district, overlay district, specific plan, or planned development use regulations, or any other section of this Code as being allowable in the zoning district applied to the site. In addition, land uses not identified in Chapter 16.20 may be allowable as follows:

1. Primary Land Uses. If a primary land use is not identified, the Director may determine whether the particular land use is allowable by assigning the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Land uses not listed as being allowed and not substantially similar to an allowed use are prohibited., in compliance with Section 16.08.020(E) (Unlisted uses of land).

2. Accessory Uses. Uses accessory to a primary land use shall be allowed in compliance with Section 16.80.020 (Accessory uses and structures).

3. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses (e.g., construction yards, seasonal sales lots, special events, etc.) shall be established in compliance with Chapter 16.164 (Temporary Activity Permits).

B. Permit/Approval Requirements. Any land use permit or other approval required by this Development Code shall be obtained before the proposed use is constructed or otherwise established, unless the proposed use is listed in Section 16.12.030 (Exemptions from development and land use approval requirements). The land use permit requirements of this Development Code are established by Chapter 16.20 (Allowable Land Use and Permit Requirements), and Chapter 16.28 (Overlay Zoning District Land Uses and Development Standards).
1044
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 13 C. Development Standards. The use of land and/or structure shall comply with all applicable requirements of this Development Code, including the zoning district standards of Division 2 (Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses, and Zone-Specific Standards), and the provisions of Division 3 (Site Planning and General Development Regulations):

1. A structure shall not be erected, maintained, converted, reconstructed, or structurally altered and land shall not be used for any purpose other than allowed in the zoning district in which the structure or land is located.

2. A structure shall not be erected, maintained, reconstructed, or structurally altered to exceed the height or bulk limit for the zoning district in which the structure is located.

3. A lot area shall not be reduced or diminished to such an extent that the yard(s) or other open space(s) will be smaller than required by this Development Code.

4. The required yard and/or open space around a structure or on a vacant parcel shall not be used to meet the yard or open space requirements for any other existing or proposed structure.

5. Every structure shall be located on a lot as defined by this Development Code.

6. If a structure is converted to a residential unit or a residential unit is converted to increase the number of families that can be accommodated, it shall be located in a zoning district that permits that type of residential unit and shall comply with the development standards for the zoning district in compliance with Table 2-3 (Zoning District Development Standards) and the requirements, standards, and provisions of this Development Code.

D. Conditions of Approval. The use of land and/or structure and the location, height, and bulk of structures shall comply with any applicable conditions imposed by any previously granted land use permit or other approval.

E. Legal Parcel. The use of land and/or structure shall only be established on a parcel of land, which has been legally created in compliance with the Map Act as applicable at the time the parcel was created, and Division 6 (Subdivision Regulations), as determined by the City Engineer. Legal nonconforming parcels may be used or developed in compliance with Chapter 16.228 (Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Parcels).

F. Development Agreements, Master Development Plans, Precise Road Plans, or Specific Plans. The use and/or structures shall comply with any applicable Development Agreement approved by the City in compliance with Chapter 16.128 (Development Agreements), master development plan approved by the City in compliance with Chapter

16.140 (Master Development Plans), Precise Road Plan in compliance with Chapter

16.148 (Precise Road Plans), or specific plan approved by the City in compliance with 1045
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 14 Chapter 16.156 (Specific Plans), planned unit residential development (PURDs), planned development permit approved by the City in compliance with Chapter 16.144.

G. Building Permits and Other Permits. The structures shall comply with the requirements for building permits and applicable City, County, regional, Special District, State, or Federal permits.

16.12.030 Exemptions from development and land use approval requirements.

The land use approval requirements of this Development Code do not apply to the activities, uses of land, and/or structures identified by this section; however, the following activities, uses of land, and/or structures may require other permits or approvals in compliance with Section 16.12.040 (Additional permits and approvals may be required). The following are permitted in all zoning districts subject to compliance with all applicable development standards of this Development Code, any other applicable approvals, and this section:

A. Decks, Paths, Driveways, and Other Minor Site Improvements. Decks, platforms, patio slabs, on-site paths, driveways, and other improvements that are not required to have building or grading permits by Title 15 (Buildings and Construction) of the Municipal Code, when these improvements:

1. Do not exceed 30 inches above natural grade and are not constructed over any basement or structure below; and

2. Are not part of a development review or other discretionary application, or required as part of any specific condition of approval.

B. Fences and Walls—Residential Zoning Districts. Fences and walls of seven (7) feet or less in height in the residential zoning districts are exempt from land use permit requirements as provided by Chapter 16.48 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls) unless located within the required front yard or street side yard setback (Table 2-3, Zoning District Development Standards).

C. Interior Remodeling. Interior alterations that do not increase the gross floor area within the structure, or change the approved use of the structure.

D. Portable Spas and Hot Tubs, Fishponds. Portable spas, hot tubs, fish ponds, etc., in compliance with side and rear setback requirements in Table 2-3 (Zoning District Development Standards) and Section 16.8036.020 035 (Accessory uses and structures) and any fencing requirements of the Building Code that do not:

1. Exceed 120 square feet in total area, including related equipment;

2. Contain more than 2,000 gallons of water; and
1046
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 15 3. Exceed 30 inches in depth.

E. Reconstruction of Destroyed Uses and Structures. A use of land and/or structure destroyed by fire or natural disaster may be re-established as it existed, provided that it was legally established and in compliance with the use and development standards of this Development Code before destruction. Any nonconforming use or structure shall meet the requirements for nonconforming uses in compliance with Chapter 16.228 (Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Parcels) before any use or structure is reestablished or repaired.

F. Repairs and Maintenance. Ordinary repairs and maintenance if the work does not result in any:

1. Change in the approved land use of the site or structure; or

2. Addition to, or enlargement/expansion of, the land use and/or structure.

G. Solar Collectors. The addition of solar collection systems to the roofs of existing structures.

H. Utilities. The installation, construction, alteration, or maintenance by a utility or public agency of underground or overhead utilities (e.g., water, gas, electric, telecommunication, supply or disposal systems, including wires, mains, drains, sewers, pipes, conduits, cables, fire alarm and police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants, etc.), but not including structures housing equipment, shall be permitted in any zoning district, provided that the route of any electrical transmission line(s) for 50,000 volts or more may be subject to Commission and Council review and approval prior to acquisition of rights-of-way. Utility equipment (boxes, cabinets, pedestals, transformers, vaults, etc.) are subject to Section

18.60.360 (Utility equipment). Public or private satellite, cellular, and other wireless communication facilities are subject to Chapter 16.44 (Communications Facilities).

I. Governmental Facilities. Facilities of the City, County, State, a school district, special district, or the Federal Government, on land owned or leased by a governmental agency for governmental operations, are exempt only to the extent mandated by State or Federal law or, with regard to city facilities, upon written determination of the City Manager.

J. Electric vehicle charging devices including supporting equipment.

K. Solar energy generation canopies located within existing parking lots when, as determined by the Director, no significant changes to circulation occur.

16.12.040 Additional permits and approvals may be required.

Before starting work or establishing new uses, all necessary permits shall be obtained, including permits required by the Municipal Code such as building, grading, or other construction permits 1047
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 16 (Title 15) or business licenses (Title 5) and any applicable County, regional, State, Federal, or special district regulations.
1048
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 17 Division 2. Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses,
and Zone-Specific Standards
Chapter 16.16 Zoning Districts Established, Zoning Map
Adopted

16.16.010 Purpose of chapter.

This chapter establishes the zoning districts applied to property within the City, determines how the zoning districts are applied on the Zoning Map, and provides general permit requirements for development and new land uses.

16.16.020 Zoning districts established.

The City shall be divided into zoning districts which implement the General Plan. The zoning districts described in Table 2-1 (Zoning Districts and Equivalent General Plan Designations) are hereby established and shall be shown on the official Zoning Map (Section 16.16.030). The purposes of individual zoning districts are established in the following sections. Allowable land uses and permit requirements for each base district are found in Chapter 16.20 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements). Base zoning district development standards are in Chapter

16.24 (Zoning District Development Standards).Zoning District Densities are shown on Table 2- 1, with permitted uses on Table 2-2, and Development Standards on Table 2-3. The purposes of the individual zoning districts are as follows:

TABLE 2-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND EQUIVALENT GENERAL PLAN DESIGNATIONS Zoning District Symbol Zoning District Name General Plan Designation Base Zoning Districts
Residential Districts
RE Residential, Estate Residential Estate
RL Residential, Low Density Low Density Residential
RM Residential, Medium Density Medium Density Residential RH Residential, High Density High Density Residential, Commercial, Administrative Professional
Commercial Districts
CO Commercial, Office Administrative Professional
CN Commercial, Neighborhood Commercial
1049
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 18 TABLE 2-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND EQUIVALENT GENERAL PLAN DESIGNATIONS Zoning District Symbol Zoning District Name General Plan Designation Base Zoning Districts
CG Commercial, General Commercial
CH Commercial, Heavy Commercial
CD Commercial, Downtown Commercial
CL Commercial, Large-Scale Commercial
CA Commercial, Auto Commercial
Industrial Districts
IL Industrial, Light Industrial
IG Industrial, General Industrial
PT Port Industrial, Institutional
Public and Semi-Public Districts
PF Public Facilities Institutional, Parks and Recreation OS Open Space Open Space/Agriculture
Other Districts
MX Mixed Use Mixed Use
UC University/College University/College
Overlay Districts
-AIR Aircraft Operations Overlay District All
-CHA Channel Area Overlay District All
-CI Commercial Industrial Overlay District All
-DES Design Review Overlay District All
-MHD Magnolia Historic Overlay District All
-SP Specific Plan Overlay District All
-TOD Transit Oriented Development All
A. Residential Districts. The purpose of the Residential Districts is to:

1. Provide for a full range of housing types to meet the diverse economic and social needs of residents;

2. Preserve, protect, and enhance the character of the City’s neighborhoods;

3. Enhance the quality of life of residents;

4. Ensure that the scale and design of new development and alterations to existing development are appropriate to the physical and aesthetic characteristics of the proposed location; and
1050
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 19 5. Provide sites for public and semi-public uses such as parks, schools, day care, and other community uses that serve residents and complement surrounding residential development.

6. Additional purposes of each Residential District are:
a. RE (Residential, Estate). The RE District is intended to provide for residential development on large lots and other compatible uses in a semirural atmosphere and setting. It is intended to provide a transition from rural to urban areas on the urban fringe. The RE District is consistent with the Residential Estate General Plan Land Use Designation.
b. RL (Residential, Low Density). The RL District is intended to provide for residential development, including single unit dwellings, duplexes, triplexes, semi-detached patio homes, town homes, and other residential development types, in a low-density residential neighborhood setting. This District also allows for public uses, quasi-public uses, and similar and compatible uses that may be appropriate in a low-density residential environment. The RL District is consistent with the Low Density Residential General Plan Land Use Designation.
c. RM (Residential, Medium Density). The RM District is intended to provide for a variety of housing types, including duplexes, townhouses, apartments, detached single-unit residential development on small lots, and other compatible uses appropriate in a medium density residential environment.

This District also allows neighborhood-serving retail, commercial service, and mixed uses in appropriate locations that provide residents with easy access to daily services and necessities within their neighborhood, provided that they are compatible with surrounding uses. The RM District is consistent with the Medium Density Residential General Plan Land Use Designation.
d. RH (Residential, High Density). The RH District is intended to provide for a variety of high-density residential development, including high density single-unit dwellings, townhouses, group housing, condominiums, and apartments, and other compatible uses appropriate in a high-density residential environment. This District also allows neighborhood-serving retail, commercial service, and mixed uses in appropriate locations that provide residents with easy access to daily services and necessities within their neighborhood, provided that they are compatible with surrounding uses. The RH District is consistent with the High Density Residential, Commercial, and Administrative Professional General Plan Land Use Designations.
1051
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 20 B. Commercial Districts. The purpose of the Commercial Districts is to:

1. Provide for the orderly, well-planned, and balanced development of commercial districts;

2. Designate adequate land for a full range of local- and regional-serving commercial and retail services, consistent with the General Plan;

3. Maintain and strengthen the City’s economic resources;

4. Increase employment opportunities and expand the economic base of the City;

5. Provide appropriately-located commercial areas that provide a variety of goods and services for residents, employees, and visitors;

6. Provide opportunities for a mix of complementary uses that may combine residential and nonresidential uses, or a variety of non-residential uses, on the same site; and

7. Promote pedestrian-oriented, mixed-use commercial centers at appropriate locations.

8. Additional purposes of each Commercial Districts are:
a. CO (Commercial, Office). The CO District is intended to be a transitional area between residential and general commercial uses. The primary uses in this district include offices, incidental retail and/or residential in conjunction with an office, and other compatible uses. The CO District is consistent with the Administrative Professional General Plan Land Use Designation.
b. CN (Commercial, Neighborhood). The CN District is intended to provide for neighborhood centers that provide goods and services to meet the day-today needs of residents and visitors. These areas should promote land use types and designs to accommodate pedestrian and bicycle access and avoid auto oriented or auto dominated use types. The CN District is consistent with the Commercial General Plan Land Use Designation. c. CG (Commercial, General). The CG District is intended to provide areas for a wide variety of general commercial uses, including retail, personal and business services; commercial recreational uses; and a mix of office, commercial, and/or residential uses. The CG District is consistent with the Commercial General Plan Land Use Designation.
d. CH (Commercial, Heavy). The CH District is intended to preserve urban industrial land as viable sites of production and employment while buffering heavy industrial activities from existing residential uses. Allowable uses in 1052
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 21 this place include light industrial, clean manufacturing, agricultural technologies, food processing, energy resources and technologies, offices, commercial uses to support business endeavors, repurposed buildings with live/work artist studios, and other non-noxious industrial and manufacturing uses. Residential uses are permitted in this zone; however, heavy industrial or other land uses that could negatively impact adjacent sensitive receptors (i.e., housing, school, and civic uses) are prohibited.

The CH District is consistent with the Commercial General Plan Land Use Designation.
e. CD (Commercial, Downtown). The CD District is applied to the downtown commercial area of the City. The intent of the CD zoning district is to encourage a mixture of high intensity urban uses to create a lively, pedestrian-friendly environment, with high visual quality. Appropriate uses include large scale commercial offices and office support uses, highdensity residential development, tourist and lodging oriented uses, and governmental facilities. The CD District is consistent with the Commercial General Plan Land Use Designation.
f. CL (Commercial, Large-Scale). The CL zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for large-scale integrated commercial retail centers with shared parking facilities. The CL zoning district is intended to serve a regional market area, and is to be applied to sites of at least 25 acres. The CL zoning district is consistent with the Commercial General Plan Land Use Designation.
g. CA (Commercial, Auto). The CA zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for new and used automobile dealerships and related uses and is to be applied to sites of at least three acres. The CA zoning district is consistent with the Commercial General Plan Land Use Designation.

C. Industrial Districts. The purpose of the Industrial Districts is to:

1. Designate adequate land for commercial businesses, professional offices, and industrial growth, consistent with the General Plan;

2. Maintain and strengthen the City’s economic resources;

3. Provide a range of employment opportunities to meet the needs of current and future residents; and

4. Provide areas for a wide range of manufacturing, industrial processing, and service commercial uses, and protect areas where such uses now exist.

5. Additional purposes of each Industrial District are:
1053
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 22 a. IL (Industrial, Limited). The IL District is intended to provide areas for industrial businesses and operations that do not create adverse visual, noise, or other impacts on adjoining public and residential properties. This district allows for industrial, manufacturing, warehousing, service, retail, public and quasi-public uses, and other similar and compatible uses.

Industries that use or produce substantial amounts of hazardous materials or generate noise, odor, or other pollutants are not permitted. The IL District is consistent with the Industrial General Plan Land Use Designation. b. IG (Industrial, General). The IG district is intended to allow a wide range of industrial land uses, including uses that may be conducted outdoors or associated with nuisance or hazardous impacts. Includes ancillary office uses. The IG District is consistent with the Industrial General Plan Land Use Designation.
c. PT (Port). The PT District is applied to areas of the City that are operated by “port districts” as formed under the Harbors and Navigation Code Section 6210 et seq., for the operation of port facilities, including wharves, dockage, warehousing, and related port facilities. The PT District is consistent with the Industrial and Institutional General Plan Land Use Designations and the Rough and Ready Island Development Plan for the Port of Stockton (as applicable). Development and zoning code requirements within the PT zone are subject to the approved Development Agreement (DA) the City has with the Port. Should the expire, be amended, or mutually terminated, existing and future land uses shall utilize the IG (Industrial, General) zoning designations to regulate development.

D. Public and Semi-Public Districts. The purpose of the Public and Semi-Public Zoning Districts is to:

1. Provide land for the development of public, semi-public, and open space uses that provide services to the community and support existing and new residential, commercial, and industrial land uses;

2. Provide areas for educational facilities, cultural and institutional uses, health services, parks and recreation, general government operations, utility and public service needs, and other similar and related supporting uses;

3. Provide opportunities for outdoor recreation and meet the recreational needs of City residents; and

4. Reserve areas for passive recreation, open space, and habitat protection and enhancement.

5. Additional purposes of each Public and Semi-Public Zoning District are:
1054
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 23 a. PF (Public Facilities). The PF District is applied to areas appropriate for a variety of public and quasi-public land uses, including facilities and lands owned by the City, County, State, or Federal governments. Allowable land uses include public and quasi-public uses such as schools, libraries, colleges, water treatment facilities, airports, some governmental offices, federal installations, City and County parks, pedestrian and bicycle trails, golf courses, marinas, community centers, and other similar and compatible uses. The PF District is consistent with the Institutional and Parks and Recreation General Plan Land Use Designations. b. OS (Open Space). The OS District is applied to areas of the City with open space resources, including agricultural lands, wetlands, wildlife reserves, and other sensitive natural resources; passive recreational areas such as golf courses; or natural hazards. Structural uses are limited to those which support the maintenance and/or use of the open space area. The OS District is consistent with the Open Space/Agriculture General Plan Land Use Designation.

E. Other Districts. The purposes of Other Districts is as follows.

1. MX (Mixed Use). The MX District is intended to apply to large properties that can accommodate a wide range of land uses to promote integrated development addressing land use, design, circulation, recreation, public services, and natural resources and to ensure appropriate coordination of planning and development.

The MX District is consistent with the Mixed Use General Plan Land Use Designation.

2. UC (University/College). The UC District is applied to areas of the City that are dedicated to private institutions of higher learning, to enable campus modifications or changes with the minimum, appropriate land use regulations. The UC District is consistent with the Administrative Professional General Plan Land Use Designation.

A.F. Overlay Zoning Districts. The purposes of the overlay zoning districts are described in Chapter 16.28 (Overlay Zoning District Land Uses and Development Standards).

Residential Zoning Districts.

RE (Residential, Estates) District. The RE zoning district is applied to single-family residential development on large lots. It is intended to provide a transition from rural to urban areas on the urban fringe. Allowable density shall be a maximum of one (1) dwelling unit per acre. The RE zoning district is consistent with the Residential Estate land use designation of the General Plan.

RL (Residential, Low Density) District. The RL zoning district is applied to single-family residential neighborhoods, low-density residential planned developments, and/or other low-density residential development, and is intended to maintain densities and protect existing neighborhood character. Allowable density shall be up to 8.7 dwelling units per net acre or 6.1 per gross acre. The RL zoning district is consistent with the Low Density Residential land use designation of the General Plan.
1055
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 24 RM (Residential, Medium Density) District. The RM zoning district is applied to more intensely developed residential neighborhoods and/or other medium-density residential planned developments. Allowable housing types may include single-family independent dwelling units, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, and multifamily units. Allowable density shall be 8.8 to 17.4 dwelling units per net acre or 6.2 to 13.1 dwelling units per gross acre. The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) for neighborhood-serving retail uses is 0.3. The RM zoning district is consistent with the Medium Density Residential land use designation of the General Plan.

RH (Residential, High Density) District. The RH zoning district is applied to high-density residential neighborhoods.

Allowable housing types may include multifamily and various types of group housing, as well as high density singlefamily residential development. The RH zoning district is consistent with the High Density Residential, Commercial, and Administrative Professional land use designations of the General Plan. Consistent with the General Plan, allowable densities are as follows:

Outside the Greater Downtown. 17.5 to 30 dwelling units per net acre or 13.2 to 24 dwelling units per gross acre. The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) for neighborhood-serving retail uses is 0.30.

Inside the Greater Downtown. 20 to 90 dwelling units per net acre or 16 to 72 dwelling units per gross acre. The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) for neighborhood-serving retail uses is 3.0.

Inside the Downtown Core. Up to 16 to 108.8 dwelling units per net acre or 20 to 136 dwelling units per gross acre.

The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) for neighborhood-serving retail uses is 5.0.

Commercial Zoning Districts.

Residential Density and Floor Area Ratios (FAR). The allowable residential densities and Floor Area Ratios (FAR) for the CO, CN, CG, CL and CD zones are as follows:

Outside the Greater Downtown Area. 17.5 to 30 dwelling units per net acre or 13.2 to 24 dwelling units per gross acre. The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.3.

Inside the Greater Downtown area may be 20 to 90 dwelling units per net acre or 16 to 72 dwelling units per gross acre. The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 3.0.

Inside the Downtown Core. Up to 20 to 136 dwelling units per net acre and 16 to 108.8 dwelling units per gross acre.

The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 5.0.

CO (Commercial, Office) District. The CO zoning district is intended to be a transitional area between residential and general commercial uses. The primary uses in this district include offices, incidental retail and/or residential in conjunction with an office, and other compatible uses. The CO zoning district is consistent with the AdministrativeProfessional land use designation of the General Plan.

CN (Commercial, Neighborhood) District. The CN zoning district is applied to small-scale, limited retail and service areas that are designed to provide for the daily needs of the residents of the immediate, surrounding neighborhood.

This zone is intended to be more pedestrian oriented to service adjacent residential communities. The CN zoning district is consistent with the Commercial land use designation of the General Plan.

CG (Commercial, General) District. The CG zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for a wide variety of general commercial uses, including retail, personal and business services; commercial recreational uses; and a mix of office, commercial, and/or residential uses. The CG zoning district is consistent with the Commercial land use designation of the General Plan.

CD (Commercial, Downtown) District. The CD zoning district is applied to the downtown commercial core areas of the City. The intent of the CD zoning district is to encourage a mixture of high intensity uses to create a lively, pedestrianfriendly environment, with high visual quality. Appropriate uses include large scale commercial offices and office support uses, high-density residential development, tourist and lodging oriented uses, and governmental facilities.

The CD zoning district is consistent with the Commercial land use designation of the General Plan.

CL (Commercial, Large-Scale) District. The CL zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for large-scale integrated commercial retail centers with shared parking facilities. The CL zoning district is intended to serve a regional market area, and is to be applied to sites of at least 25 acres. The CL zoning district is consistent with the Commercial land use designation of the General Plan.

CA (Commercial, Auto) District. The CA zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for new and used automobile dealerships and related uses and is to be applied to sites of at least three (3) acres. The CA zoning district is consistent with the Commercial land use designation of the General Plan.

Industrial Zoning Districts.

IL (Industrial, Limited) District. The IL zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for light manufacturing uses that may generate more nuisance impacts than acceptable in commercial zoning districts and whose operations are 1056
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 25 totally conducted indoors. Includes retail stores and ancillary office uses. The IL zoning district is consistent with the Industrial land use designation of the General Plan.

IG (Industrial, General) District. The IG district is intended to allow a wide range of industrial land uses, including uses that may be conducted outdoors or associated with nuisance or hazardous impacts. Includes ancillary office uses.

The IG zoning district is consistent with the Industrial land use designation of the General Plan.

PT (Port) District. The PT zoning district is applied to areas of the City that are operated by “port districts” as formed under the Harbors and Navigation Code Section 6210 et seq., for the operation of port facilities, including wharves, dockage, warehousing, and related port facilities. The PT zoning district is consistent with the Industrial and Institutional land use designations of the General Plan and the Rough and Ready Island Development Plan for the Port of Stockton (as applicable).

Special Purpose Zoning Districts.

PF (Public Facilities) District. The PF zoning district is applied to areas appropriate for a variety of public and quasipublic land uses, including facilities and lands owned by the City, County, State, or Federal governments as well as religious facilities. The PF zoning district is consistent with the Institutional and Parks and Recreation land use designations of the General Plan. The maximum FAR is 0.2.

OS (Open Space) District. The OS zoning district is applied to areas of the City with open space resources, including agricultural lands, wetlands, wildlife reserves, and other sensitive natural resources; passive recreational areas such as golf courses; or natural hazards. Structural uses are limited to those which support the maintenance and/or use of the open space area. The OS zoning district is consistent with the Open Space/Agriculture land use designation of the General Plan. The maximum FAR is 0.01.

MX (Mixed Use) District. The MX zoning district is intended to apply to large properties of at least 100 acres that can accommodate a wide range of land uses. A master development plan is required for each MX zoning district to identify specific allowable land uses and development regulations. The MX zoning district is consistent with the Mixed-Use designation of the General Plan.

UC (University/College) District. The UC zoning district is applied to areas of the City that are dedicated to private institutions of higher learning, to enable campus modifications or changes with the minimum, appropriate land use regulations. A master development plan is required for each UC zoning district to identify specific allowable land uses and development regulations. The UC zoning district is consistent with the Administrative Professional land use designation of the General Plan. The maximum FAR is 0.5 Outside the Greater Downtown and 5.0 inside the Greater Downtown area.

Overlay Zoning Districts. The purposes of the overlay zoning districts are described in Chapter 16.28 (Overlay Zoning District Development Standards).

TABLE 2-1 ZONING DISTRICTS AND EQUIVALENT GENERAL PLAN DESIGNATIONS Zoning District Symbol Zoning District Name General Plan Designation Residential Districts
RE Residential, Estates Residential Estate
RL Residential, Low Density Low Density Residential
RM Residential, Medium
Density
Medium Density Residential
RH Residential, High Density High Density Residential, Commercial, Administrative Professional
Commercial and Industrial Districts
CO Commercial, Office Administrative Professional
CN Commercial, Neighborhood Commercial
CG Commercial, General Commercial
CD Commercial, Downtown Commercial
CL Commercial, Large-Scale Commercial
1057
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 26 TABLE 2-1 ZONING DISTRICTS AND EQUIVALENT GENERAL PLAN DESIGNATIONS Zoning District Symbol Zoning District Name General Plan Designation CA Commercial, Auto Commercial
IL Industrial, Limited Industrial
IG Industrial, General Industrial
PT Port District Industrial, Institutional
Special Purpose Districts
PF Public Facilities Institutional/Parks and Recreational OS Open Space Open Space, Agriculture
MX Mixed Use Mixed Use
UC University/College Administrative Professional, Institutional Overlay Districts
-AIR Aircraft Operations All
-CHA Channel Area All
-DES Design Review All
-MHD Magnolia Historic District All
-CIO Commercial-Industrial
Overlay
Commercial
1058
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 27 Chapter 16.20 Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements

16.20.010 Purpose of chapter.

This chapter identifies the uses of land that may be allowed within each of the zoning districts established by Section 16.16.020 (Zoning districts established), and establishes a land use permit requirement for each allowable use.

16.20.020 Allowable land uses and permit requirements.

Table 2-2 sets the land use regulations for the base zoning district. Land uses are defined in Chapter 16.250 (Use Classifications). In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity that is substantially similar in character. Land use not listed in the table and not substantially similar to the uses listed are prohibited. Section numbers in the right-hand column refer to other sections of this Code. Numbers in parentheses refer to specific limitations listed at the end of the table.

A. Requirements for Primary Uses. Table 2-2 identifies the primary land uses for each zoning district, except the MX and UC zoning districts. It identifies whether the use is allowed or not allowed, and indicates which land use permit would be required, if necessary, to authorize the use. Building permits or other permits may also be required by the Municipal Code. The land uses identified in Table 2-2 are defined in Division 8 (Glossary).

1. Permit Requirements for Primary Uses. The permitting requirements identified in Table 2-2 are:
a. Permitted (P). All land uses shown with a “P” in the table are allowed subject to compliance with all applicable provisions of this Development Code. Site plan review (Chapter 16.152) is required for new construction or for a change to a more intensive use, except as provided by Section

16.152.040 (Exemptions).
b. Land Development Permit (L). All land uses shown as “L” in the table that require construction of new structures or improvements, the expansion of an existing facility, or a change to a more intensive use, as determined by the Director, require the approval of a land development permit (Chapter

16.136). If there will be no construction, expansion of an existing facility, or a change to a more intensive use, the use is allowed without a new land development permit.
c. Administrative Use Permit (A). All land uses shown with an “A” in the tables are allowed subject to the approval of an administrative use permit (Chapter 16.172). If there is an existing use permit for the use and there 1059
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 28 will be no new construction or expansion of an existing facility, no new use permit shall be required.
d. Commission Use Permit (C). All land uses shown with a “C” in the tables are allowed subject to the approval of a commission use permit (Chapter

16.172). If there is an existing use permit for the use and there will be no new construction or expansion of an existing facility, no new use permit shall be required.
e. Not Allowed (Empty Box in Table). All land uses shown with an empty box in the table are not allowed in the applicable zoning district. f. Not Allowed, Except Under Special Circumstances (E). All land uses shown with an “E” on the table are not allowed in the applicable zoning district, except under the special circumstances identified in the specific use standards in Division 3.

2. Uses With Specific Standards. All uses, regardless of the type of permit that may be required, shall comply with all applicable provisions of this Development Code.

In addition, if there is a section number in the last column of the table (“Specific Use Standards”), the use is also subject to the referenced provisions.

3. Multiple Uses on a Single Site. Where a proposed project includes multiple land uses, and more than one type of land use permit is required, the most restrictive land use permit shall apply for all land uses.

4. Changes to an Approved Project. Changes to an approved project that required a land use permit shall be subject to the requirements of Chapter 16.104 (Changes to an Approved Project).

5. Uses Not Listed. Land uses that are not listed in Table 2-2 are not allowed, except as otherwise provided by Section 16.08.020(E) (Rules of interpretation—Allowable uses of land).

B.A. Allowable Uses and Permit Requirements for the MX, UC and PT Districts. The uses of land that may be allowed within the MX, UC and PT zoning districts and the land use permit requirements for each allowable use shall be identified in the master development plan applicable to the specific site, in compliance with Chapter 16.140 (Master Development Plans) and the Rough and Ready Island Development Plan for the Port of Stockton, CA for the PT zoning district (as applicable). Development and zoning code requirements within the PT zoning district are subject to the approved Development Agreement (DA) the City has with the Port. Should the DA expire, be amended, or mutually terminated, existing and future land uses shall utilize the IG (Industrial, General) zoning designation to regulate development.
1060
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 29 C.B. Overlay Zoning Districts. Development located in overlay zoning districts (Aircraft Operations Overlay District, Design Review Overlay District, Channel Area Overlay District, and Magnolia Historic Overlay District, and Commercial-Industrial Overlay District) shall be in compliance with Chapter 16.28 (Overlay Zoning District Land Use and Development Standards).
1061
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 30 D. Accessory Uses. Accessory land uses are subject to the requirements of Section 16.80.020 (Accessory uses and structures).

E. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses are subject to the requirements of Chapter 16.164 (Temporary Activity Permits). F. Freeway and Highway Oriented Uses. The following uses, when both located within 1,000 feet of Interstate 5, State Highway Route 4, or State Highway Route 99 and allowable through a Land Development Permit, Administrative Use Permit, or Commission Use Permit, shall be considered a Permitted (P) use unless within the Downtown Core area: 1. Auto/Vehicle Services: Car Washes; and 2. Auto/Vehicle Services: Fueling Stations.

The measurement of distance under this provision shall be made from the outside boundaries of the respective freeway or highway right-of-way to the property line of the proposed use. This provision excludes land zoned MX, UC and PT.

TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Residential Uses Residential Dwelling Unit
Single-Unit, Detached P P P A - - - - - - - - - - - Single-Unit, Attached A P(1) P(2) A - - - - - - - - - - - Multi-Unit Dwelling A A(1) P(2) P P P P P P P P - - - - Accessory Dwelling Unit See Section 16.80.310, Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (JADUs) Caretaker Unit - - - - P P P P P P P P L L - 1062
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 31 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Co-living - - - A A A P - - P P - - - - 16.80.225 Co-living Facilities Emergency Shelters - - - C C - C - - P C P P P - 16.80.155 Emergency Shelter Employee Housing (for Farmworkers) Employee housing providing accommodations for six or fewer employees shall be deemed to be a single-unit structure with a residential land use, and shall be treated the same as a single-unit dwelling of the same type in the same zoning district.

Family Day Care
Small Small and large family day cares are permitted in all zoning districts where residential uses are allowed and are considered residential uses of property. Large Group Residential - - - A - A A - - - A - - - - Live-Work Space - - - P P P P P - P P P - - - Low Barrier Navigation Center Low barrier navigation centers consistent with California Government Code Section 65660 et seq, shall be permitted by right in all Zoning Districts where multi-unit and mixed-use residential development are permitted.

Mobile Home Park - - A A - - - - - - - - - - - 16.80.210, Mobile Home Parks and Subdivisions Residential Care Facility Small Small residential care facilities constitute a residential use and are subject only to those restrictions that apply to other residential uses of the same type in the same zoning district Large - - L L L - - - - A L - - - - 16.80.300 Residential Care Homes Residential Facility, Assisted Living - - C P P P P - - P P - - - - Supportive Housing See Section 16.80.400, Supportive and Transitional Housing Transitional Housing 1063
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 32 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Public/Semi-Public, Recreational, and Institutional Uses Campgrounds and RV Parks - - - - - - A A - - - A - L - Colleges and Trade Schools - - - - P P P P P P P P P P - Commercial Entertainment and Recreation Card Rooms - - - - - - C C L C C C - - -

16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales 16.80.270 Problem Uses Cinema/ Theaters - - - - P P P P L P P - - - - Indoor Entertainment and Recreation - - - - L L L L L L L L - L - Outdoor Entertainment - - - - - - C C C C C C - A - Outdoor Recreation - - - - - - A A A A A A - A C Private Entertainment Facilities - - - - - - C C - C C C - - -
Community Assembly A A A A P P P P L P P P P P - 16.80.080 Assembly, places of Cultural Institutions - - - - P P P P P P P - - L A Day Care Centers - - C C P P P P P P P - - L - 16.80.100 Child Care Facilities Hospitals and Clinics Clinics - - - - P P P P - P P - - L - Hospitals - - - - C - C C - C C C - C - 1064
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 33 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Skilled Nursing Facility - C C P P - P P - P - - - L -
Instructional Services - - - A P P P P L P P P - L - Parking Lots and Structures - - - - A A P P P P P P - L - Parks and Recreation Facilities P P P P P P P P P P P - - P P Public Safety Facilities C C C C C C C C C C C C C L - Religious Facilities A A A A P P P P P P P P - L - 16.80.080 Assembly, places of Schools - A A A A A A A - A A - - A - Social Service Facilities - - - - A - A A - A A C C A - Vehicle, Truck, and Heavy Equipment Training - - - - - - - - A C - P P L -
Commercial, Business, and Service Uses Adult Related Establishments - - - - - - P P - P P - - - - 16.80.030 Adult-Related Establishments Animal Services Animal Shelter and Boarding - - - - C - C C L A C A A L - Pet Training and Day Care - - - - A A L L L L L L L - - Veterinary Clinics and Hospitals - - - - A A P P P P P P - - - 16.80.370 Veterinary Clinics and Animal Hospitals 1065
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 34 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Automobile/Vehicle Sales and Services
Automobile/ Vehicle Rental - - - - - - L L P L L L - - - 16.80.070 Auto and Vehicle Sales/Leasing/ Rental Facilities Automobile/ Vehicle Sales and Leasing - - - - - - L - P L A(3) P - - - 16.80.070 Auto and Vehicle Sales/Leasing/ Rental Facilities Automobile/Vehicle Service and Repair, Minor - - - - - - P P P P P P P - - 16.80.320 Service Stations (Fueling Stations) Automobile/ Vehicle Repair, Major - - - - - - - - P A - P P - - 16.80.340 Tow Truck Operators Large Vehicle and Equipment Sales, Service, and Rental - - - - - - A - A A - P P - - 16.80.070 Auto and Vehicle Sales/Leasing/ Rental Facilities Fueling Stations - - - - - - L L A L - L L - -

16.80.320 Service Stations (Fueling Stations) 16.80.340 Tow Truck Operators Towing and Impound - - - - - - - - - - - L P - - 16.80.340 Tow Truck Operators Vehicle Washing - - - - - - A A P A - A A - - Banks and Financial Services - - - - P P P P P P P - - - - Business Support Services - - - - P P P P P P P P P - - Cannabis Retailer 1066
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 35 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Storefront - - - - C C C C - C C C C - - 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Non-Storefront - - - - A A A A - A A A A - - 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Commercial Kitchen - - - A P P P P - - P L - - - Commissary - - - - - - - - - A - A A - - 16.80.385 Commissary Commissary Kitchen - - - - - - - - - - - A A - - 16.80.385 Commissary Drive-Through Facility - - - - A L(4) L L L L L L L - - 16.80.150 Drive-in and Drive- through Facilities Eating and Drinking Establishments Bars and Nightclubs - - - - - C C C C C C C - - - 16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales Food and Beverage Tasting - - - - - P P P P P P L L - - 16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales Restaurant - - - A P P P P P P P L - - -

16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales; 16.80.250, Outdoor Dining and Seating Food Truck Park
Food Truck Pod - - - - - L L L - L L - - - - 16.80.380 Food Truck Parks Food Truck Hub - - - - - A A A - A A - - - - 16.80.380 Food Truck Parks Food Truck Plaza - - - - - C C C - C C - - - - 16.80.380 Food Truck Parks Food Truck Park/Commissary Co-Location - - - - - - C C C C C C - - - 16.80.380 Food Truck Parks 1067
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 36 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Funeral Facilities and Services
Cemeteries - C C C C - C - C C C C C C C

16.80.165 Funeral Facilities and Services
Mortuaries - - - - - - C - C A C A A A - Funeral Homes - - - - A A A - A A A - - - - Crematorium - - - - - - C - C A C A A A - Lodging
Bed and Breakfast Inns - C C C P P P - - - P - - A - 16.80.090 Bed and Breakfast Inns Hotels and Motels - - - - P P P P - P P - - - - Offices - - - - P P P P P P P P P L - 16.80.240 Office Adjacent to Residential Zoning Districts Personal Services General Personal Services - - - - P P P P - P P - - - - Body Piercing Studios - - - - - C C C - C A - - - - Fortune, Palm, and Card Reader - - - - - A A A - A A - - - - Massage Establishment, State Certified - - - - P P P P - P P - - - - 16.80.190, Massage Establishments Massage Establishment, Noncertified - - - - - C C C - C C - - - - 16.80.190, Massage Establishments Repair Services - - - - P P P P P P P P - - -
1068
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 37 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Retail Sales
Building Materials Stores - - - - - A P P - P - P - - -

16.80.330 Shopping Centers and Large-Scale Commercial Retail Uses Convenience Stores - - - - - C C C - C C - - - -

16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales 16.80.140 Convenience Stores 16.80.270 Problem Uses 16.80.330 Shopping Centers and Large-Scale Commercial Retail Uses Garden Centers - - - - A A P P P P P P - - -

16.80.330 Shopping Centers and Large-Scale Commercial Retail Uses General Retail - - - A P P P P A P P P - - -

16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales 16.80.330 Shopping Centers and Large-Scale Commercial Retail Uses Outdoor Retail Sales - - - - - - A A - - - A A - -

16.80.260, Outdoor Display and Sales 16.80.330 Shopping Centers and Large-Scale Commercial Retail Uses Pawn Shop - - - - - A A A - A A - - - -

16.80.330 Shopping Centers and Large-Scale Commercial Retail Uses Industrial Uses Artisan Manufacturing - - - - - - P P - P P P P - - 1069
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 38 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Cannabis Distribution - - - - - - - - - - - C C - - 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Cannabis Manufacturer - - - - - - - - - - - C C - - 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Cannabis Microbusiness - - - - - - - - - - - C C - - 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Cannabis Testing Laboratory - - - - P P P - - P P P P - - 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Contractor Shops and Yards - - - - - - - - - A - P P - - Food and Beverage Production Artisan Food and Beverage - - - - - A A A - P P P P - - 16.80.170 Industrial Uses Food and Beverage Manufacturing - - - - - - - - - A - P P - - 16.80.170 Industrial Uses Heavy Industrial - - - - - - - - - - - - A - - 16.80.170 Industrial Uses Light Industrial - - - - - - - - - A - P P - - 16.80.170 Industrial Uses Petroleum Storage and Distribution - - - - - - - - - - - - A - - Recycling Facility Collection Facility - - - - - - L L - A L P P L - 16.80.290, Recycling Facilities Recycling Processing Facility - - - - - - - - - - - - A A - 16.80.290, Recycling Facilities Redemption Center, Major - - - - - - C C - C C C C C - 16.80.290, Recycling Facilities 1070
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 39 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Redemption Center, Minor - - - - - - A A - A A A A A - 16.80.290, Recycling Facilities Reverse Vending Machine - - - - P P P P P P P P P P - 16.80.290, Recycling Facilities Research and Development - - - - - - A A L P A P P L - 16.80.170 Industrial Uses Salvage and Wrecking - - - - - - - - - - - - A - - 16.80.170 Industrial Uses Sanitary Services - - - - - - - - - - - C A L - Warehousing and Storage Indoor Warehousing and Storage - - - - - - - - - P - P P - -

16.80.200, Mini-storage Facilities 16.80.390, Industrial Warehouse Standards Outdoor - - - - - - - - - A - P P L - Personal Storage Facilities (ministorage) - - - - - - A A A A C P P - - Vehicle Storage - - - - - - - - P A - L L P - Wholesaling and Distribution - - - - - - - - - P - P P - - 16.80.390, Industrial Warehouse Standards Transportation, Communication, and Utility Uses Airports and Heliports - - - - - - - - - - - - - C - Broadcasting Studio - - - - P P P P A P P P P P - Communications facilities 1071
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 40 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Major - - - - A - A A A A A A A A - Chapter 16.44 Wireless Communications Facilities Minor - E E E P - P P P P P P P P P Chapter 16.44 Wireless Communications Facilities Light Fleet-based Services - - - - A - P P P C P P - L - Marinas - - - - - - C - - - C C - A - Public Works and Utilities - - - - - - - - - C - C C L - Transit stations and terminals - - - - - - C - - C C C C C - Truck Parking - - - - - - - - - - - P P P - Vehicle and freight terminals - - - - - - - - - - - P P L - Agriculture and Resource Related Uses Agricultural Activities & Facilities P - - - - - - - - - - - P - A

16.80.060, Animal Regulations; 16.80.280, Produce Stands, Commercial Cannabis Cultivation - - - - - - - - - - - C C - C 16.80.195 Cannabis Business Types Community Garden P P P P P P P P P P P P P L P

16.80.130, Community Gardens; 16.80.285, Produce Stands, Urban Agriculture 1072
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 41 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Market Gardens/Urban Farm L A A A P P P P - P P P P - P

16.80.060, Animal Regulations; 16.80.135, Market Gardens/Urban Farms; 16.80.285, Produce Stands, Urban Agriculture Mineral Extraction - - - - - - - - - - - A A A - Nurseries L - - - C A P P - P P P - - - Urban Agriculture P P P P P P P P - P P P P - P

16.80.060, Animal Regulations; 16.80.285, Produce Stands, Urban Agriculture; 16.80.350, Urban Agriculture Other Uses Accessory Uses See Section 16.80.020, Accessory Uses Alcoholic Beverage Sales See Section 16.80.040, Alcoholic Beverage Sales Amusement Devices See Section 16.80.050, Amusement Devices Christmas Tree/Holiday Sales Facilities See Section 16.80.110, Christmas Tree/Holiday Sales Facilities Home Occupations See Section 16.80.160, Home Occupations Live Entertainment See Section 16.80.180, Live Entertainment Outdoor Dining and Seating See Section 16.80.250, Outdoor Dining and Seating Outdoor Display and Sales See Section 16.80.260, Outdoor Display and Sales Problem Uses See Section 16.80.270, Problem Uses 1073
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 42 TABLE 2-2: ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS "P" = Permitted Use; "L" = Land Development Permit required; "A" = Administrative Use Permit required; "C" = Commission Use Permit required; “E” = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances "-" = Use not allowed Land Use Classification Base Zoning Districts
Additional Regulations

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CL CA CH CD IL IG PF OS
Short-term Accessory Outdoor Sales
See Section 16.80.020.B.3, Short-term Accessory Outdoor Sales—Motorized Mobile Sales and Services, Non-Motorized Mobile Sales, and Motorized Food Wagons Specific Limitations: 1. Limited to a maximum of two dwelling units per building. 2. Limited to a maximum of four dwelling units per building. 3. Limited to dealers that sell new vehicles. 4. Only allowed in the Miracle Mile. 1074
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 43 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS

AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE-RELATED USES
Agricultural
activities & facilities
P P P A 16.80.060
Cannabis
cultivation
C C C C 16.80.195
Community
gardens
P P P P P P P P P P P P L P 16.80.130
Conservation areas L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
Market
gardens/urban
farms
L A A A P P P P P P P P 16.80.135
Mining A A A A
Urban agriculture P P P P P P P P P P P P 16.80.350

BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL USES

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Banks and financial
services

P P P P P P P
Business support
services

P P P P P P P
Offices P A P P P P A P L 16.80.240

INDUSTRY, MANUFACTURING & PROCESSING USES
Electricity
generating
plants/facilities
other than nuclear
C C P P 16.80.170
Electronics,
equipment &
appliance
manufacturing
P P P 16.80.170
Fabric product
manufacturing
P P P P 16.80.170
Food and beverage
product
manufacturing
P P P P 16.80.170
Furniture and
fixtures
manufacturing
P P P 16.80.170
1075
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 44 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Handcraft
industries, smallscale
manufacturing
P P P P 16.80.170
Laundries and dry
cleaning plants
P P P 16.80.170
Manufacturing
Light P P P 16.80.170
Heavy A P 16.80.170
Cannabis
distribution
C C C 16.80.195
Cannabis
manufacturer
(volatile and nonvolatile)
C C C 16.80.195
Cannabis,
microbusiness
C C 16.80.195
Cannabis testing
laboratory*
P P P P P P P 16.80.195
Metal products
fabrication,
machine/welding
shops
P P P 16.80.170
Petroleum storage
and distribution
A P 16.80.170
Printing and
publishing
P L P P P L 16.80.170
Recycling and
waste facilities

Collection facility L L L P P P L 16.80.290
Redemption
centers

Major C C C C C C C 16.80.290
Minor A A A A A A A 16.80.290
Recycling facility A P A 16.80.290
Scrap and
dismantling yards
A P 16.80.170
Transfer stations C P A 16.80.290
Research &
development (R&D)
A L P P P L 16.80.170
1076
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 45 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Storage yards P P P L 16.80.170
Warehouses P P P 16.80.170
Wholesaling and
distribution
P P P P 16.80.170

RECREATION, EDUCATION, AND PUBLIC ASSEMBLY USES
Activity centers A A A A A A A A A L A L C
Adult related
establishments
P P P 16.80.030
Auditoriums,
meeting halls, and
theaters
P P P P L L 16.24.080(B)(2)

16.24.090(B)

16.24.110(D)

16.24.180(D)
Bridge clubs and
nongambling board
games

P P P P P L
Card rooms C C C L 16.80.040

16.80.270
Clubs, lodges, and
private meeting
halls

P P P P P L P P A
Commercial
amusement
facilities

A A A A A A
Educational
facilities

Academic
schools—Private

A A A A A A A A
Academic
schools—Public

P P P P P
Colleges and
universities—
Private
C C
Vocational and
technical schools

P P P P P P P
Equipment repair
and maintenance
training

P P A P L
Specialized
education and
training

A A P P P A P P L
1077
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 46 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Vehicle repair and
maintenance
training

P A P P P L
Truck and heavy
equipment
education and
training

P P P L
Equestrian facilities C A A L C
Golf
courses/country
clubs

C C C C C A A A P L A
Indoor recreation
facilities

A A A A A P L
Libraries and
museums

C C C P P P P P P P L A
Live entertainment P P P P P 16.80.180
Marinas C C C A A
Outdoor assembly
facilities

A A A L
Outdoor
commercial
recreation facilities

C C C C C A
Parks and
playgrounds

P P P P P P P P P P
Pool halls/billiard
parlors
C C L 16.80.040

16.80.270
Private
entertainment
facilities

C C C C
Private residential
recreation facilities
A A A A 16.80.030

16.80.270
Recreational
vehicle parks

A A A L
Religious facilities A A A A P P P P P P P L 16.80.080
Studios P P P P P L

RESIDENTIAL USES
Accessory dwelling
units (ADUs) and
junior accessory
P P P P P P P P P 16.80.310
1078
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 47 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
dwelling units
(JADUs)
Caretaker and
employee housing

P P P P P P P L L L L
Dwelling group P P P P L
Duplexes P P P P L 16.24.040
Mobile home parks A A A A A 16.80.210
Multifamily
dwellings
P P P P P P L 16.80.220
Co-living (dwelling
unit facility)
A A A A A 16.80.225
Organizational
houses
A A
Residential care
facilities

Assisted living
facilities
A C P P P P P L 16.80.300
Care homes, 6 or
fewer clients

P P P P P
Family care homes,
7 or more clients
C C C L 16.80.300
Senior care
facilities, 7 or more
clients
A A A A L 16.80.300
Rooming and
boarding houses
A A L
Senior residential
projects
P P P P P P L 16.80.220
Single-family
dwellings

P P P P P L
Townhouses A P P P P P P L
Triplexes P P A L

RETAIL TRADE
Agricultural
chemical sales
A L P 16.36.080
Alcoholic beverage
sales

1079
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 48 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Bars and
nightclubs—Onsale
C C C C 16.80.270
Sale of alcohol—
Off-sale
C C C C C C 16.80.040
With another use—
On-sale

L L L L L L
Artisan shops P P P P P L P
Auto and vehicle
sales—New
L P 16.24.120

16.80.070

16.80.330
Auto and vehicle
sales—Used
L A L 16.24.120

16.80.070

16.80.330
Auto and vehicle
leasing/rental
A L A L 16.80.070
Auto parts sales P P P P A
Building material
stores
A P L P P 16.80.330
Construction, farm
& heavy equipment
sales
A A P P P 16.80.330
Convenience
stores
C C C C 16.80.040

16.80.140

16.80.270
Furniture,
furnishings, and
appliance stores
C P P P P P P 16.80.330
Mobile home sales A P 16.80.330
Nurseries and
garden supply
stores
A C A P P P P P 16.80.330
Outdoor retail sales
and activities
A A A 16.80.260
Pet shops P P P P
Recreational
vehicle & boat
sales—New/used
L A L 16.80.330
Restaurants P P P P P P P 16.80.250
Retail stores A P P P P P P P P 16.80.330
1080
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 49 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Secondhand
stores/pawn shops
A A A
Shopping centers
Neighborhood P P 16.80.330
Community P P 16.80.330
Regional P P 16.80.330
Warehouse retail
stores
C C C 16.80.330

SERVICES
Adult day care
facilities

P P P P P A L
Animal services
Kennel and
boarding facilities

A A A A
Pet grooming A A P P P P L
Training facilities A A L L L L L
Veterinary clinics
and animal
hospitals
A A C P P P P P 16.80.370
Auto/vehicle
services

Car washes A A A P A P
Fueling stations A L L L P L P 16.80.320

16.80.340
Inoperable vehicle
storage
L L
Maintenance/minor
repair
A P P P P P P P 16.80.320
Major repair/body
work
P P P P 16.80.340
Parking facilities C C C A A P P P P P P L 16.64.080
Vehicle storage L P P P P P L
Cannabis retailer
storefront
C C C C C C C 16.80.195
Child care facilities
Child care centers C C C C P P P P P P P P 16.80.100
1081
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 50 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Large family child
care homes
P P P P P P P P P 16.80.100
Small family child
care homes

P P P P P P P P P
Equipment rental L P A P P
Funeral facilities
and services

Cemeteries C C C C C C C C C C C
Mortuaries C C C A A A
Funeral homes A A A A A
Health/fitness
facilities

P P P P L
Lodging facilities
Bed and breakfast C C C P P P P A 16.80.090
Extended-stay
facilities
P P P
Hotels and motels P P P P P
Massage
establishment

16.80.190
State certified P P P P P
Non-certified C C A A
Medical services
Ambulance service A P P P L P P L
Clinics and
laboratories

P P P P P L P L
Extended care C C C P P P P L
Health-related P P P P A 16.80.190
Hospitals C C C C
Medical-related
facilities

P P P P P P
Non-storefront
cannabis retail
operator permit
(delivery only)
A A A A A A A 16.80.195
Personal
services—
Restricted

C C A A
1082
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 51 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Personal
services—
Unrestricted

P P P P P
Personal storage
facilities (ministorage)
A L L P P P 16.80.200
Repair services P P P P P P
Sanitary services C A P L 16.36.080
Social services
facilities

Drug abuse,
alcohol
recovery/treatment
facility

A A A A
Feeding centers C C C A
Emergency
shelters
C C C C P P P 16.80.155

TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION USES
Broadcasting
studios

P P P P A P P P L
Communications
facilities

Minor E E E P P P P P P P P P P Ch. 16.44
Major A A A A A A P P A Ch. 16.44
Transit stations and
terminals

C C C C P C
Vehicle and freight
terminals
P P P

OTHER USES
Live-work space P P P P P P P
Major impact
facilities
C C C
Motion picture
production

P P P P
Multi-use facilities P P P P P A A P 16.80.230
Public and
semipublic utility
facilities

A A A A A A P P P L P P P L
Public institutions C C C C C C C C C C C L L
1083
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 52 TABLE 2-2 ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

LAND USES PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT SPECIFIC USE

STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS
Signs—Offpremises
E E E E E E E 16.76.110
Key: P = Use permitted, L = Land development permit required, A = Administrative use permit required, C = Commission use permit required, E = Use not allowed, except under special circumstances, Empty box = Use not allowed
Notes:

See Section 16.20.020 for an explanation of the table and each land use permit requirement.

A use permit shall be required of any new commercial, industrial, institutional, or accessory use, or major addition that involves the manufacture, storage, handling, or processing of hazardous materials in compliance with Section 16.36.080 (Hazardous materials).

See Division 8 for definitions of the listed land uses.

Home occupations require a home occupation permit (Chapter 16.132). * Cannabis laboratories are not allowed to vertically integrate. This use is a stand-alone cannabis business and cannot be combined with any other cannabis business type.

Chapter 16.24 Zoning District Development Standards

16.24.010 Purpose of chapter.

This chapter provides regulations for development and new land uses in the zoning districts established by Section 16.16.020 (Zoning districts established). (Prior code § 16-230.010)

16.24.020 General zoning district development standards.

Subdivisions, new land uses and structures, and changes and alterations to existing land uses and structures, shall be designed, constructed, and/or established in compliance with the requirements in Table 2-3, in addition to all other applicable requirements of this chapterof this chapter, and the standards of Division 3 (Site Planning and General Development Standards), and all other applicable standards of this Code. (Prior code § 16-230.020)

16.24.030 RE (residential, estate) zoning district standardsResidential Districts Development Standards.

Table 2-3: Development Standards – Residential Districts, prescribes the development standards for Residential Districts. Section numbers in the Additional Regulations column refer to other 1084
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 53 sections of this Code. There are no zone specific standards for the RE (residential, estate) zoning district. (Prior code § 16-230.030)
TABLE 2-3: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS District RE RL RM RH Additional
Regulations Outside
Downtown
Greater
Downtown
Downtown
Core
Minimum Lot Size
Area (square feet unless
stated)
1 acre 4,000 4,000 n/a n/a n/a
Width (ft) 150 45 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Maximum Density Maximum Density does not apply to lots less than 6,500 square feet in size in the RE, RL, or RM Districts
Either gross or
net calculation
may be used to
determine
allowable and
required density.

See also
Chapter 16.52,
Infill
Development
Standards, and
Chapter 16.40,
Affordable
Housing
Incentives /
Density Bonus
Provisions
Dwelling units per net acre 1.0 8.7 17.4 30 90 136
Dwelling units per gross acre 0.9 6.1 13.1 24 72 108.8
Minimum Density Minimum Density does not apply to lots less than 6,500 square feet in size in the RE, RL, or RM Districts
Dwelling units per net acre n/a n/a 8.8 17.5 20 20
Dwelling units per gross acre n/a n/a 6.2 13.2 16 16
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
(FAR), applicable only to
nonresidential floor area
n/a n/a 0.3 0.3 3.0 5.0
Maximum Height (ft) 35 35 35 45 n/a n/a 16.36.090,
Height
Measurement
and Height
Limitations
Minimum Setbacks (ft)
Front 15, 20
for front
entry
garages
15, 20
for front
entry
garages
15, 20
for front
entry
garages
10 10 10 16.36.110,
Setback
Regulations and
Exceptions
Street Side 10, 20
for
garages
10, 20
for
garages
10, 20
for
garages
10 10 10
Interior Side 10 5 5 5 10 10
Rear 30 10 10 10 10 10
1085
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 54 16.24.040 RL (residential, low density) zoning district standards.

The following standards shall apply to land uses and development within the RL (residential, low density) zoning district:

A. Duplexes. Duplexes located in the RL (residential, low density) zoning district shall comply with the provisions of this section and all other applicable provisions of this Development Code.

1. Open space. A minimum of 150 square feet of private open space is required per duplex unit, beyond the minimum required front-yard, rear-year, and side-yard setbacks.

2. Main entrance. A duplex located on a corner lot that consists of two dwelling units arranged side-by-side, shall have a main entry for each from either street corner.

16.24.050 RM (residential, medium density) zoning district standards.

The front yard setback requirement for garages in the RM (residential, medium density) zoning district shall be a minimum of 20 feet, regardless of the setback of the primary structure, except for side-entry garages which shall be a minimum of 15 feet in compliance with Section

16.36.110(D) (Allowed projections into setbacks). (Ord. 023-07 C.S. § 7; prior code § 16-230.050)

16.24.060 RH (residential, high density) zoning district standards.

There are no zone specific standards for the RH (residential, high density) zoning district. (Prior code § 16-230.060)
TABLE 2-3: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS District RE RL RM RH Additional
Regulations Outside
Downtown
Greater
Downtown
Downtown
Core
Maximum Lot Coverage (% of
lot)
25 70 70 80 100 100 16.36.120, Site
Coverage
Calculation and
Exceptions
Minimum Residential Open
Space (sq ft/dwelling unit)
n/a n/a 140, of
which 40
must be
private
140, of
which 40
must be
private
75, may
be
common
or private
50, may
be
common
or private

16.36.170,
Residential Open
Space
1086
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 55 16.24.070 CO (commercial, office) zoning district standardsCommercial Districts Development Standards.

Table 2-4: Development Standards – Commercial Districts, prescribes the development standards for Commercial Districts. Section numbers in the Additional Regulations column refer to other sections of this Code.A height exception from the 45-foot height limit may be granted by the Commission, with a Commission use permit in compliance with Chapter 16.168 (Use Permits), not to exceed 60 feet in height, if it can be substantiated that the proposed project will at least:

TABLE 2-4: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS District CO CN CG CL CA CH CD Additional
Regulations
Maximum Density Either gross
or net
calculation
may be used
to determine
allowable and
required
density.

See also
Chapter

16.52, Infill
Development
Standards,
and Chapter

16.40,
Affordable
Housing
Incentives /
Density
Bonus
Provisions
Dwelling units per net
acre
Downtown Core: 136
Greater Downtown: 90
Other Areas: 30
Dwelling units per
gross acre
Downtown Core: 108.8
Greater Downtown: 72
Other Areas: 24
Minimum Density
Dwelling units per net
acre
Downtown Core: 20
Greater Downtown: 20
Other Areas: 17.5
Dwelling units per
gross acre
Downtown Core: 16
Greater Downtown: 16
Other Areas: 13.2
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio (FAR), applicable
only to nonresidential
floor area
Downtown Core: 5.0
Greater Downtown: 3.0
Other Areas: 0.3
Maximum Height (ft) 45, up to 60
with
Commission
Use Permit
approval
45 75 75 75 75 n/a 16.36.090,
Height
Measurement
and Height
Limitations
Minimum Setbacks (ft)
Front 10 0 10 10 10 10 0 16.36.110,
Setback
Regulations
and
Exceptions
Street Side 10 0 10 10 10 10 0
Interior Side 0, 10 adjacent to Residential Zone
1087
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 56 A. Not have any adverse market or economic impact on the downtown revitalization efforts considering:

1. The number and percentage of local residents employed with the project; and

2. The market and economic impact on downtown.

B. Establish that, as a result of modifications to the proposed project or other separate contributions in exchange for the height exception, the project will not be detrimental to the Central Stockton Plan policies for revitalization.

C. The performance and success of the Central Stockton Plan, based on monitoring, indicates that a height exception would not be detrimental to the revitalization efforts, considering:

1. Current market demand and vacancy rates; and

2. The height limitations in relationship to the timing and limiting internal competition based on the implementation of objectives in the Central Stockton Plan be monitored.

D. Will be economically advantageous to the entire City. (Prior code § 16-230.070)

16.24.080 CN (commercial, neighborhood) zoning district standards.

Proposed development and new land uses within the CN (Commercial, Neighborhood) zoning district shall comply with the provisions of this section and all other applicable provisions of this Development Code.

A. Project Plan. A project plan shall be required for the designation of a CN zoning district.

All future development of the CN zoning district shall be in compliance with that project plan.

1. Contents. The project plan shall, at a minimum, include the following:
a. Location, size, and configuration of any structures, including buildings, signs, waste compactors and enclosures, walls/fencing, etc.; TABLE 2-4: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS District CO CN CG CL CA CH CD Additional
Regulations
Rear 0, 10 adjacent to Residential Zone
Minimum Residential
Open Space (sq
ft/dwelling unit)
Downtown Core: 50, may be common or private
Greater Downtown: 75, may be common or private
Other Areas: 140, of which 40 must be private

16.36.170,
Residential
Open Space
1088
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 57 b. Circulation and parking plans and loading areas or docks; c. The location of bike racks; and
d. Any landscaping, courtyards, outdoor seating areas, and other active and passive open spaces.

2. Changes to Project Plan.
a. Any changes to the approved project plan shall be in compliance with Chapter 16.104 (Changes to an Approved Project).
b. Subsequent changes to approved uses within the project plan shall not require modification to the project plan unless the proposed use modifies the physical layout of the site.
c. The replacement of existing buildings shall not require a new or revised project plan if the new building:
i. Has the same footprint, total square footage, and height of the original building; and
ii. The proposed use does not independently require a discretionary land use permit from the City.

3. Separate Permits. Land uses that are identified as requiring a land use development permit in Table 2-2 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements) shall obtain a separate permit for that land use. This does not require an amendment to the project plan.

B. Development Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the CN zoning district shall comply with the zoning district development standards in Section 16.24.020 (General zoning district development standards), Table 2-3 (Zoning District Development Standards), all applicable provisions of Division 3 (Site Planning and General Development Standards), and the following requirements:

1. Indoor Use Requirement and Exceptions. Proposed development of new land uses within the CN (commercial, neighborhood) zoning district shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure except that:
a. Storage and sales areas may be located outside if screened from the visible rights-of-way and are in compliance with the requirements for outdoor display and sales (Section 16.80.260).
b. Outdoor dining shall be allowed in compliance with Section 16.80.250 (Outdoor dining and seating areas).
1089
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 58 c. Convenience stores shall be allowed in compliance with Section 16.80.140 (Convenience stores).

2. Motion Picture Theaters—Limitation on Use. Motion picture theaters located in the CN zoning district shall contain no more than five (5) viewing screens or 499 total seats, including new construction, expansion, conversion, or renovation of a theater of more than five (5) viewing screens or 500 or more total seats or any other structure existing on the same or adjoining parcels or within 1,000 feet of another theater.

3. Drive-In and Drive-Through Facilities. Drive-in and drive-through facilities, including those that are part of a bank, pharmacy, restaurant, etc., shall not be allowed in the CN zoning district.

4. Convenience Stores. All convenience stores shall:
a. Be limited in size to a maximum floor area of 2,500 square feet, not including the fueling station component;
b. Be located at the intersection of two (2) arterial streets with a minimum frontage of 150 feet on at least one (1) arterial street; and c. Set all structures adjacent to a street, back a distance of 10 feet from the property lines.

5. Fences. Fences, hedges, and walls may be provided in compliance with Chapter

16.48, except that chain link fencing and barbed wire/razor wire fencing shall not be allowed.

6. Parking. Parking requirements shall be in compliance with Chapter 16.64 (OffStreet Parking and Loading Standards):
a. All parking shall be located behind the primary structure and screened from adjacent property and the street by a six (6) foot high masonry wall. No parking shall be allowed in front of the building.
b. A reduction in parking may be granted by the Director or Planning Commission in compliance with Section 16.64.050(B) (Reduction or waiver of parking requirements), if:
i. Existing physical constraints on the site limit the amount of parking that can be provided; and
ii. The granting of the waiver would further the purpose of the revitalization of the area.
c. Parking may be provided off-site in compliance with Section

16.64.080(B)(4) (Development standards for off-street parking—Location). 1090
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 59 7. Access. Access shall be in compliance with the access requirements in Section

16.36.030 (Access—General) and subject to the standards for urban driveways.

8. Service Areas. Service areas (e.g., loading docks, trash areas, shopping cart storage, and similar uses) shall not encroach into the required setback between the commercial use and any residential or noise-sensitive use. a. Loading and unloading areas shall be oriented away from street side elevations whenever possible and shall be screened from public view in compliance with Section 16.36.100 (Screening and buffering); b. Loading and unloading activities and other similar activities that may cause noise shall be in compliance with Chapter16.60 (Noise Standards); c. Trash enclosures shall be in compliance with Section 16.36.130 (Solid waste/recyclable materials storage); and
d. Any shopping carts shall be located so as to not interfere with fire lanes or pedestrian, vehicle, or other circulation.

9. Bicycle Racks. Provisions for bicycle racks shall be included.

10. Signs. A comprehensive sign program shall be provided in compliance with Section 16.76.050 (Comprehensive sign program).

11. Compatibility. Designed to be compatible with existing and neighboring land uses.

The development shall cause minimal impacts on existing access, light, noise, traffic, vibration, etc., if any.

C. Restrictions. The following uses shall be allowed, subject to the requirements of Table 2- 2 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements) and the following restrictions:

1. Offices. All offices shall be limited in size to a maximum of 5,000 square feet.

2. Retail Uses. All allowed retail uses shall be limited in size to a maximum of 10,000 square feet.

3. Restaurants. All restaurants, coffee shops, coffee houses, or cafes shall be limited in size to a maximum of 10,000 square feet, including outdoor dining and seating areas.

4. Other Nonresidential Uses. All other nonresidential uses shall be limited in size to 5,000 square feet, except bed and breakfast inns, child care facilities, live-work spaces, and multi-use facilities.

D. Modification of Requirements. The Review Authority may grant exceptions to any of the above requirements after considering the general intent of this section and the particular 1091
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 60 circumstances of the proposed development. (Ord. 011-08 C.S. §§ 3, 4; Ord. 023-07 C.S. § 8; prior code § 16-230.080)

16.24.090 CG (commercial, general) zoning district standards.

The following standards shall apply to land uses and development within the CG (Commercial, General) zoning district:

A. Indoor Use Requirement and Exceptions. Proposed development and new land uses within the CG (commercial, general) zoning district shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure, except that:

1. Storage and sales areas may be located outside if screened from the visible rightsof-way and/or are in compliance with the requirements for outdoor display and sales (Section 16.80.260).

2. Outdoor dining shall be allowed in compliance with Section 16.80.250 (Outdoor dining and seating areas).

B. Motion Picture Theaters—Limitation on Use. Motion picture theaters located in the CG zoning district shall contain no more than five (5) viewing screens or 499 total seats, including new construction, expansion, conversion, or renovation of a theater of more than five (5) viewing screens or 500 or more total seats or any other structure existing on the same or adjoining parcels or within 1,000 feet of another theater.

16.24.100 CD (commercial, downtown) zoning district standards.

The following standard shall apply to land uses and development within the CD (commercial, downtown) zoning district:

A. Multifamily Land Uses. Multifamily land uses in the CD zoning district shall not be subject to the site plan and open space requirements for multifamily development (Section

16.80.220(A) through (H)). The requirements for a landscape maintenance plan and management plan/agreement shall still apply (Section 16.80.220(I)).

B. Commercial Land Uses. Commercial land uses in the CD zoning district shall not be subject to the requirements for shopping centers and large-scale commercial retail uses (Section 16.80.330).

16.24.110 CL (commercial, large-scale) zoning district standards.

The following standards shall apply to land uses and development within the CL (commercial, large-scale) zoning district:
1092
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 61 A. Minimum Site Area. The CL zoning district shall only be applied to a site with a minimum area of 25 acres. If an existing developed site in the CL zoning district is less than 25 acres, the structures may be added to, enlarged, extended, reconstructed, relocated, or structurally altered in compliance with Section 16.228.040(D)(3) (Provisions for nonconforming uses, structures, and parcels—Substandard parcels or zoning district areas).

B. Use Permit Requirement. A project plan in compliance with Section 16.80.330(C) (Shopping centers and large-scale commercial retail uses—Shopping center project plans) showing the entire proposed development for the project site shall be submitted for approval as part of a Commission use permit in compliance with Chapter 16.168 (Use Permit) for the original project. All development on the project site shall be in compliance with the project plan.

C. Indoor Use Requirements and Exceptions. Proposed development and new land uses within the CL (commercial, large-scale) zoning district shall be conducted within enclosed structures, except for:

1. Automotive service stations (fueling stations), parking lots, and outdoor advertising signs;

2. Storage and sales areas if screened from the visible rights-of-way and/or are in compliance with the requirements for outdoor display and sales (Section

16.80.260);

3. Outdoor dining in compliance with Section 16.80.260 (Outdoor dining and seating areas);

4. Promotional activities in compliance with the use permit and subsection E of this section; and

5. Mobile vendors and kiosks as defined in Division 8 (Glossary).

D. Motion Picture Theaters—Limitation on Use. Motion picture theaters located in the CL zoning district shall contain no more than five (5) viewing screens or 499 total seats, including new construction, expansion, conversion, or renovation of a theater of more than five (5) viewing screens or 500 or more total seats or any other structure existing on the same or adjoining parcels or within 1,000 feet of another theater.

E. Warehouse Retail Stores—Limitation on Use. Warehouse retail stores located in the CL zoning district that devote 10 percent or more of the total sales floor area to the sale of nontaxable merchandise shall contain no more than 100,000 square feet of gross floor area, except for stores charging membership dues or otherwise restricting merchandise sales to customers paying a periodic access fee.
1093
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 62 F. Shopping Center Promotional Activity. Outdoor promotional activities, including carnivals, fairs, festivals, flea markets, food events, fund-raisers, haunted houses, outdoor entertainment/sporting events, public relations activities, vehicle/motorcycle/recreational vehicle shows, rummage sales, secondhand sales, and other similar events designed to attract large crowds may be held by shopping centers in compliance with the following:

1. The total length of the promotional activity (from setting up to taking down any promotional structures) shall be no more than 96 hours;

2. The location of the promotional activity is:
a. At least 300 feet from any residentially zoned property; and b. Consistent with the use permit for the shopping center;

3. Does not create objectionable dust, noise, odors, smoke, vibrations, or similar actions beyond the level of ordinary neighborhood retail establishments and the requirements of Chapter 16.32 (General Performance Standards); and

4. The Chief of Police is notified at least 21 days before the promotional activity. (Ord. 018-07 C.S. § 4; prior code § 16-230.110)
G. Multifamily Land Uses. Multifamily residential land uses in the CL zoning district shall not be subject to the development standards for multifamily development (Section

16.80.220(A) through (H)). The requirements for a landscape maintenance plan and management plan/agreement shall still apply (Section 16.80.220(I)). Additional requirements include:

1. Residential units are not permitted on the first or ground floor.

2. Limited residential use of the first or ground floor of such buildings may be permitted when limited to the functions of entrance lobby/elevator/stair access, leasing or management office or residential amenity spaces such as health/fitness, meeting/activity room or storage. However, in no case shall more than fifteen (15%) percent of the ground floor be devoted to these ancillary residential uses (not counting parking areas).

3. Residential and commercial land uses shall have separate entrances.

4. For new construction, terracing and articulation providing additional setbacks are required to create relief to the overall massing of building facades. Such design features of building façade articulation are required at least every sixty (60) feet on average along the primary building facades facing streets or the building frontage where the building fronts its primary parking lot area. For any building over two stories in height and over 200 feet in length, there shall be a thirty-five (35) foot break on at least the first floor, the design of which shall be a component of the architectural review process required for a conditional use permit. For any new 1094
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 63 building over two stories in height, a significant portion of the top floor shall be terraced and stepped back from the exterior face of the next lower floor by an average of at least five (5) feet. Parking structures are exempt from the terracing requirement.

5. Any above grade parking garages or decks constructed within this district shall be at least one hundred (100) feet away from any property used for single family or zoned for low density residential.

16.24.120 CA (commercial, auto) zoning district standards.

Proposed development and new land uses within the CA (Commercial, Auto) zoning district shall comply with the provisions of this section and all other applicable provisions of this Development Code.

A. Purpose. At least 51 percent of all land uses approved within the CA zoning district in compliance with Section 16.20.020 (Allowable land uses and permit requirements) shall be directly related to the sale, lease, or rental of new and/or used automobiles and other vehicles, boats, and recreational vehicles or other motor vehicle related uses.

B. Permit Requirements. Each use of land that is identified as allowable in the CA zoning district by Section 16.20.020 (Allowable land uses and permit requirements), shall obtain the land use permit required by Table 2-2.

C. Minimum Area for Zoning District. The CA zoning district shall only be applied to a site with a minimum area of three (3) acres.

D. Development Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the CA zoning district shall comply with the zoning district development standards in Section 16.24.020 (General zoning district development standards), Table 2-3, all applicable provisions of Division 3 (Site Planning and General Development Standards), and the following requirements.

1. Permanent Structures Required. A site-constructed structure of at least 7,500 square feet shall be provided for offices, repair facilities, and retail sales of new and used autos, other vehicles, recreational vehicles, boats, and new parts.

Fueling stations may meet this requirement by including the square footage of the canopy area covering the fuel islands. No pre-manufactured structures, including commercial coaches or trailers, shall be allowed.

2. Enclosure Required. All auto repair or servicing activities shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure.

3. Outdoor Storage. The outdoor storage or display of any materials other than vehicles for sale shall be prohibited.
1095
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 64 4. Noise. In addition to the requirements of Chapter 16.60 (Noise Standards), amplification systems, repair or servicing noise shall not create a nuisance for adjacent residential zoning districts.

5. Setbacks. Setback requirements shall apply to all public and private streets, including landscaping requirements in compliance with Chapter 16.56 (Landscaping Standards).

E. Accessory Food Service Facilities. Accessory food service facilities in conjunction with an allowed primary auto-related use, not to exceed 1,500 square feet, may be allowed subject to a Commission use permit in compliance with Chapter 16.172 (Use Permits). (Ord. 2012- 04-10-1601 C.S. § 1; prior code § 16-230.120)

16.24.130 IL (industrial, limited) zoning district standardsIndustrial Districts Development Standards.

Table 2-5: Development Standards – Industrial Districts, prescribes the development standards for Industrial Districts. Section numbers in the Additional Regulations column refer to other sections of this Code.The following standards shall apply to land uses and development within the IL (industrial, limited) zoning district:

A. Enclosed Use Requirements and Exceptions. Proposed development and new land uses within the IL (industrial, limited) zoning district shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure except for those cases in which another type of roofed enclosure is approved by the Director or Commission for use at a particular location, subject to the following:

TABLE 2-5: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS District IL IG Additional Regulations
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 0.6 0.6
Maximum Height (ft) 60 n/a 16.36.090, Height Measurement and Height Limitations
Minimum Setbacks (ft)
Front 10 10 16.36.110, Setback Regulations and
Exceptions; and 16.80.390, Industrial and
Street Side 10 10 Warehouse Standards
Interior Side 0, 10 adjacent to
Residential Zone
0, 10 adjacent to
Residential Zone
Rear 0, 10 adjacent to
Residential Zone
0, 10 adjacent to
Residential Zone
1096
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 65 1. Exceptions. The following exceptions may be located outside of the enclosed structure:
a. Loading and unloading docks;
b. Driveways;
c. Parking areas for vehicles; and
d. Storage in compliance with subsection B of this section.

2. Prohibition. Outside manufacturing, fabrication, processing, assembling, or repair is prohibited.

B. Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the IL (industrial, limited) zoning district shall comply with the following standards:

1. Applicable general performance standards and general development and land use standards (Chapters 16.32 and 16.36);

2. Screening standards for allowed outdoor uses and facilities, as follows:
a. Open storage of goods or materials incidental to the primary activity shall be screened from any adjacent public street by a solid, decorative, masonry wall, or landscaped berm and wall, the design and height to be approved by the Director;
b. Loading and unloading areas and ground-mounted equipment, including utility vaults, air conditioners, fuel containers, etc., that are visible from any adjacent public streets shall be screened by a solid, decorative masonry wall or landscaped berm and wall that has a minimum height of eight (8) feet above the adjacent street grade; and
c. Trash enclosures in compliance with Section 16.36.130 (Solid waste/recyclable materials storage);

3. A circulation system that is designed to minimize pedestrian/vehicle conflicts; and

4. Service areas (e.g., loading docks, trash areas, and similar uses) adjacent to residential zoning districts:
a. Shall not encroach into the required setback area between the industrial use and a residential zoning district/noise-sensitive use; b. Shall comply with the noise standards in compliance with Chapter 16.60 (Noise Standards);

5. No barbed or concertina wire shall be visible from any adjacent public street, in compliance with Chapter 16.48 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls); and 1097
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 66 C. Industrial Uses on Two (2) or More Acres. Industrial land uses located on two (2) or more acres shall be subject to the requirements of Section 16.80.170 (Industrial uses on two (2) or more acres). (Ord. 023-07 C.S. § 9; prior code § 16-230.130)

16.24.140 IG (industrial, general) zoning district standards.

The following standards shall apply to land uses and development within the IG (industrial, general) zoning district:

A. Light Manufacturing Land Uses. Light manufacturing land uses, as defined in Division 8 (Glossary), shall comply with the permitting requirements for the IG (industrial, general) zoning district in Table 2-2 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements) and the following standards:

1. Enclosed Use Requirements and Exceptions. Proposed development and new land uses within the IG (industrial, general) zoning district shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure except for those cases in which another type of roofed enclosure is approved by the Review Authority for use at a particular location, subject to the following:
a. Exceptions. The following exceptions may be located outside of the enclosed structure:
i. Loading and unloading docks;
ii. Driveways;
iii. Parking areas for vehicles; and
iv. Storage in compliance with subsection B of this section. b. Prohibition. Outside manufacturing, fabrication, processing, assembling, or repair is prohibited.

2. Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the IG (industrial, general) zoning district shall comply with the following standards:
a. Applicable general performance standards and general development and land use standards (Chapters 16.32 and 16.36);
b. Screening standards for allowed outdoor uses and facilities, as follows:
i. Open storage of goods or materials incidental to the primary activity shall be screened from any adjacent public street by a solid, decorative, masonry wall, or landscaped berm and wall, the design and height to be approved by the Director;
1098
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 67 ii. Loading and unloading areas and ground-mounted equipment, including utility vaults, air conditioners, fuel containers. etc., that are visible from any adjacent public streets shall be screened by a solid, decorative masonry wall or landscaped berm and wall that has a minimum height of eight feet above the adjacent street grade; and iii. Trash enclosures in compliance with Section 16.36.130 (Solid waste/recyclable materials storage);
c. A circulation system that is designed to minimize pedestrian/vehicle conflicts;
d. Service areas (e.g., loading docks, trash areas, and similar uses) adjacent to residential zoning districts:
i. Shall not encroach into the required setback area between the industrial use and a residential zoning district/noise-sensitive use; ii. Shall comply with the noise standards in compliance with Chapter

16.60 (Noise Standards); and
e. No barbed or concertina wire shall be visible from any adjacent public street, in compliance with Chapter 16.48 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls).

3. Industrial Uses on Two (2) or More Acres. Industrial land uses located on two (2) or more acres shall be subject to the requirements of Section 16.80.170 (Industrial uses on two (2) or more acres).

B. Heavy Manufacturing Land Uses. Heavy manufacturing land uses, as defined in Division 8 (Glossary), shall be subject to an administration use permit in compliance with Chapter

16.168 (Use Permit) and the following standards:

1. Enclosed Use Requirements and Exceptions. The converting of raw materials into a product and the assembly, fabrication, and conversion of already processed raw materials into products shall be conducted wholly within an enclosed structure, except for:
a. Where another type of roofed enclosure is approved by the Review Authority for use at a particular location.
b. The nature of the activity is such that it requires all or a portion of the manufacturing process to be conducted outdoors as determined by the Review Authority.
c. Incidental uses which may be located outside:
i. Loading and unloading docks;
1099
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 68 ii. Driveways;
iii. Parking areas for vehicles; and
iv. Storage in compliance with subsection B of this section.

2. Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the IG (industrial, general) zoning district shall comply with the following standards:
a. Applicable general performance standards and general development and land use standards (Chapters 16.32 and 16.36);
b. Screening standards for allowed outdoor uses and facilities, as follows:
i. Open storage of goods or materials shall be screened by a solid, decorative wall, or fence or landscaped berm and wall or fence, the design and height to be approved by the Review Authority; and ii. Trash enclosures in compliance with Section 16.36.130 (Solid waste/recyclable materials storage);
c. A circulation system that is designed to minimize pedestrian/vehicle conflicts;
d. Service areas (e.g., loading docks, trash areas, and similar uses) adjacent to residential zoning districts:
i. Shall not encroach into the required setback area between the industrial use and a residential zoning district/noise-sensitive use; and
ii. Shall comply with the noise standards in compliance with Chapter

16.60 (Noise Standards); and
e. No barbed or concertina wire shall be visible from any adjacent public street, in compliance with Chapter 16.48 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls).

3. Industrial Uses on Two (2) or More Acres. Industrial land uses located on two (2) or more acres shall be subject to the requirements of Section 16.80.170 (Industrial uses on two (2) or more acres).

C. Other Land Uses. Other land uses shall be in compliance with Table 2-2 (Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements) and any applicable standards in Division 3 (Site Planning and General Development Regulations. (Ord. 023-07 C.S. § 10; prior code § 16-230.140) 1100
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 69 16.24.150 PT (port) zoning district standards.

The uses of land allowed within the PT (port) zoning district shall be in compliance with the Rough and Ready Island Development Plan for the Port of Stockton, California (development plan) within the area specified in the plan. Any land zoned PT outside of the plan area shall be in compliance with this Development Code. The development plan and amendments to the development plan shall be consistent with the City of Stockton General Plan as determined by the Director, subject to appeal to the Commission in compliance with Chapter 16.100 (Appeals).

The number of off-street parking spaces required in the PT (port) zoning district for industrial land under the control of the Stockton Port District, including refining, processing, recycling, terminalling, warehousing, wholesaling, distributing, shipping, receiving, cross-docking, or transloading operations, shall be:

A. A minimum of three (3) parking spaces for every four (4) employees and a maximum of one (1) off-street parking space for each employee computed on the basis of the maximum number of employees which can be employed on the largest shift at any one (1) time; and B. One space for each company vehicle. (Ord. 015-09 C.S., eff. 12-3-09; prior code § 16- 230.150)

16.24.160 PF (public facilities) zoning district standardsPublic and Semi Public Districts Development Standards.

Table 2-6: Development Standards – Public and Semi Public Districts, prescribes the development standards for Public and Semi Public Districts. Section numbers in the Additional Regulations column refer to other sections of this Code.Motion picture theaters located in the PF (public facilities) zoning district shall contain no more than five (5) viewing screens or 499 total seats, including new construction, expansion, conversion, or renovation of a theater of more than five (5) viewing screens or 500 or more total seats or any other structure existing on the same or adjoining parcels or within 1,000 feet of another theater. (Prior code § 16-230.160) TABLE 2-6: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – PUBLIC AND SEMI PUBLIC DISTRICTS District PF OS Additional Regulations
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) Downtown
Core: 5.0
Other Areas:

0.5 0.01
Maximum Height (ft) 75 35 16.36.090, Height Measurement and Height Limitations
Minimum Setbacks (ft)
Front 10 20
1101
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 70 16.24.170 OS (open space) zoning district standards.

There are no zone specific standards for the OS (open space) zoning district. (Prior code § 16- 230.170)

16.24.180 MX (mixed use) zoning district standards.

Proposed development and new land uses within the MX (mixed use) zoning district shall comply with the provisions of this section, and all other applicable provisions of this Development Code.

A. Minimum Area for Zoning District. The MX zoning district shall only be applied to a site with a minimum area of 100 acres, unless the Council, upon the recommendation of the Commission, determines that implementation of a master development plan on a smaller site would be beneficial to the proposed project and the City, based on the following criteria:

1. The site is appropriate for the type and intensity of the proposed project;

2. Services and infrastructure for the site will be sufficient to accommodate the type and intensity of the proposed development;

3. The proposed project would be compatible with, and not adversely impact, the surrounding neighborhood(s), including impacts from traffic, noise, light and glare, parking, and signs; and

4. The proposed project would provide needed services, jobs, development, and/or amenities for the area in which the site is located.

B. Master Development Plan Required. A master development plan pursuant to Chapter

16.140 (Master Development Plans) is required for each MX zoning district to identify specific allowable land uses and development regulations.

TABLE 2-6: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – PUBLIC AND SEMI PUBLIC DISTRICTS District PF OS Additional Regulations
Street Side 10 20 16.36.110, Setback Regulations and
Exceptions Interior Side 0, 10 adjacent
to Residential
Zone
20 Rear 0, 10 adjacent
to Residential
Zone
20 1102
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 71 B.C. Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements. The uses of land that may be allowed within the MX zoning district, and land use permit requirements for each allowable use shall be determined on a case-by-case basis through the approval of a master development plan applicable to the specific site, in compliance with Chapter 16.140 (Master Development Plans).

C.D. Development Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the MX zoning district shall comply with the development standards identified for the specific site in the applicable master development plan, in compliance with Chapter 16.140 (Master Development Plans) and the following:

1. Mixed use developments shall be designed to be compatible with existing and neighboring land uses. The development shall not cause substantial impacts on existing access, light, noise, traffic, vibration, etc., if any.

2. Mixed use developments shall be designed with efficient land use and circulation patterns, and shall include infrastructure improvements and attractive site amenities compatible with the surrounding community.

3. Mixed use developments shall include a sign program in compliance with Section

16.76.050 (Comprehensive sign program).

4. Pole signs and freeway-oriented signs for a mixed use development shall not exceed the maximum height, area, and number for freeway-oriented signs in Section 16.76.100(E)(2)(a) (Freeway-oriented signs—CG, CD, CL, IL, IG, and PT zoning districts).

D. Motion Picture Theaters—Limitation on Use. Motion picture theaters located in the MX zoning district shall contain no more than five (5) viewing screens or 499 total seats, including new construction, expansion, conversion, or renovation of a theater of more than five (5) viewing screens or 500 or more total seats or any other structure existing on the same or adjoining parcels or within 1,000 feet of another theater. (Prior code § 16- 230.180)

16.24.190 UC (university/college) zoning district standards.

Proposed development and new land uses within the UC (university/college) zoning district shall comply with the provisions of this section, and all other applicable provisions of this Development Code.

A. Minimum Area for Zoning District. The UC zoning district shall only be applied to a site with a minimum area of 100 acres, unless the Council, upon the recommendation of the Commission, determines that implementation of a master development plan on a smaller site would be beneficial to the university or college, based on the following criteria:
1103
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 72 1. The site is appropriate for a university or college and its ancillary land uses;

2. Services and infrastructure for the site will be sufficient to accommodate the university or college and its ancillary land uses;

3. The university or college would be compatible with, and not adversely impact, the surrounding neighborhood(s), including impacts from traffic, noise, light and glare, parking, and signs; and

4. The proposed project would provide the City with needed educational facilities.

A. Master Development Plan Required. A master development plan pursuant to Chapter

16.140 (Master Development Plans) is required for each UC zoning district to identify specific allowable land uses and development regulations.

B. Allowable Land Uses and Permit Requirements. The uses of land that may be allowed within the UC zoning district, and land use permit requirements for each allowable use shall be determined through the approval of a master development plan applicable to the specific site, in compliance with Chapter 16.140 (Master Development Plans).

C. Development Standards. Proposed development and new land uses within the UC zoning district shall comply with the development standards identified for the specific site in the applicable master development plan, in compliance with Chapter 16.140 (Master Development Plans) and the following:

1. Universities and colleges shall be designed to be compatible with existing and neighboring land uses. The development shall not cause substantial impacts on existing access, light, noise, traffic, vibration, etc., if any; and

2. Universities and colleges shall be designed with efficient land use and circulation patterns, and shall include infrastructure improvements and attractive site amenities compatible with the surrounding community.

3. Pole signs and freeway-oriented signs for a university or college shall not exceed the maximum height, area, and number for freeway-oriented signs in Section

16.76.100(E)(2)(b) (Freeway-oriented signs—CG, CD, CL, IL, IG, and PT zoning districts). (Prior code § 16-230.190)

16.24.200 Table 2-3 Zoning District Development Standards.

TABLE 2-3.A ZONING DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS MX,
UC
Development
Feature (See
Division 8 for

REQUIREMENT BY ZONING DISTRICT
1104
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 73 TABLE 2-3.A ZONING DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS MX,
UC
definition of
each)
Minimum lot
size
Minimum area and width for new parcels. For a minimum specific zoning district area size requirement, see Section 16.16.020 (Zoning districts established) Per
master
development
plan
Area 1 ac 5,000
sf
7,500 sf 7,500 sf No
minimum
5 acres

Width 150 ft 50 ft No
minimum

Density Number of dwellings permitted in a residential subdivision or in a multifamily residential project on an acre (net) of land.

Dwelling units
per net acre
(minimum -
maximum)
For allowable densities see Table 2-3.B
Setbacks Minimum setbacks required. See Division 8 for definitions. See Section 16.36.110 for setback measurement, allowed projections into setbacks, and exceptions.

Front 30 ft 20 ft 15 ft 15 ft 10 ft None* 10 ft None 10 ft 20 ft

Side(s) 10 ft 5 ft 5 ft None
required,
except
when
adjacent
to a
residential
zone,
structures
shall be
set back a
distance
of 10 feet
or as
required
by
Division 3
for
specific
land uses.

In the CA
zone,
structures
shall be
set back
from a
residential
zone
20 ft
1105
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 74 TABLE 2-3.A ZONING DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS MX,
UC
equal to
their
height.

Sides, street 10 ft 10 ft 10 ft None* 10 ft None 10 ft 20 ft Rear 30 ft 10 ft 10 ft None
required,
except
when
adjacent
to a
residential
zone,
structures
shall be
set back a
distance
of 10 feet
or as
required
by
Division 3
for
specific
land uses.

In the CA
zone,
structures
shall be
set back
from a
residential
zone
equal to
their
height.
20 ft
Site coverage Maximum percentage of site area that may be covered by structures. See Division 8 for definitions.

See Section 16.36.120 for exceptions.

Maximum
coverage
25% 50% 60% 100% 60% 100% 50% 60% 50% 1%
Height limit Maximum height for primary structures. See Section 16.36.090 for height measurement and exceptions.

Maximum
height
35 ft 35 ft 45 ft 35 ft 45 ft No
limit
75 ft 45 ft 60 ft No
limit
75 ft
35 ft

Landscaping See Chapter 16.56 (Landscaping Standards)
Parking and
loading
See Chapter 16.64 (Off-Street Parking and Loading Standards) Signs See Chapter 16.76 (Sign Standards)
1106
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 75 TABLE 2-3.A ZONING DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

RE RL RM RH CO CN CG CD CL CA IL IG PT PF OS MX,
UC
* If adjacent to residential zoning districts, the setback shall be none if the structure in the CN zoning district is at least 20 feet from the residential zoning district, otherwise the setback shall be 10 feet.

TABLE 2-3.B ZONING DISTRICT DENSITY AND FLOOR AREA RATIO Zone Density Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
RE Max. 1 dwelling unit per acre NA
RL 8.7 dwelling units per net acre and 6.1 gross
acre
NA
RM Allowable density shall be 8.8 to 17.4 dwelling
units per net acre and 6.2 to 13.1 dwelling units
per gross acre.

The maximum floor area ratio (FAR) for
neighborhood-serving retail uses is 0.3.

RH Outside the Greater Downtown area—17.5 to
30 dwelling units per net acre and 13.2 to 24
dwelling units per gross acre.

Outside the Greater Downtown area - The
maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.3.

Inside the Greater Downtown area may be 20
to 90 dwelling units per net acre and 16 to 72
dwelling units per gross acre.

Inside the Greater Downtown area - The
maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 3.0.

Inside the Downtown Core—up to 20 to 136
dwelling units per net acre and 16 to 108.8
dwelling units per gross acre.

Inside the Downtown Core - The maximum
floor area ratio (FAR) is 5.0.

CO, CN, CG, and CD Outside the Greater Downtown area—17.5 to 30 dwelling units per net acre and 13.2 to 24
dwelling units per gross acre.

Outside the Greater Downtown area - The
maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.3.

Inside the Greater Downtown area may be 20
to 90 dwelling units per net acre and 16 to 72
dwelling units per gross acre.

Inside the Greater Downtown area - The
maximum floor area ratio (FAR) is 3.0.

Inside the Downtown Core—up to 20 to 136
dwelling units per net acre and 16 to 108.8
dwelling units per gross acre.

Inside the Downtown Core - The maximum
floor area ratio (FAR) is 5.0.

PF - The maximum FAR is 0.2.

OS - The maximum FAR is 0.01.

UC - The maximum FAR is 0.5 outside the
Downtown and 5.0 inside the Greater
Downtown area.

CL, CA, IL, IG, PT,
MX, Overlay
- -
(Ord. 2020-12-01-1502 C.S. § 4; Ord. 2020-06-09-1501 C.S. § 5; Ord. 023-07 C.S. § 11; prior code Table 2-3)
1107
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 76 Division 3. Site Planning and General Development
Regulations
Chapter 16.32 General Performance Standards

16.32.060 Graffiti.

Graffiti as defined in Section 8.24.020 of the Municipal Code, is prohibited and shall be removed in compliance with Chapter 8.24 of the Municipal Code. and the following:

A. Removal. All graffiti shall be removed within 48 hours after notification by the City in compliance with Chapter 8.24 of the Municipal Code. The City shall have the right to remove any graffiti not removed within 48 hours of notification in compliance with Section

8.24.060 of the Municipal Code.

B. Requirements. To facilitate graffiti abatement in multifamily projects, nonresidential projects, and on back-up walls, paint, graffiti-resistant coatings, or graffiti-limiting landscaping shall be required as follows:

1. Paint or Coatings. Walls shall be painted with two (2) coats of flat, exterior, waterbased, 100 percent acrylic paints with low volatile organic compounds (VOC) which meet the standards of the California Air Resources Board. If the wall includes natural stone, brick, or similar material, a clear coating that allows for graffiti abatement shall be applied to the surface in accordance with manufactures instructions. The applicant shall provide a supply of compatible graffiti-removal material to the City in compliance with Sections 8.24.170 and 8.24.180 of the Municipal Code;
a. Back-up walls maintained through the Stockton Consolidated Landscape Maintenance Assessment District shall be painted with two (2) coats of flat, exterior, water-based, 100 percent acrylic paint in a standard color that is readily available from a local paint store or home improvement center. A supply of the paint shall be provided to the City in compliance with Sections

8.24.170 and 8.24.180 of the Municipal Code. If the wall includes natural stone, brick or similar material, a clear coating that allows for graffiti abatement shall be applied to the surface in accordance with manufactures instructions. The applicant shall provide a supply of compatible graffitiremoval material to the City in compliance with Sections 8.24.170 and

8.24.180 of the Municipal Code; and
1108
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 77 b. Back-up walls maintained through a private maintenance association shall be constructed in compliance with the City’s design review guidelines.

Owners associations shall be responsible for abatement of all graffiti in accordance with all applicable sections of this Municipal Code.

2. Graffiti-Limiting Landscaping. In addition to required paint or coatings, where space permits, the property in front of the wall shall be landscaped with vegetation that will cover at least 80 percent of the fence/wall within three (3) years. Applicant shall provide a statement on the construction drawings confirming that they have met this requirement. (Ord. 015-09 C.S., eff. 12-3-09; Ord. 001-08 C.S. § 2; Ord. 023-07 C.S. § 15; prior code § 16-305.055)

16.32.070 Light and glare.

Light or glare from mechanical or chemical processes or from reflective materials used or stored on a site shall be shielded or modified to prevent emission of light or glare beyond the property line, or upward into the sky.

A. Exterior lights shall be located so as to eliminate spillover illumination or glare onto adjoining properties and to prohibit any interference with the normal operation or enjoyment of adjacent property.

B. Exterior lights shall be made up of a light source, reflector, and shielding devices so that, acting together, the light beam is controlled and not directed across a property line or upward into the sky. Bare bulbs shall not be allowed.

C. Lighting fixtures used to illuminate an outdoor advertising display shall be mounted on the top of the advertising structure and be directed downward.

D. Exterior light fixtures existing and legally installed prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Development Code are exempt from the requirements of this section. When existing luminaries are reconstructed or replaced, the reconstruction or replacement shall comply with this section.

E. Lights used for holiday decorations are exempt from the requirements of this section.

F. Portable temporary lighting used by law enforcement or emergency services personnel to protect life or property, are exempt from the requirements of this section.

FIGURE 3-1 GLARE MITIGATION
(Prior code § 16-305.060)
1109
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 78 Chapter 16.36 General Development and Use Standards

16.36.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to prescribe development standards that apply, except where specifically stated otherwise, to development in all zoning districts to ensure that all development produces an environment of stable and desirable character that is harmonious with existing and future development, and protects the use and enjoyment of neighboring properties, consistent with the General Plan. (Prior code § 16-310.010)

16.36.020 Applicability.

A. The standards of this chapter apply to all zoning districts, and therefore, are combined in this chapter. These standards shall be considered in combination with the standards for each zoning district in Division 2 (Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses, and ZoneSpecific Standards), and Chapter 16.80 (Standards for Specific Land Uses). Where there may be a conflict, the standards specific to the zoning district or specific land use shall override these general standards.

B. All structures, additions to structures, and uses shall conform to the standards of this chapter as determined applicable by the Director, except as identified in Chapter 16.228 (Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Parcels). (Prior code § 16-310.020)

16.36.030 Access—General.

The following are general access requirements applicable to all land uses. More specific requirements for access are in Section 16.72.100 (Access, circulation, streets).

A. Access to Streets. Every structure shall be constructed upon or moved to a legally recorded parcel with a permanent means of access to a public street or road, a private street or road, or an alley where permitted. The street, road, or alley shall conform to City standards. All structures shall be located to provide access for servicing, fire protection, and required off-street parking. Parcels located on a private street or road that were legally established before the effective date of this Development Code, are exempt from the required compliance with the latest adopted City standards for private streets or roads.

B. Access to Structures. Accessory structures and architectural features shall not obstruct access to primary structures or accessory living quarters. Also refer to Section 16.80.020 (Accessory uses and structures).

C. Driveways. Driveways providing site access shall be from an improved street, alley, or other public and/or private right-of-way, and shall be designed, constructed, and 1110
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 79 maintained in compliance with the City’s Standard Specifications and Plans and Section

16.64.090(A) (Front and street side setback areas), and the following:

1. General.
a. The nearest edge of a driveway apron or curb return shall be at least five (5) feet from the nearest property line, centerline of a fire hydrant, utility pole, light standard, or other similar facility.
b. The requirements of this section do not apply to freeways or controlled access highways and streets where access is limited by deed restrictions.

The deed restrictions shall be reviewed for location and allowable width of opening.
c. Driveways located within five (5) feet of the existing curb return at an alley intersection may be merged with the alley intersection pavement, requiring the removal of the curb return.
d. All driveways abutting roll curbs shall be subject to the provisions of these regulations. All commercial driveways abutting roll curbs shall be installed and maintained under an encroachment permit.
e. The entrance and exit of vehicles to and from property served by a driveway shall be confined to the established driveway.
f. Driveways lacking standard curbs and gutters shall be subject to the requirements of Section 16.36.030(C)(4)(b) (Lack of standard curb). g. Pipes or under walk drains of size and at grade required by the City Engineer shall be installed to maintain drainage.

2. Residential.
a. Number of Driveways. Residential sites shall be allowed the following number of driveways, except as otherwise approved by the City Engineer:
i. Single-Family Unit Dwellings. One (1) driveway. No access shall be permitted on collector or arterial streets unless no other frontage exists. Driveways on collector or arterial streets shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer.
ii. Duplex/Triplex ProjectsMulti-Unit Development with Two or Three Units. One (1) driveway per local street frontage. No access shall be permitted on collector or arterial streets unless no other frontage exists. Driveways on collector or arterial streets shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer.
1111
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 80 iii. Planned Development, Townhouses, and Multifamily Projects and Multi-Unit Development with Four or More Units. Planned Developments, townhouses, and multifamily projects multi-unit development with four or more units shall be allowed the following number of driveways:
(1) Arterial/Collectors. For projects on streets identified as arterials or collectors:
(a) Less than Two (2) Acres. One (1) driveway shall be
allowed.
(b) Two (2) or More Acres. Two (2) driveways shall be
allowed.
(2) Other. For projects on other types of streets, one (1) driveway shall be allowed per street frontage.
b. Driveway Spacing. Driveways shall be separated along the street frontage (driveways on the same or adjoining parcels) as follows or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer:
i. Single-FamilyUnit, Duplex, Triplex Residential Development.

Driveways shall be separated by at least six (6) feet, unless a shared, single driveway is approved by the Director. The six (6) foot separation does not include the transition or wing sections on the side of the driveway.
ii. Planned Developments, Townhouses, Multifamily Development and Multi-Unit Development with Four or More Units. Where two (2) or more driveways serve the same or adjacent multi-unit development with four or more units townhouse or multifamily development or adjacent nonresidential development, the driveways shall be separated by a minimum of 50 feet.
c. Distance from Street Intersections. Driveways to parking areas shall be located as follows:
i. Single-FamilyUnit, Duplex, Triplex Development. Driveways on local streets shall be located a minimum of 30 feet from the curb return of the nearest intersecting street to the nearest edge of the driveway throat. No access shall be permitted on collector or arterial streets unless no other frontage exists. Driveways on collector and arterial streets shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer. 1112
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 81 ii. Planned Developments and Multi-Unit Development with Four or More Units, Townhouses, Multifamily Development. Driveways shall be located as follows:
(1) Urban. Driveways within urban areas shall be located as follows, except as otherwise approved by the City Engineer:
(a) Unsignalized Intersections. Driveways shall be
located a minimum of 75 feet from the curb return of
the nearest intersecting street to the nearest edge of
the driveway throat.
(b) Signalized Intersections. Driveways shall be located a minimum of 125 feet from the curb return of the
nearest intersecting street to the nearest edge of the
driveway throat if only right turns are allowed into the driveway. If both right and left turns are allowed, the distance shall be a minimum of 275 feet.
(2) Suburban. Driveways within suburban areas shall be
located as follows:
(a) Unsignalized Intersection. Driveways shall be
located a minimum of 150 feet from the curb return
of the nearest intersecting street to the nearest edge
of the driveway throat.
(b) Signalized Intersections. Driveways shall be located a minimum of 300 feet from the curb return of the
nearest intersecting street to the nearest edge of the
driveway throat, if only right turns are allowed into
the driveway. If both right and left turns are allowed, the distance shall be a minimum of 400 feet.
d. Width. The width of a residential driveway shall be measured along the street side property line. Except for the special approval of the City Engineer, the maximum width of a residential driveway shall not exceed 26 feet.
e. Standards. Driveways for single-familyunit dwellings shall comply with the requirements of Section 16.64.090(A) (Parking in residential zoning districts—Front and street side setback areas).

3. Nonresidential.
a. Number of Driveways. Nonresidential sites on arterial or collector streets shall be allowed the following number of driveways:
1113
ATTACHMENT B – Proposed Title 16 Amendments (Redline/Strikeout) 82 i. Urban. The number of driveways shall be as follows, except as otherwise approved by the City Engineer:
(1) Site of Two (2) or More Acres and/or Integrated Center, with at Least 150 Feet of Frontage per Street.
(a) One (1) driveway per street frontage; and
(b) One (1) additional driveway per street frontage if that frontage exceeds 400 feet in length. If the site is
located on a collector street and the frontage does
not exceed 400 feet in length, one additional
common/shared driveway may be allowed, subject
to the recordation of reciprocal access easements.
ii. Suburban. The number of driveways shall be as follows:
(1) Site of Less Than Two (2) Acres/Not an Integrated Center.

One (1) driveway shall be allowed per street frontage; and (2) Site of Two (2) or More Acres and/or Integrated Center, with at Least 400 Feet of Frontage per Street.
(a) One (1) driveway per street frontage; and
(b) One (1) additional driveway per street frontage if that frontage exceeds 800 feet in length. If the site is
located on a collector street and the frontage does
not exceed 800 feet in length, one additional
common/shared driveway may be allowed subject to
the recordation of reciprocal access easements.
b. Distance from Street Intersections. Nonresidential driveways to parking areas shall be located as follows:
i. Downtown. The location of driveways shall be as approved by the City Engineer.
ii. Urban (Including Special Purpose Zones and Overlay Districts).